Archive of Our Own ^beta

Chapter Text

Once upon a time, there was a Dragon.

Once upon a time, there were twins.

The twins and the Dragon travelled together far and wide. One day, they came across a land of war and strife.

They sought to remedy this, to help bring peace to those of the war-torn land. With time, they succeeded and the twins were named Kings.

But this time of peace and prosperity was never meant to last.

The twins fought over how best to rule and guide their people.

The elder wished for Truth.

The younger wished for Ideals.

The Dragon wished to support their friends. They couldn't pick a side. It ripped and tore at them to their very core.

Until…

Once upon a time, there were two dragons, Reshiram and Zekrom.

Once upon a time, there was a husk, Kyurem.

Reshiram sided with the elder, holding fast to Truth.

Zekrom sided with the younger, holding fast to Ideals.

Kyurem sided with neither. It hid away in the midst of the fighting, only wanting to rest and mend the chasm within itself.

The twins and dragons fought. The dragons were equals in power. Neither side could come out on top.

The lands were destroyed.

Eventually, the fighting slowed to a stop. Cities were built. The lands begun to heal.

With the sons of the twins, the fighting began anew.

Fighting, peace, rebuilding, fighting. This cycle continued for generations.

Until, the dragons accepted a Truth and formed an Ideal.

The Truth was that they would tear this land asunder with their continued fighting.

The Ideal was that they had to stop.

Once upon a time, two dragons sealed away and hid their colossal forms.

Once upon a time, grey haired twins were born, Emmet and Ingo.

Emmet, the younger, had a bonfire in his lungs and a smile to match its brightness.

Ingo, the elder, had a lightning storm beneath his skin and a voice to match its volume.

At first, the twins fought, as so many before them had.

But with time, as humans do, they changed.

They learned to care for their other.

They learned to care for their brother.

They became inseparable once again, but in a new way. Together, but separate.

Time passed and their family grew with people and Pokemon alike. It became hard to imagine that they had ever loathed each other, that it had only been them for so long.

But then, their dragon forms were found. Truths and Ideals were tested. Reshiram returned. Ingo helped bring Emmet back.

Then the husk was woken. Emmet wished to help. He was left with ice in his core that took so long to thaw. Ingo was left sick with worry and overheated as he tended to his brother’s wounds.

But they healed. They grew. They changed.

They had each other.

Once upon a time, Ingo, Zekrom, disappeared.

Chapter Text

Emmet knew the moment Ingo disappeared.

Well, that wasn't quite right.

Reshiram knew the moment Zekrom disappeared.

Emmet was sitting in his office. It was his turn for paperwork while Ingo did a final check of some security cameras before they went home. There had been some on the fritz lately and the bosses wanted to make sure the new ones had been installed properly.

The check didn't take long, forty-five minutes tops. It was mostly the travelling through the tunnels that took time. Ingo had volunteered to make the final check before Emmet had, both having some extra time, knowing the tunnels well, and trying to push the paperwork onto their brother.

It was only ten minutes into the check that Emmet felt it, Reshiram felt it. A shifting in the air, in the world. Something wrong, slipping, chipping. Then falling out of place, a misalignment in him, in reality.

Everything snapped back into focus when Emmet felt a sharp pain on his lip, tasted blood. Sucking on his bit lip, trying to get the bleeding to stop, he went straight to his Xtrans and called Ingo.

It went straight to voicemail, not even a single ring.

Emmet left a single, flat, "Where are you?"

He took a breath, two, three, trying to get the acrid burn of smoke out of his throat. All he accomplished was adding to the burning in his chest and almost setting off the smoke alarm with the dark clouds that poured from his mouth.

Emmet left his office and went straight to the tunnels. A few Depot agents tried to talk to him. He ignored them, couldn’t even hear them over the ringing in his ears. He had to find Ingo.

He wasn't there.

Emmet broke into a run the moment he hit the maintenance tunnel that marked the beginning of the inspection route. The slap of his shoes matched the pounding of his heart as it threatened to break out of his chest.

He wasn't here.

“Ingo!” Emmet yelled the best he could. He was choking on smoke, on anxiety, on fear, on dread. He was going to set off a smoke alarm at this rate. His vision was starting to flicker blue.

He wasn't in Unova.

“ING-” Emmet doubled over, coughing. He couldn't breathe. He had to breathe.

When Emmet finally stopped coughing, he saw them.

Ingo's Pokeballs.

Scattered on the ground.

He wasn't anywhere .

Emmet fell to his knees. He couldn’t feel it.

He grabbed a Pokeball. His hand was shaking. His vision blurred with tears, then finally shifted blue.

Zekrom, Ingo, was gone.

Emmet gasped, roughly, unsticking the lump from his throat. A wordless, distinctly inhuman, whine escaped him. The fire in his chest died leaving him shivering and cold as anxiety was swiftly replaced by devastation.

He knew his brother was gone all along. Emmet, Reshiram, knew. He wanted to be wrong. He didn't want this Truth.

And yet.

And yet.

Ideals weren't his domain.

And he was stuck with the Truth.

“ZEKRRRROM!” Emmet, Reshiram, it didn't matter, roared. He didn't care who heard him. He didn't care if they thought a dragon was in the tunnels. It would keep everyone out at least. Not that it mattered. Not that anything mattered anymore.

Ingo was gone.

Emmet was alone.

-----

When Elesa got the call, she didn’t even bother closing her gym. Instead, she tossed her keys to the first trainer she saw and bolted, shouting about it being a family emergency.

Thankfully Gear Station wasn’t that far away. Thankfully foot traffic wasn’t that bad today. Thankfully she could run in heels. Thankfully there was a Depot Agent waiting for her outside.

It felt like she was being mocked with how everything else was going well.

“What’s- Where’s-” Elesa couldn’t get a full question out as she tried to catch her breath.

The Depot Agent held the door open and waved her in. “This way. Boss Emmet’s down the maintenance tunnel just off of the Green Line. We- We can’t get through to him.”

Elesa followed them as they led her to the mentioned tunnel. “And Ingo?” she asked, mouth dry.

“We’re looking but…” They sighed. “Still no luck. And with Boss Emmet’s reaction… He was out the door before we could tell him what happened.”

They stopped at the mouth of the tunnel, a few other Depot Agents were standing there too.

“I’ll try to get Emmet out of there at least,” Elesa said. She couldn’t freak out now. One thing at a time.

“Thank you,” the Depot Agent sighed. “We’ll keep searching for Boss Ingo, but… if we really can’t find him… What does that mean for, like, us? The region even?”

It was a question Elesa didn’t want to think about, that she didn’t even have a guess of an answer to. But it was a question everyone in the city would have if they couldn’t find Ingo.

After all, their twin Subway Bosses being Unova’s Twin Dragons was Nimbasa City’s best kept secret. Not even those stunts with Team Plasma had managed to spark anything more than internet rumours.

“I don’t know,” Elesa sighed. “But let’s focus on finding Ingo first.”

With that, she took a breath and went to find Emmet, following the Depot Agent down the tunnel.

Elesa wasn’t trying to dwell too much on the fact that Ingo was just missing. She knew it wouldn’t end well and she wanted to get Emmet out of here before then. She also didn’t want to have a breakdown in public and this was helping distract her.

Yet she couldn’t help but ask, “What exactly happened?”

“We’re not sure,” the Depot Agent said. “Boss Ingo was doing a check of some security camera. One second, he was there. The next, the camera went all staticky and when it came back online, he was gone. Boss Emmet ran out his office and down the tunnel a minute later.”

“Okay,” Elesa managed to weakly get out.

By the sound of it, there wasn’t going to be anything helpful on the security camera video. But what if there was ? But did she even want to watch it? Did she want to see the moment one of her best friends apparently just disappeared?

“Elesa,” the Depot Agent said, bringing her out of her thoughts, “Emmet’s over there.”

A few more feet down the tunnel was Emmet. He was on his knees and slightly hunched over, his back to them. Elesa walked over, noting the Pokeballs scattered on the ground. Ingo’s Pokeballs.

Elesa fought the way her stomach churned. Ingo could handle himself well but…

Wherever he was, he was alone.

Later. One thing at a time.

Emmet first.

She crouched next to him He was stock-still, eyes glazed over. The only sign of life from him was the slight tremble in his hands and the faintest of blue flickering in his eyes.

“Emmet,” she said softly, “hey, can you hear me?”

Other than his grip tightening on the ball in his had, hinge creaking slightly under the pressure, Emmet remained frozen.

“We should get out of the tunnels.” Elesa gently placed a hand on his arm. She could feel him shivering now. “Get you warmed up. Does that sound good?”

Emmet remained unresponsive for a few seconds more, then took a slow and shallow breath.

“Okay.” Emmet mouthed the word more than said it. He started to move like he was about to stand, but just readjusted until his legs were straight out.

“Do you need some help?” Elesa asked.

Emmet shook his head. “Numb,” he said, just as quietly.

It took a few minutes for feeling to return to Emmet’s legs. It passed quietly, Elesa not knowing what to say and Emmet still with a far away look. Eventually though, Elesa gathered the rest of Ingo’s Pokeballs and helped Emmet stand. Emmet kept his arm wrapped around her as they made their way out the tunnel.

“Home or your office?” Elesa asked once they made it to the entrance. She caught the eye of one of the approaching Depot Agents and managed to silently convey to give them room.

Emmet turned a little more into Elesa with a rumble she recognized meant home. Once again glad for the few sounds she had managed to figure out over their lives, she guided the way after letting the Depot Agent they passed know.

The trip home was quiet and slow going. Neither could say a word. Emmet continued to lean more heavily on Elesa as he shivered harder. Elesa was doing her best to keep all her thoughts and focus on their surroundings and keeping Emmet upright so they wouldn’t wander to how awful everything was right now.

By the time they made it inside the twins’ apartment, both Elesa and Emmet were drained in every sense of the word. They barely made it to the couch.

The Pokemon released themselves as Emmet curled up against Elesa.

“He’s- He’s gone,” Emmet got out between quiet sobs. “He’s gone.”

Elesa rubbed his back, whatever Pokemon that wasn’t rushing off to try to find something to do to help was climbing onto or huddling close to the couch.

“We’ll find him,” she croaked. She had to hold onto that hope. She had to keep that ideal when all Emmet had right now was the truth. “We’ll find him.”

Emmet gasped and mumbled a little more but didn’t get much louder. Perhaps he was too tired. Perhaps he felt it wasn’t worth it.

Perhaps when your brother, your literal other half, disappeared, even crying was too much.

By the time the equally quiet tears started for Elesa, all the Pokemon had returned. There was a blanket over the trainers and a couple of half-filled cups of water on the table with an assortment of berries next to them.

Elesa couldn’t help but smile at the Pokemon’s efforts through tears she couldn’t stop.

She wrapped the blanket tighter around herself and Emmet, who had gotten his breathing a bit more under control, even if his tears hadn’t completely stopped either, and held his still shivering body closer.

Another blanket was dropped on them. Chandelure gave a low, sad chime, then settled in the space left for her on Emmet’s lap. Eelektross draped himself around them.

Deciding that properly processing and dealing with everything that had happened could wait a little longer, Elesa let herself drift off and hoped this would be enough heat for Emmet.

-----

Emmet didn’t fall asleep. He was numb and exhausted and detached from everything, yet he couldn’t fall asleep.

Elesa had a while ago. Emmet could feel her level breathing behind him. She was probably exhausted too, having had to deal with him. He hadn’t helped much in getting home. He barely remembered anything past finding Ingo’s Pokeballs.

He’d cry more if he wasn’t already out of tears.

He was also warmer than he thought he’d be.

Emmet forced himself to focus just long enough to figure out why. There were a couple blankets on him. Eelektross was curled, asleep, around the group. No surprise there. Chandelure was on his lap, also expected.

Wait.

She would know.

“Chandelure,” Emmet rumbled, low and quiet, “I need to know something.”

Chandelure’s flames flared a little as she spun to face him. “Emmet! Feeling better? Warmer?”

“I need to know something,” he repeated.

Chandelure nuzzled closer. “You need to rest. I know you haven’t slept.”

“I can’t,” he admitted. “Not yet. Tell me something first.”

Chandelure looked conflicted. “Fine. But rest after.”

“I… I will try.” Emmet took a breath, slow and still a little shaky. “I can’t feel Zekrom. Is Ingo alive?”

Chandelure stilled, even her flames’ flickering slowed. When she chimed again, it was quiet and hesitant, “Your souls are different than other human’s. They’re different from other Pokemon’s too.”

“I know.” Emmet held her tighter. “But you would still know, right? If Ingo was alive? He’s your trainer. Your partner.”

Chandelure drooped slightly. “I think so. Even if what will happen to your souls is different than what happens to others, I should still be able to tell when it happens. But I didn’t feel anything. Ingo was there one moment, then gone the next. That was it.”

Emmet sighed, too tired for anything more. “Me too. That is what I felt.”

They fell silent, the only sound in the apartment Elesa’s breathing and the odd sound of a nearby Pokemon settling in their sleep.

Things started to slip away from Emmet again. It was all too much. The Truth of the matter was too much.

Ingo was gone. Just… gone. It was like he just didn’t exist. But he did, he had too. How could he be Emmet with no Ingo? Reshiram with no Zekrom? It didn’t make sense.

He had to find him.

“Emmet,” came Eelektross’s soft buzz, “you need to rest.”

Brought back to his surroundings, Emmet saw that Eelektross wasn’t asleep as first thought and had placed his head on Emmet’s legs on the opposite side of Chandelure.

“I can’t.” Emmet’s whine was barely audible.

“You can.” Eelektross ran a current down his long body, slow and steadying. “Both of you can. We can’t find Ingo while running on fumes. Verrrry unsafe.”

Emmet felt like he could cry as he finally let himself relax the tiniest amount. Their family had grown so much in the short amount of time they’d been Emmet and Ingo.

“Alright.” He leaned his head back against Elesa, pulling Chandelure and Eelektross as close as he could. “Alright.”

It took a while to let his eyes close. Longer still to actually fall asleep, Chandelure doing so first. Eelektross kept his current the whole time. A steady, staticky, reassuring presence.

It was almost as if Ingo was still here.

Chapter Text

“NOW?!”

Elesa jolted awake. She was in the twins’ living room, buried under Chandelure and Eelektross. What was she- Right, she had fallen asleep here yesterday after…

After Ingo…

“I’m kind of in the middle of something!” Emmet’s slightly muffled voice came from the bathroom. She gently freed herself from Chandelure and Eelektross without waking them, wrapped herself in a blanket, and walked over.

“Emmet?” she called with a knock on the door. “Is everything okay?”

“Come in,” Emmet said, a click coming from the door. “The police are going to want to talk to me. I need to go talk with Kyurem. I don’t have time for another stop.”

Elesa opened the door to find Emmet, eyes glowing blue, having a one-sided conversation with his reflection. She really hoped there was an explanation that wasn’t her friend having already lost it.

“What’s going on, Emmet?” she asked tentatively.

“Talking with Giratina,” Emmet huffed. To the mirror he asked, “Can you let her see you?”

Their reflections suddenly swirled and blended together. They morphed into a swirling purple vortex and, sure enough, Giratina’s face.

“I didn’t know someone else was here,” they said, voice echoing in Elesa's head.

“It’s- It’s fine,” Elesa stammered.

“Giratina was saying that Arceus wants to see me,” Emmet interrupted with a tight smile. “Which I, as I said, don’t have time for right now. I am denying the summons.”

“Can you do that?” Elesa asked.

“I can’t,” Giratina chimed in, “but he can.”

“This is Unova,” Emmet explained. “Reshiram and Zekrom’s domain. Not Arceus’s. And I am denying the summons. Tell it that.”

“You are going to want to accept,” Giratina said.

“I am sure I won’t,” Emmet stressed. “Every meeting with it goes the same. It doesn’t respect us, less so now that we are mostly human. It takes forever to get to the point. Also, we are always going to it. Arceus can come to us- er, me for once.”

“What does it want to talk about?” Elesa asked, still reeling a little from how flippant Emmet was being about Arceus Sure, it wasn’t really part of Unova’s history and culture, but it was still Arceus.

Then again, Emmet was Reshiram and there were probably different rules when it came to interpersonal Pokemon relationships. Especially ones of Arceus and Reshiram’s calibre.

“Doesn’t matter,” Emmet said with wave. “I am not going.”

“It is about Zekrom,” Giratina rumbled.

Emmet froze. Elesa held her breath.

Slowly, Emmet lowered his hands to his sides, fists clenching and unclenching a few times. He took a couple breaths.

“Why,” he ground out, “didn’t you lead with that.”

“You weren’t letting me talk.”

“Still seems like something you should have said earlier.”

“You are right.” Giratina bowed their head a moment. “My apologies.”

Emmet blinked, eyes wide. “Oh. Uh, it’s okay. Sorry for cutting you off.”

It was quiet for a moment. Elesa spoke up.

“So, uh, are we heading to Arceus?”

With one more slow breath, Emmet said to Giratina, “I will be there in- What time is it?- about an hour. If it gets pissy, tell it I said to suck it up.

“I am not saying that last part,” Giratina said, form starting to swirl. “But I will let them know of your arrival time.”

“Wait,” Emmet said, interrupting the disappearing portal, “what do you mean ‘them’?”

“Dialga, Palkia, and myself will also be there,” Giratina said.

Then the portal vanished, leaving Emmet, eyes normal again, and Elesa staring at their reflections.

“Great,” Emmet squeaked out before shaking out his hands, clapping once, and leaving the bathroom. “Great! So, Arceus and company, Kyurem, police. That’s the schedule. A lot of talking today. Between that and likely more emotions, I am scheduling my breakdown for tomorrow.”

“I’m coming with you,” Elesa jumped in, following Emmet. “At least for Kyurem.”

“Someone should probably stay in Nimbasa,” Emmet said, already putting on his shoes, “but I would like you to come with me for Kyurem more. I doubt anything will happen there, but I have only visited Kyurem alone once since that night and human emotions are the worst sometimes.”

Elesa managed to guide Emmet towards the kitchen. “You’re telling me. But we’re having breakfast before leaving. We didn’t eat dinner last night.”

“Can I counter that with bringing a couple granola bars and eating them on the train to Icirrus City instead?”

“Fine, as long as we eat something,” Elesa conceded. She didn’t have much appetite, and she expected neither did Emmet, but they should eat something. “I have a feeling the talk with Arceus is going to go to feel like an annoying work meeting based on how you’ve been talking about it.”

Emmet barked a laugh. “You aren’t wrong. But don’t let Arceus hear you say that. You cannot be as bold as I am with it.”

“Wasn’t planning on it.”

“Good.”

It only took few minutes for Elesa to grab a couple granola bars, as well as a few other snacks, while Emmet briefly explained what was happening to his and Ingo’s Pokemon. He was apparently met by requests for breakfast since he ended up quickly feeding them before they left. Probably for the best if Elesa was being honest.

The police were already at Gear Station when they arrived. While they waited for their train, the passenger trains still running despite the Battle Subway’s immediate suspension, Emmet and Elesa answered a few basic questions and promised they would be back as soon as they could. Thankfully, the main investigator was local and let them go with little issue.

As Emmet had told Giratina, they arrived at Dragonspiral Tower within the hour. The wind was hard and loud at the top, but thankfully the worse it was doing was making Elesa’s hair fly around wildly. She tucked her braids into her coat.

“Hopefully, I won’t be long,” Emmet said, stepping to the middle of the roof.

“Can I come?” Elesa blurted out. “If this is about Ingo, I want to know.”

Emmet pressed his lips together. “Are you sure? You will not be treated well if you are not ignored. I will protect you, but I cannot stop their disrespect.”

“That’s fine,” Elesa said. “I’ve dealt with disrespect. I just want Ingo home. I want to help.”

“This is different than a rude interviewer,” Emmet stressed. “Arceus barely respected Reshiram and Zekrom before we became Emmet and Ingo. Because we come from humans. Now, it sees Ingo and I as even less. You will be treated worse.”

“I don’t care.” Elesa walked over and took Emmet’s hands. “I want to help you.”

Emmet stared at her for second. His smile twitched, then he huffed a laugh. “If you’re set on coupling cars, there are some things you need to know.”

“Alright.”

“The most important is to let go of my hand the moment you are physically uncomfortable,” Emmet said, eyes hard. “We are going somewhere humans should not be. I will be fine since I am still Reshiram even while I am human. You are not. If you let go, you will return here. I will follow. It might take a second, but I will come back. Understand?”

Elesa did her best to hide her suddenly growing nerves. “Yes.”

Emmet looked at her another second before continuing, “The next thing is that here I am mostly Emmet. There I will be mostly Reshiram. There is not much difference, personality wise, but it is an important distinction. There will be a couple things I will not be able to control.”

“What are they?” Elesa asked. “Will you be alright?”

Emmet waved off her concern. “I will be fine. It’s you I’m worried about. I will not be able to lie there. I apologize in advance if I say something that upsets you.”

“I’m sure it’ll be fine. You don’t really lie anyway.”

Emmet shook his head. “I don’t, but you do not understand. Here I can tell a rude commuter that I was happy to help them. There I cannot. I can’t lie at all.”

“Oh.” Elesa was starting to feel like she was a little out of her depth, but she wasn’t about to turn back now. “Okay. I still think it’ll be fine, but if something really upsets me, I can let you know later.”

Emmet’s shoulders relaxed slightly. “Alright. That is good. Thank you.”

“Is that everything?”

“There is one more thing. I understand if this makes you change your mind.”

“I doubt it.”

“I will be able to tell if you lie. I can’t turn it off there like I can here. I promise to not push unless absolutely necessary.”

“Alright, thank you for letting me know. Not that I was planning on lying or anything.”

“Of course. Oh! Also, I might be vague and needlessly cryptic. That is just a Legendary thing really.”

“I was expecting that much,” Elesa laughed. “I’ve heard you and Ingo do that before.”

“Alright.” Emmet let go of her hands and moved her to stand next to him. He held his hand back out. “Ready?”

Elesa took it. “Ready.”

Emmet took a breath, steadying himself. His eyes glowed blue. “Close your eyes. Do not open them until I say so. Arceus’s true form can hurt humans and I don’t want to risk you seeing it.”

“Okay.”

Elesa closed her eyes.

The sound of the wind was cut off. The floor under Elesa’s feet vanished. A bright light shone through her eyelids.

“Arceus!” Emmet called, voice a touch more gravelly than usual. “I am Reshiram and I am here. I have brought a human. Change our station for her.”

A voice, Arceus’s voice, echoed loudly in Elesa’s head. “Why hast thou brought one?”

“Change our station and I will explain.”

Elesa was standing on solid ground again. The light was gone.

“You can open your eyes, Elesa,” Emmet said. Elesa did.

They were standing on a platform of light, stars scattered around them. Emmet’s eyes were still blue and Elesa could swear she could see a few white feathers in his sideburns. She could feel that his nails were sharper, closer to claws almost.

Across the platform stood Arceus, Palkia, and Dialga. Giratina hovered off to the side. With how the three towered above them and stared at them, Elesa couldn’t help but feel a little calmer at Giratina’s presence. At least based on the bathroom conversation, they seemed a little more understanding.

“Why is this human here?” Arceus said, voice quieter now. “These matters need not concern her.”

“Her name is Elesa. You will address her as such,” Emmet shot back. “These matters do concern her. She was also verrrry determined.”

“How so?”

Elesa looked over at Emmet when she felt his hand tighten and the temperature go up a few degrees. The tips of his ears were pink.

Emmet’s voice would be heard as level to anyone else, but Elesa could tell he was embarrassed. “She is our sister.”

Oh.

She never realized that her little joke about being Emmet and Ingo’s sister meant so much to them. It was always a one-sided joke, neither brother ever really playing along.

They never denied it though. They had always laughed and smiled.

Elesa never stopped.

She tightened her grip, hoping it was enough to let Emmet know he didn’t need to be embarrassed. Emmet refused to look over.

“She is human. She cannot be thy kin.”

“Elesa is not our sister by blood.”

“What other way is there?”

“By choice,” Emmet said. “By heart. Also by law for humans and we are not that either. That doesn’t matter here. What is important is that she is our family in the only ways that matter to me and Zekrom. She has every right to be here.”

Arceus considered Emmet a moment longer before turning to look at Elesa. She could feel it staring at her, through her, into her. It was uncomfortable, but no more than if an interviewer asked an invasive question she wasn’t prepared for, if only a little more supernatural. “Dost thou feel the same?”

She stared back. “Yes.”

The feeling grew.

Her stomach flipped.

She couldn’t breathe.

Elesa let go.

She was standing at the top of Dragonspiral Tower again, the wind doing nothing to help her catch her breath.

Emmet appeared next to her a second later, looking normal again.

“Are you okay?” he asked, immediately going to her side. “What happened? Any injuries? You don’t have to return with me if you don’t want to.”

Elesa held up a hand as she finally managed to breathe properly. “I’m okay now. I just- I couldn’t breathe for a second.”

Emmet clicked his tongue. “It would do something like that, wouldn’t it? Again, you do not have to come with me.”

“And I said I am.” Elesa took one more breath to steady herself. “Okay, I’m good to go again.”

“Are you sure?”

She nodded.

Emmet looked uneasy but took her hand anyway.

They reappeared on the platform a moment later. Emmet had his dragon features again, which Elesa was realizing were likely just a product of being here.

“Do not do that again,” Emmet said. “Tell us about Zekrom.”

“The human is back,” Arceus said, sounding displeased.

“TELL US!” Emmet snarled, a few embers and some smoke leaving his mouth. Elesa squeezed his hand. He huffed, but squeezed back.

“No need to yell,” Giratina cut in, swooping between the groups. “Arceus, I don’t see why Elesa can’t stay. Humans form bonds differently than us. We all know this. If Reshiram is saying they are kin, then they are kin.”

The few seconds of silence were tense, but Arceus finally said, “We know where Zekrom is.”

Elesa gasped. A thin trail of smoke escaped Emmet’s mouth.

“Where?” he asked, voice quiet.

Arceus stepped back. Palkia and Dialga stepped forward.

Palkia spoke first, “Zekrom is in our domain, under my people’s care.”

“No, he is not,” Emmet cut in. “I would feel him if he was in Sinnoh.”

“You misunderstand,” Dialga said. “Zekrom is in Hisui.”

Elesa had no idea what Hisui was. Emmet, on the other hand, paled.

“No…” he breathed. “No, he can’t-”

Emmet was cut off but his own hacking cough, sooty black smoke billowing from his mouth. It only made Emmet look more distraught.

“Hisui?” Elesa managed to ask once Emmet’s coughing fit was over.

His grip tightened. “Just as my and Zekrom’s domain was not always Unova, Palkia’s and Dialga’s was not always Sinnoh.”

“Vague and cryptic,” Elesa said even if she had a bad feeling where this was going.

“Sinnoh used to be called Hisui,” Emmet said. “Zekrom, Ingo, is in the past.”

Elesa felt herself pale “Oh… How?”

“That would be my fault,” Giratina said, taking the centre.

Emmet’s eyes flashed as he glared at them.

“During that time, I partnered with one who wished to subjugate Arceus’s power and make a new world,” Giratina explained. “I didn’t care much about his plans. I simply sought to anger Arceus, as I often did in those times. I opened rifts through my domain and spacetime to draw attention and bring frenzy to the land. As a result, and due to my negligence, Zekrom fell through one. They ended up remaining in Hisui after missing their window for return. My deepest apologies. Both for that and for all of my previous actions that have yet to pass.”

“Then bring him back,” Emmet growled. “This is your fault. Matters of your domain should never have crossed with ours. You all know as well as I that Zekrom should not be this severely decoupled from our domain.”

“We are afraid it is not that simple,” Palkia said. “Space and Time are fragile where Zekrom is. A more delicate touch is required.”

“The effect of travelling through these rifts must also be accounted for,” Dialga said. “Zekrom has lost their memory. The one you call Ingo has as well.”

Elesa felt the temperature drop. She couldn't tell if it was her or Emmet’s hand that was shaking.

“Ideals without Truth. Truth without Ideals,” Emmet mumbled. “Neither is good. One needs the other. We need Zekrom to return.”

“Then you must go when Zekrom is remembered and bring them back,” Palkia said.

“Three years, two months, four days, five hours, forty-seven minutes, and thirty-two seconds after they left Unova,” Dialga added.

Three years. They had to wait three years.

“I should not go,” Emmet said quietly. “Our domain should not be left unprotected. We should not abandon Kyurem again.”

Elesa took a breath, straightened her back, lifted her chin. “I’ll go.”

Emmet spun to face her, blocking out the stares from the group boring into her.

“I canno-” He hacked out another stream of black and sooty smoke. “I do not want to ask that of you.”

“Then don’t ask,” Elesa said, voice hard. “I’m volunteering. You said it yourself, I’m your sister. I can bring our brother home. Besides, is there really another choice?”

Emmet’s mouth twitched before he rested his forehead on hers and whispered. “There are a few. But I trust you the most. Chandelure is second.”

“Of course,” Elesa snorted.

“If that is settled,” Dialga interrupted, “when will your human depart?”

“Once again, her name is Elesa,” Emmet said, turning back to face the group, “and you will address her as such. We will discuss departure times and I will inform you of the schedule once available to me.”

“I thought I was going in three years?” Elesa asked.

“It is time travel, Elesa,” Emmet said. “We choose the departure time. You will end up at the same time no matter what.”

“That is correct,” Dialga said. “Although, due to the mentioned instability, there are only two viable departure times. I can send your… Elesa within the next twenty-four hours or once the same amount of time has passed here as it has for Zekrom in Hisui. When will it be?”

“I know my answer,” Emmet said before Elesa even had a chance to think it over, “but this is not my choice alone.”

“I can summon the husk,” Arceus cut in. The others returned to their spots, allowing Arceus the floor again.

Emmet shook his head. “I will go to Kyurem. It’s better for it to not make any unnecessary trips. But it is not just Kyurem. It is not just Zekrom who is displaced, but Ingo as well. There are others who get a say in this. The rest of Ingo and Emmet’s kin.”

“A few humans hardly mat-”

“They do,” Emmet interrupted, teeth bared. “They matter. I will ask them and return with the decision.”

“How can thou trust them to make a fair choice?” Arceus said. Its pure uninterest in any of this was starting to grate on Elesa. “Humans are not objective.”

“Neither are you,” Emmet growled, smoke starting to trail from his mouth. “Neither am I. No one is. Truth affects Ideals. Ideals affect Truth. There is no objectivity. Not for something like this.”

Arceus stared down at them. Emmet glared back, breathing heavy. Elesa couldn’t help but be thankful she was being largely ignored again.

“Thou hast changed,” Arceus finally said.

“Such is the nature of humans,” Emmet responded. “We will be leaving now. I shall inform Giratina of our decision once I know it.”

Before anyone could say another word, Elesa and Emmet were back on Dragonspiral Tower.

Emmet, back to normal sans the still glowing eyes, let go with a huff. A large cloud of smoke and a few embers flew from his mouth. He stomped around and kicked a loose rock.

“Fucking hate those guys,” he yelled. He picked up another rock and threw it. “Fucking stuck-up, holier-than-thou, assholes. ‘I made Space! I made Time! I made all!’ Doesn’t make you better than us! There’s more to existence than that!”

Elesa let Emmet continue to stomp around and complain as they made their way back down the tower. He looked have finally calmed down some once they reached the base. At the very least his eyes were back to normal and he wasn’t spewing smoke anymore.

“Feeling better?” Elesa asked.

Emmet huffed. “Yes. Sorry about that. Some of the ‘creation’ Pokemon can be uptight. Just be glad Xerneas wasn’t there.”

“I’ll take your word for it,” Elesa chuckled. “At least Giratina seemed cool.”

“I don’t mind Giratina for the most part,” Emmet said, starting towards the city. “Although, that whole Team Galactic stunt seemed to have calmed them down. Which is nice. If they were human, I would say they had some anger management issues. There is a reason their domain is the Distortion World, and it is not a nice one.”

Elesa just hummed and followed Emmet down the stairs.

“Think about your choice,” Emmet said once they reached the outskirts. “Tell me when you have made it. We need to go to Kyurem now. I have a feeling what its choice will be, but I still need to explain everything.”

They made their through Icirrus City and to the train station. Once the train arrived, the car they boarded was thankfully empty. It gave Elesa the space to think about everything.

The idea of Ingo being lost and alone in a different region and in the past, was heartbreaking. And to top it all off, he had amnesia. She wanted to get him as soon as possible.

But the sticking point was that no matter the choice, the time would still pass for Ingo.

Did she want Ingo to be three years older while she stayed the same? Was it selfish of her to want him back instantly? Or was it more selfish to want their small age gap to remain the same?

But that didn’t even account for the Zekrom part of her friend.

She had no idea what the specifics of the Legendary part of her friends entailed. They had never really shared it. But surely having Zekrom gone from Unova for three years wasn’t good.

She had to make a choice.

But she had to accept that this was bigger than her feelings alone.

“You said that you made your choice,” Elesa said. “What is it?”

Emmet looked down. “I do not want to influence you. I will tell you after you decide. Take your time.”

“Then I’ve made my choice. It’s whatever you chose.”

“You can’t do that,” Emmet mumbled.

“Why not?” Elesa waved a hand. “Do your truth thing on me. I’m choosing whatever you do. I want Ingo back as soon as possible, but I know there’s more to it than that. I’m deferring to you.”

Emmet glanced at her, eyes flashing blue after a moment’s hesitation. He looked away again, face crumpling as he put it in his hands.

“You’re going to hate me,” he whispered.

“I said I can go get him,” Elesa reassured. “We just need to get some supplies first.”

Emmet shook his head.

Her heart dropped. “You want to wait.”

He nodded.

She had meant what she said, that she would go with Emmet’s choice. But Elesa really did think Emmet would want her to go now. She assumed he still felt bad about agreeing to let her go.

Not that he wanted to wait.

“Then I’m choosing wait,” Elesa said, voice shakier than she wanted. “It’s only three years.”

Emmet whined an apology and curled in on himself.

The rest of the ride was silent. Elesa couldn’t figure out what to say and Emmet remained curled up, whining to occasional apology. They eventually arrived at Lacunosa Town.

Once they had left the town and were heading towards Giant’s Chasm, Elesa spoke up.

“Can I ask why you want to wait?”

“There are many Truths,” Emmet said after a moment. “Everyone will miss Ingo. I will miss Ingo. Zekrom should be back as soon as possible. Getting him back now would be best. But…”

Emmet took a breath. Elesa took his hand and squeezed.

“But there are other Truths,” he continued, voice small. “Human Truths. Not so human Truths. The Truth that three years will pass for Ingo either way.”

“You don’t want to be different ages?” Elesa guessed, voice soft.

Emmet shook his head. “I don’t. He wouldn’t either. Reshiram and Zekrom are known as the Twin Dragons. We are the same. Equals. Three years is not much to us, but it is enough to skew.”

Emmet tightened his hold.

“But I am human too. I am selfish and petty and hurting. I like to match Ingo. He likes to match me. I do not want him to be three years older than me. If he has to wait, then I want to wait too. Even if it hurts.”

“I- I get it,” Elesa reassured.

They stopped as they reached the entrance of the chasm. Frost could be seen creeping up towards the entrance.

“Thank you, Elesa,” Emmet said, turning and hugging her tight. “for everything.”

Elesa returned it full force. “Of course.”

By the time the day was done, they had their answer.

Kyurem had taken Zekrom being gone well enough. It was clearly upset and worried, but Emmet managed to reassure it that everything would be okay without breaking down too badly. He did have a little bit of a cry, but Kyurem nuzzled his chest. The action was a bit awkward, but Elesa couldn’t help but think it was cute. Emmet had explained the situation once he pulled himself together again and it had agreed with Emmet about waiting.

They managed to get in contact with the rest of Emmet and Ingo’s family quickly. Which made sense considering Ingo was missing in the eyes of the law. Obviously, the League and school could wait when it came to something like that.

Responses were mixed, but everyone agreed to put it to a vote. A couple people and Pokemon deferred to Emmet like Elesa had. Everyone also wanted Emmet to have veto power, but Emmet outright refused and wouldn’t let anyone change his mind.

It didn’t matter.

In the end, waiting won.

It would be a long three years, but at least they had more time to prepare now.

Because Elesa would bring Ingo home.

Chapter Text

The first thing he was aware of was the cold, if it could even be called that. It was all there was, all he was. Cold right down to his very core.

In the fuzz in his head. In the sharp pain in his fingers and toes. In his skin, his blood, his bones.

Cold, cold, cold.

He had to get up. He had to get out of the cold. It was killing him.

He pushed himself to his knees. It was impossible to tell if the cracking was from his stiff joints or the ice that no doubt coated everything.

The sky was clear. The setting sun made the endless snow and ice sparkle. It was almost calm if not for the swirling purple orb on the cliff above him.

Run. Run, fight, danger! RUN-

It dissipated in a blink, purple wisps scattering to the air. A weight settled in his stomach.

He was not supposed to be here. He was supposed to be far far away from here.

He had to move.

The snow in front of him was red. A black hat sat in stark contrast to the red and white under it.

He took the hat, something in him telling him it was important. Red, sticky and thick, soaked into his gloves.

He swallowed, put the hat on, tried to ignore he pain in his head.

He got to his feet. He had to move.

One step. Two. Three. Each was more effort than the last.

Where was he going? Where could he go? Was anything even out there?

It was cold. Too cold. He wasn’t ice. He was…

Ice was…

He wasn’t usually cold. He had… There was…

He was…

Cold.

It was cold.

He had stopped. He had to move.

He stumbled onward. Surely, there was something around here. It couldn’t just be ice and snow and cold.

But as he continued onward, one step at a time, there was nothing but that.

Nothing but ice. Nothing but snow. Nothing but cold.

He couldn’t feel his feet, his fingers, his ears. He could barely see.

“Hello!”

A voice. Small, young, low to the ground.

“You smell funny.”

He looked down. Blinked at the pair of Bergmites at his feet.

“I-” The words shredded his throat like the ice around him and fell from his lips like molasses. “What?”

“You smell funny,” the Bergmite said again. “Are you okay?”

He swayed on his feet, stumbled a step. “No… I- Cold. It’s cold.”

“Yeah, you’re in the Icelands.”

“Shouldn’t be here.” He couldn’t stop mumbling now. “Need to… To go. Cold. Too cold.”

“Where are you going?” the other asked.

“Don’t know,” he whined, distinctly inhuman. He swayed and stumbled again. His eyes fluttered, vision flickered red. “Don’t know…”

“You speak Pokemon?”

He stumbled past the Bergmites. He had to keep moving.

“Wait! Why don’t we take him to Gaeric?”

“Yeah! Gaeric can help! He’s good at helping!”

“Wait up!”

He almost tripped over the Bergmites as they ran to his feet. He stopped.

“Need to go,” he rumbled. “Cold. Can’t be cold. Hurts.”

“You should follow us!” a Bergmite said. “We can take you to somewhere safe.”

“Warm?” That was all he wanted right now, to thaw his frozen core, to not hurt anymore.

“Yeah! It’s warm in Gaeric’s tent!” the other promised. “This way!”

He followed the Bergmites. He didn’t have another option. Even if this wasn’t a trick, he was a dead… Man? Pokemon?

He was dead either way.

They walked forever. He had lost track of time the moment he had woken up and he hadn’t found it since. Lost to the wind, to the cold, to the sn-

“Hey, get up!”

He laying down again. He hadn’t even noticed he had fallen. He couldn’t feel anything.

But it was warm here.

Maybe this was where the Bergmites were leading him.

Maybe he could rest here and warm up.

“Gaeric’s over there!”

“Go get him!”

He felt his eyes start to close. He was so tired.

“Gaeric!”

“Oh! Hello, Bergmite. How- Sinnoh above!”

Crunching footsteps approached. He couldn’t find the energy to see what was going on. He just wanted to rest.

“Please, don’t be dead.”

He felt his body turn over. Despite the distant protests from a voice above him and in the back of his mind, he fell into the dark

-----

It was warmer. Not enough. Still a chill on his skin. Ice in his bones. Not thawed enough.

His hands hurt. His feet hurt. His face hurt.

He shouldn’t be here. He wasn’t supposed to be here.

He had to move.

It hurt.

Warm still. Something on him. A blanket.

The chill had lessened. It clung to him still.

In his fingers. In his toes. In his cheeks.

In the pain in his head. In the fog in his mind.

But it was warm.

At least it was warm.

Crackling. Heat. A pop.

Smelled like…

Fire.

He liked fire. It was warm. Safe.

Home.

It was…

Home…

Who?

He wasn’t supposed to be here.

“He just showed up?”

“Again, Calaba, I don’t know where he came from. I was just minding my own business, then a couple of Lord Avalugg’s Bergmites came over and that guy was laying in the snow behind them with a face full of blood!”

“No need to get short with me, Gaeric.”

“I know. I’m sorry. It’s just been a long few days.”

“That it has.”

He was shaking.

He wasn’t supposed to be here.

He couldn’t breath. He couldn’t feel his hands.

He wasn’t supposed to be here.

He pushed himself to sit. Everything cracked. Everything was sore. Everything shook.

He had to leave.

His legs didn’t cooperate. He was choking. His arms trembled.

“Hey, you should be lying down.”

A Bibarel padded around the fire.

“I can’t,” he whined, failing to stand again. “I can’t be here. Need to go.”

Bibarel shook her head. Tucked it into his lap.

“I’ll ask about your speech later. You need to breathe. You need to rest.”

His hands found purchase in her fur. He curled around her. She was warm.

“Shouldn’t be here. I shouldn’t be here.”

Tears soaked into fur. Gasps became sobs.

“Shouldn’t be here. Shouldn’t be here.”

Bibarel pushed. He ended up on his side.

“It’s okay,” she chittered.

He choked on tears. On grief. On questions. On exhaustion. On pain.

“Missing. Miss- missing. Shouldn’t b-be here. I can’t- can’t be here. I don’t know…

Missing…

Lost…

Shouldn’t be here…”

-----

He woke up slowly, roughly, like he was being dragged out of a tunnel. Light shone through his eyelids. His limbs were heavy and sore. There was a dull pain in his head and something pressing around it.

But it was warm.

With a groan, he pried his eyes open. He was laying on something soft on the floor of what looked like a tent. He didn’t spend long looking around once the small fire in the middle of the floor caught his eye.

That was nice. He liked fire. He felt like he was forgetting something about it.

A Bibarel walked over to him before he he the chance to think about it. He’d seen this Bibarel before, right?

“How are you feeling?” she chittered. “You look more present now than you did last night.”

He pushed himself to a sit, wrapping a blanket around himself at the chill of it gone. He felt a little lightheaded, but it went away after a few moments.

“I am tired and sore,” he said, scratching Bibarel once she was close enough. “But definitely better than before.”

Bibarel settled her head in his lap with a couple tail slaps. “Glad to hear it. Calaba will be around shortly. Gaeric is out checking in with Lord Avalugg. Until either of them get back, care to explain how you can understand me and talk Pokemon?”

What he wanted to do was ask who either of those people were and where he was, but he supposed said people would explain that to him once they got here.

“Well, I’m not entirely human,” he said, seeing no reason to lie to the Pokemon. Humans on the other hand… “Mostly human, sure. But there is some Pokemon in me.”

Bibarel sniffed him. “That explains why you smell funny. I assumed it was because you were recovering.”

“I smell fun-”

“What Pokemon are you?” Bibarel interrupted. “I don’t think I’ve smelled something like you even ignoring the human stuff.”

“I am not sure.” He paused, squinted in thought. “I feel like I should know…”

The door across the room opened before he could think about that anymore. A man, somehow shirtless, walked in. He grinned wide when he saw him and Bibarel.

“Ah! You’re up!” he said. “And you’ve made friends with Bibarel. I was a little worried about leaving you alone with a Pokemon, but you seemed okay with her yesterday. You were a little delirious, but still. It is nice to see that you are feeling better today.”

“I am feeling better,” he said. “But who are you? And where am I?”

“Of course, my apologies for not introducing myself first.” The man sat on the other side of the fire pit. “I am Gaeric of the Pearl Clan, warden of Lord Avalugg. You are currently in my tent since Calaba said moving you to the Settlement was a bad idea with how injured you were.”

“I, uh… I see.” He tightened his hold on Bibarel’s fur. “And what is ‘the Pearl Clan’?”

Gaeric’s brow furrowed. “We are people of Hisui and follow the Almighty Sinnoh.”

“Hisui?”

“That’s where we are.” Gaeric leaned forwards. “Are you sure you are feeling better?”

The door opened again, this time a short, older woman wearing a basket on her back stepped through.

“You’re upright,” she said. “How are you feeling?”

“Warmer,” he said. “Are you Calaba?”

“I am.” She walked over to him and held out her hands. “Hands.”

He placed them in hers. She looked them over, then let go.

“You’re frostbite is looking a lot better,” she said, going back to her basket. “To better answer your question, I am Calaba of the Pearl Clan, warden of Ursaluna and, more importantly to you right now, head healer. You are lucky I was visiting the Settlement when you arrived.”

“Thank you for helping me,” he said.

Calaba rummaged through her basket. “I may not care much for outsiders, but I am not cruel. You needed help or you would die. I wasn’t going to let that happen without doing anything.”

“Thank you still.”

“Aren’t you a polite one,” she mumbled, pulling out a leek. Louder she continued, “Lady Irida, the leader of the Clan, wishes to ask you some questions. If you are feeling well enough, Gaeric can go get her.”

“Me?” Gaeric asked.

“Yes, you.” Calaba set aside the leeks and went back to the basket. “I’m too old to make that trip again immediately. See if Ursaluna will help. It will go quicker.”

“Alright,” Gaeric huffed, his smile making it clear his complaining was lighthearted.

He mostly just wanted to go back to sleep, but he supposed meeting the leader of the people who saved his life was also important. “I could answer some questions.”

“Then get a move on, Gaeric,” Calaba said, shooing the man away.

“I’ll be back!” Gaeric called as the door closed behind him.

“While I am glad he has allowed us to use his space, there is a reason he is not welcome much in the healers’ tent,” Calaba huffed. She returned to her basket, grabbing an Oran berry from it and setting it next to leek. “I see you like Bibarel.”

“Oh, yes.” He gave Bibarel another scratch. “She is quite friendly and warm.”

“Why thank you,” Bibarel chittered.

“She just like the scratches,” Calaba said. She started slicing the berry and leek, putting the pieces into a bowl. “Most people are wary of her on first meeting. But seeing as Gaeric found you with the help of Lord Avalugg’s Bergmites, I thought leaving her with you would be fine.”

“Why would people be wary?” he asked. “She is just a Bibarel.”

Calaba turned to look at him. “‘Just’?”

“Yes?” Wait, Bibarel could be stronger that she looked. “Forgive me, but I simply meant that Bibarel is certainly on the ‘cuter’ end of Pokemon looks with how fluffy she is.”

Calaba squinted at him, then returned to her work, mashing the Oran berry and leek pieces together in a bowl. “You are certainly a strange one.”

He didn’t know what to say to that.

It took a few minutes for Calaba to finish what she was doing. She came over and handed him the bowl of paste.

“Rub this into your hands,” she instructed, “as well as anywhere else you feel sore and can easily reach. I want to check your bandages.”

“My bandages?”

“On your head,” she said, starting to unwrap them. “You had quite the nasty cut there that I didn’t want to risk moving you to the Settlement yet.”

As Calaba did that, saying his head injury was healing well as she replaced his bandage, he started rubbing the paste into his hands and up his arms a bit. He put some on his cheeks, nose, and ears too. It was a bit sticky, but who was he to question the medical professional here.

By the time it had been absorbed, the door opened once again. Gaeric was back, now accompanied by a young woman, Irida presumable.

“Calaba, can I talk with you?” Gaeric said before anyone else got the chance. “Outside.”

“Is it important?” she asked.

“It is,” Irida said.

“Alright. One moment.” Calaba did a once over of him, taking a particular interest in his hands. “Glad to see that’s already working. Bibarel, keep an eye on him. You as well, Lady Irida.”

“Of course,” Bibarel chirped.

“I will,” Irida said. “Did you happen to ask for our guest’s name?”

Calaba froze, then bowed slightly. “I did not. My apologies to both of you.”

“It’s fine,” he assured. “I never thought to introduce myself either.”

“Go talk with Gaeric,” Irida urged.

Calaba nodded and left the tent with Gaeric.

“My name is Irida,” the young woman said, sitting across the fire from him. “I am the leader of the Pearl Clan. I’m so sorry about no one asking sooner, but what is your name?”

“Pleasure to meet you, Miss Irida,” he said, hand reaching up to the hat he wasn’t wearing. He spotted it by his pillow after a moment of panic and put it on. “My name is-”

He froze.

Nothing came to mind.

“Yes?” Irida urged.

“It is…” Still. Nothing arose. “It’s- My name is-”

He had a name. He had to have a name. People had names. He was a person, more or less. So, he had a name.

“It’s- I am-”

Nothing was there. His breath came in shallow and fast. He couldn’t feel his hands.

“I- I- My name-”

His skin was buzzing. He was shaking. His eyes couldn’t focus on anything for longer than a second.

What was his name?

“I don’t know. I don’t know.”

“Sir,” he heard Irida say. “Um… Calaba!”

There was a weight in his lap a moment later. Warm, soft. His hands grabbed Bibarel’s fur tight. Thankfully, there was enough of it to not bother the Pokemon.

“Breathe,” she clicked at him. “You’re going to make yourself throw up at this rate.”

Right.

Right.

He had to breathe.

Calaba had returned, Gaeric too. He could hear them talking with Irida as he forced himself to slow his breathing down. He couldn’t make out any of their words.

Eventually, he managed to breathe normally again. He looked up from where he had buried his face into Bibarel without noticing.

“My- My apologies…” he got out, voice rough.

“Don’t give us that,” Calaba said. “You’re still recovering and I’ve certainly seen worse.”

“I’m honestly surprised you hadn’t freaked out sooner,” Gaeric chimed in.

“Gaeric, wait outside,” Calaba shot back.

“Understandable.”

He couldn’t help his huff of a laugh as Gaeric left again. Bibarel settled next to him again.

The silence between them was tense for all of three seconds before Calaba broke it.

“You had more questions, Lady Irida, didn’t you?”

“I, um… Yes,” she stammered, “but I don’t know if asking them is a good idea.”

“Ask away,” he said softly, looking back down. “Bibarel helps.”

“You can’t be a healer’s partner for so long without picking up a thing or two,” Bibarel chittered, pressing closer.

He gave her a scratch. “Thank you.”

Calaba started going through her basket as Irida asked, “Do you know how you got here?”

“I am afraid I do not,” he sighed. “I believe that my head injury is from a fall, but I do not remember it. All I can remember of my arrival is waking up in a pile of snow and how cold it was.”

He pulled the blanket around himself a little more with a shiver.

“It was so cold.”

“Where were you before that?” Irida asked.

“I don’t know,” he mumbled, voice distant in his own ears, “but I know I shouldn’t be here.”

“As the leader of the Pearl Clan, I promise you that we will do what we can to help you find and return to your space,” Irida said, voice hard and eyes.

He was starting to see why she was the leader despite her age. She had an air about her when she tried.

“Thank you,” he whispered.

Calaba rejoined the conversation, handing him a cup. “Drink this.”

He couldn’t hide the face he made at the first sip. The liquid was bitter and a little lumpy.

“All of it,” Bibarel clicked at him.

He barely managed to finish the cup without gagging. He handed it back to Calaba. She took it and handed him a small jar of a new paste.

“Aspear,” she said, going and putting the cup away. “If you find that your frostbite hurts, put some of that on. It will help.”

“Thank you,” he hummed as he set it aside for now.

“Unfortunately, I can’t do anything about your memory,” she continued, the sternness in her voice softening a little. “All we can do is hope it comes back on its own. I am sorry.”

“I didn’t think you could,” he said, voice starting to strain past the lump in his throat.

Calaba and Irida exchanged a few words. He couldn’t hear them over the buzzing in his ears.

“May I make a request?” he croaked, likely interrupting one of them. He was quiet, but the pair still looked over at him. “Can I be left alone?”

“Of course,” Irida said, standing. “The Pearl Clan will be more than happy to share space with you for as long as you need. I will make sure a tent is prepared for when you are well enough to travel to the main Settlement.”

“I will be just outside,” Calaba said. “Call if you need me. Bibarel, give him some space.”

Bibarel looked up at him. “Do you want me to go too?”

He gave her one more scratch, then lightly nudged her towards Calaba.

“Get some rest,” Bibarel chittered back at him, then left behind her partner.

Finally alone, he laid back down, curled up, and sobbed into his borrowed pillow.

He wasn’t supposed to be here. That simple fact sat like lead in his gut. He was so far from his home station and he had no idea how to return. He didn’t even know where it was.

He was lost and alone. He was so alone in a way he knew he had never felt before. It was like something in the world itself had been torn away.

Maybe it was him, a torn and discarded scrap, drifting and lost and forgotten.

He just wanted to know where he was from. Where he should go. What the gaping hole in his chest meant.

What his name was.

He just wanted a name.

Chapter Text

It took a few more days for him to recover enough to be able to leave. By then the tent he would be staying in at the Settlement was ready for him and it was time to leave Gaeric’s with his few meager belongings.

He had his clothes, a flimsy white shirt, black pants, a blue tie, thin gloves, and a pair of shoes. He had the thing on his wrist that he was pretty sure did something, but must have broken upon his arrival. He had his hat and coat, which he refused to take off for longer than needed. He had the loose stuff in his coat pockets, a set of keys with no label and a handful off small hard balls wrapped in colourful foil.

He still didn’t have his name.

But he had gotten close to remembering it a couple times now! He could tell the knowledge was there, but it was just out of reach. Or he would remember it for a moment, not long enough to tell someone or write it down but it was proof that it was there.

Surely he would figure it out sooner or later.

But today, he was still nameless and had to brave the cold.

“It’s not even that cold today,” Gaeric said. “Come on!”

“How can you say that when you are not wearing a shirt?” he said, standing in the doorway as he wrapped his coat tightly around himself. “Who’s going to get frostbite, now?”

“I’ll have you know I’ve never gotten frostbite,” Gaeric declared, puffing his chest a little, “and I bundle up if it’s actually cold, I’ll have you know. But it’s a beautiful day today! So, let’s go!”

He huffed. He was probably starting to overstay his welcome here anyway. He buried his face into the high collar of his coat and stepped outside.

“Not so bad, isn’t it?” Gaeric laughed, closing his door.

“It is bad,” he grumbled. “It is cold.”

“It won’t be cold once we’re moving.” Gaeric jogged off. “This way!”

He did not jog. With his luck, he would end up tripping and landing face first in the snow. Which was probably the worse thing that could happen to him right now and wouldn’t be good for his already existing head wound.

Gaeric thankfully didn’t bother him to pick up the pace, instead matching his slower one without complaint. He had even let him wander a little when they passed some Pokemon groups. Gaeric made them stay a fair distance away, but he just wanted to watch the Pokemon anyway.

He couldn’t deny the way the Pokemon filled a small part of the hole in his chest. And that it was nice that he seemed to remember a bit about them. Even if a couple of them looked strange to him.

By the time they had reached the Settlement and Irida showed him to the tent he would be staying in, he was feeling a bit better about his situation. Cold still, but a bit better.

“Thank you again, Lady Irida, for letting me have a station here,” he said, looking around at the tent. It was a similar enough to Gaeric’s which he liked. “I truly do not know what I would have done otherwise.”

“Of course,” Irida said. “It’s not often we would do something like this, but your circumstances are very clearly an exception. As long as you don’t cause any trouble, you’re welcome to stay until you find your own space again.”

“I would never dream of causing trouble,” he reassured. “If anything, I am more than ready to help wherever I may be needed here. Just let me know.”

“Don’t ask him for any outdoor help,” Gaeric chimed in. “When he wasn’t talking about Pokemon, he was complaining about the cold.”

He felt his face burn. “Well, it is cold. But I am sure I can get used to it. There’s no-”

“I’ll go see what I can do about finding you some warmer clothing,” Irida cut in. “The elder’s usually have some extra scarves and gloves they’ve made in case anyone needs some.”

“Please, there’s really no need-”

“If you get frostbite again, Calaba will have all our heads.” Gaeric laughed. “Mine especially somehow. I’m sure I got some stuff you can use. I’ll send Glalie if I’m busy.”

“Then you will have to let me pay you back somehow,” he insisted. “I can’t possibly accept all of your help without doing something in return.”

“I’m sure there’s something for you to help with,” Irida chuckled. “We’ll go find you some warmer stuff while you settle in.”

With that, Gaeric and Irida left, leaving him alone.

He closed the door. It was quiet.

He fought against how his eyes immediately started to burn and the lump in his throat.

He was so alone. This tent was a little bit separated from the others he had seen. There had always been someone nearby since he had properly woken up in Gaeric’s tent.

And now he was alone.

He was alone and lost and not supposed to be here.

And cold.

He was always cold.

He took a breath, turned to the fire pit, crouched down in front of it.

Gaeric had shown him how to make a fire when it was clear he didn’t know how. He was far from perfect at it, but he could manage. It was starting the fire that was the hard part for him. Growing and maintaining it was easy.

So it only took a few minutes before Ingo was sitting in front of a fire, small but more than enough to warm the area.

Wait.

He felt his name try to slip away again. He had to keep it. Please.

He just wanted this one thing.

“Ingo,” he whispered to no one but himself. “Ingo. Ingo In-”

He couldn't fight the sob anymore.

“Ing- Ingo,” he choked out through his tears. “Ingo. My- My name is Ingo.”

He was Ingo. He didn’t know what that meant, who Ingo was, but he could figure that out later.

Ingo could figure out who he was now that the first bit of track had been laid.

But still, Ingo cried and mumbled his new found name even if it felt incomplete. He could tell there was something else just as important he was forgetting, another name perhaps, but he didn’t have anymore than that.

But the fire was nice. At the very least, the warmth help him feel a little less alone.

When he managed to get up again, Ingo finally took stock of what he had been left in the tent. There wasn’t much, but he hadn’t been expecting anything more than the basics either.

There was enough food for a couple days, probably even longer if Ingo could figure out how to cook it. He felt like he knew how to cook, but not how he had seen Calaba do it. Hopefully he would take to it like he had with the fire.

There were plenty of blankets as well. Ingo wouldn’t be surprised if that was due to Gaeric finding him half-frozen. Not that Ingo was complaining about the blankets. He piled them high on the small bed, determined to not freeze while he slept that night and hopefully make the bed a little more comfortable than it looked.

Other than that, there were a couple jars of what was likely medicine. Ingo recognized Aspear paste, but the others were lost to him. Another thing he would have to ask about.

Ingo could only be thankful that the people who had found him were so kind. He would have to pay them back how could, likely just some odd jobs like Irida had mentioned. Maybe one of them would be familiar and Ingo would remember something.

But that would just have to wait until tomorrow. It was already getting late and Ingo was tired after the travelling and emotions of the day. He found a stick from a nearby tree and roasted some food before turning in.

Or at least try to turn in.

The night was rough. While Ingo had been in Gaeric’s tent, Bibarel had stayed overnight. Gaeric had reportedly set up camp with Lord Avalugg, Calaba not wanting him to bother Ingo too much, meaning Bibarel was on watch duties.

Thankfully, nothing more serious than Ingo feeling generally miserable had happened overnight. Which was easily solved by Bibarel.

But Calaba and Bibarel had returned to their station in the Crimson Mirelands that morning, leaving Ingo to finally notice how much Bibarel being in the same room had helped.

He couldn’t fight off the ever present hole in his chest, yelling at him that he shouldn’t be here, that he was alone, that it was so cold. It all left Ingo staring at the ceiling for most of the night, stuck in a sort of half-sleep haze that left him exhausted when the sun finally rose.

He didn’t have the energy to leave his tent. It only added to how lonely he felt.

Irida came around, asking how his night was and making sure he was settled. He told her he was fine. He didn’t think she believed him. At least she had brought some warm scarves and gloves for if Ingo managed to drag himself outside.

Gaeric showed up too with a bag of old, but warm, shirts and some tea supplies. Ingo thanked him, but was too detached to make any more conversation than that. Gaeric wished him the best and said he would return again when he could.

Ingo had forgotten to tell either of them he had remembered his name.

He’d tell them tomorrow. Maybe he would actually get outside then.

Because he’d be here tomorrow. And the day after that and the day after that.

He was stuck here. Memories gone, lost in ice, and so alone it hurt.

He wanted to go home. He didn’t know if it was even possible.

-----

Ingo had been at the Settlement for, what, four or five days? It was easy to loose track of time when he was stuck in a cycle of helping with menial tasks during the day and feeling nothing but a painful hole where his memories should be at night.

At least the people he had been helping, mostly the elders with some chores or in the kitchen once he admitted he wasn’t certain how to cook, seemed to like him. Maybe he was just being pitied, but Ingo would take anything at this point.

So, when Gaeric made good on his promise to return and started banging on his door one morning, saying that he wanted to introduce him to Lord Avalugg, Ingo agreed to come along.

“I see you’re making good use of those shirts I gave you,” Gaeric laughed once the door opened. “How many are you wearing?”

“Only two,” Ingo mumbled, tugging on one of the shirts. “It was cold last night.”

“If you say so.”

“There is snow on the ground.”

“There’s always snow on the ground,” Gaeric shrugged. “But the Icelands are certainly the coldest place in Hisui. We should see if Palina will take you down to the Coastlands next time she comes up.”

“Who is Palina?” Ingo asked. “Also, please come in. I do not want the heat to escape and I still need to prepare for our departure.”

Gaeric looked a little uncomfortable. “Are you sure?”

“I am…” Now Ingo was unsure. “If you wish to wait for me outside, that is fine. However, I will likely take a little bit. I still need to eat breakfast, but you are welcome to some if you wish.”

“I wouldn’t mind some food,” Gaeric mumbled, then he bowed. “I will come in. Thank you for sharing your space with me.”

Likely missing some sort of cultural norm he wasn’t familiar with or had forgotten entirely, Ingo stepped aside and let Gaeric enter. “Of course. You let me stay at your home station when I was injured. I should repay the favour in some way.”

“I already said don’t worry about that,” Gaeric brushed him off. “I didn’t think you could make it to the Settlement, and my yurt was the closest structure. It was an emergency.”

Ingo hummed, setting a pot up on the fire. “Thank you still. Now, I have just learned how to make this congee stuff, so my apologies if it is not the best.”

“You didn’t know how to make congee?”

“I am discovering that I do not know how to do a lot of stuff.” Ingo poked at the fire a little. “I am unsure if it is due to the memory loss or I simply never learned, but I feel my home station is quite different than here.”

Gaeric only hummed.

Great, Ingo had made this awkward.

“Oh! But I did remember something recently,” Ingo said, hoping to lighten the mood a little.

It looked to have worked with the way Gaeric’s eyes lit up. “Really? That’s great! What is it?”

“I believe a proper introduction is in order.” Ingo turned to face Gaeric, sticking out his hand. “It is a pleasure to meet you, Warden Gaeric. My name is Ingo.”

Gaeric laughed, loud and excited. “What a name! Strong, I say! I’m not sure why you’re sticking your hand out, but I am happy to finally have something to call you now, Ingo.”

Ingo took his hand back and returned to cooking. “I, um, I am also not sure what that was. But, yes, it is nice to have a name again. Which reminds me, I should probably share that information with Lady Irida soon. And the elders I have been helping.”

“We can stop by before heading out,” Gaeric offered. “Why haven’t you told them yet though?”

“I… I just remembered last night,” Ingo lied. No need to get into his whole deal emotions wise right now. “You are simply the first person I have seen since then.”

“Makes sense,” Gaeric hummed.

Thankfully, the congee turned out fine. It was, admittedly, a little bland, but Ingo was still figuring out spices. None of the jars were labelled and he had forgotten what the elders had told him when they had given him them. Gaeric offered to help get him things to label them, which Ingo quickly accepted.

After a quick stop with Irida to inform her of Ingo’s name, which was met with huge relief from her, Ingo and Gaeric set out for Lord Avalugg. Ingo couldn’t help but think they made an odd pair, himself being completely bundled up and Gaeric once again shirtless.

The path the Lord Avalugg was much the same as the one they took to the Settlement, only in reverse and going up the hill Gaeric’s tent was near. The top was flat, Icepeak Arena Gaeric had called it, with a cliff on the far side.

Ingo didn’t see any Avaluggs around, only knowing what they looked like since they were one of the Pokemon they had stopped to see when they had made the trip to the Settlement. But he did see a few Bergmites on the far end of the Arena.

“Hey! It’s that funny smelling guy!” one of them shouted and ran over.

“Looks like someone’s happy to see you,” Gaeric laughed as the Bergmite slid to a stop at Ingo’s feet. “That’s one of the Bergmites that you were with when I found you.”

“Is it really?” Ingo bent down. “Well, thank you for helping me reach a safe station, little one. I am not sure what would have happened if you and your friend hadn’t helped me.”

“Died probably,” Bergmite chirped.

Ingo was suddenly very glad his face apparently didn’t show his emotions that well.

“Let me go see if Lord Avalugg is awake,” Gaeric said, walking across to the rest of the Bergmites.

Taking his chance, Ingo quietly said, “You are quite blunt, you know.”

“That’s what Papa says!” Bergmite moved to behind Ingo and nudged him. “You gotta meet Papa!”

“I believe that is why Gaeric brought me down here today,” Ingo chuckled, standing up. “Let us depart.”

The Bergmite scampered off with a cheer.

Ingo only walked a few steps when the cliff across the Arena started shifting.

What did avalanches look like? Was that an avalanche? It probably was. They had to get out of here.

“Ingo!” Gaeric called with a wave and a smile before Ingo could shout at him. “Come say hello to Lord Avalugg!”

This man was insane.

“WHAT-” Ingo’s shout was cut off as he took in the shifting cliff some more. “Oh…”

It was never a cliff.

“Hello, there,” Lord Avalugg, facial plates opening to reveal a head taller than Gaeric, rumbled. “I am Lord Avalugg. You will have to come closer. I can’t see as well as I used to.”

Ingo slowly walked closer.​ He could feel a sort of power emanating off the Pokemon. It was easy to see why Lord Avalugg was referred to as a Noble.

“This is Lord Avalugg,” Gaeric said, patting the Noble on the side of the nose, “Lord of the Tundra! I’m sure someone’s told you about the Nobles and Wardens of the Pearl Clan.”

“Uh, yes,” Ingo stuttered, still looking up in shock. “They were mentioned. I just, um, was not expecting Lord Avalugg to be this big.”

Gaeric laughed, Lord Avalugg rumbling a laugh too. “Only goes to show how strong he is! That, and between him being old and a Noble, Lord Avalugg was always going to be huge. Avaluggs never stop growing, you know.”

“They don’t?” Ingo asked. “That is quiet interesting. My apologies for not introducing myself sooner. My name is Ingo. I am new to the area having only found myself here about a week or two ago.”

Gaeric did a small and quick bow, mouthing the word. Ingo bowed.

Lord Avalugg inched closer. Ingo felt a breeze as he righted himself, only realizing it was Lord Avalugg smelling him once it was gone.

“My Bergmites are right,” Lord Avalugg said. “You do smell funny.”

Why did every Pokemon say that?

“But you do not appear to be a threat, so that is fine,” he continued. “I hear you can understand Pokemon, odd one. Does my warden know about this or should I send him away?”

“I think he likes you, Ingo!” Gaeric said, patting Lord Avalugg again. “He’s not usually this talkative.”

“That is a relief,” Ingo said, hoping not answering the Noble’s question was answer enough. “I was getting worried for a moment.”

“I understand,” Lord Avalugg rumbled. To the Bergmites he said, “Can you distract Gaeric for a little bit? Give us some Space.”

The Bergmites giggled and rushed away, causing Gaeric and Ingo to dance around them to save their ankles.

“Where are they going?” Ingo asked, hoping to help.

“They better not be going after my food stores again,” Gaeric mumbled, popping up onto his toes to see better. “Shit, I think they are. Stay here, Ingo! I’ll be right back!”

Gaeric ran off, yelling at the Bergmite to leave his food alone.

“That should distract him for a bit,” Lord Avalugg chuckled. “That lot is one of the more rambunctious ones I’ve had as of late. But they are of that age for it.”

“I will take your word for it,” Ingo hummed, Lord Avalugg’s words trying and failing to pull on something in his mind. “I am sure Warden Gaeric has already mentioned my memory issues.”

“So, you can understand me,” Lord Avalugg said. “That is interesting. My warden has mentioned the memory loss and I am sorry to hear about it. I wish Sinnoh finds a Space for you soon.”

“I will find my tracks home one day,” Ingo said. Something buzzed under his skin. “An Ideal held strong enough may change the Truth.”

“Hmm…” Lord Avalugg hummed, turning his head to look at him better. “Aren’t you a fascinating one.”

Before he could ask what Lord Avalugg meant by that, a cold wind picked up and blew against Ingo. He wrapped his coat around himself tighter with a shiver.

“Are you cold?” Lord Avalugg asked.

“Always,” Ingo sighed. “I am not good with the cold. I do not know if I am weak to it or simply not used to it. Whatever is the case, it has left me with a chill I cannot seem to fully shake.”

Lord Avalugg’s tusks closed a little. “Come closer. Sit. I promise it will be warm.”

Seeing not reason to not believe the Noble, Ingo stepped closer to Lord Avalugg’s face. Once he was close enough, his tusks fully closed around him, leaving a dark pocket of space.

Ingo immediately felt himself release a tension he hadn’t noticed he had been carrying. Something about the dark and the quiet here was actually calming as opposed to his tent at night.

It was chilly at first, but it didn’t take long for the small space to warm up. There weren’t many spots for the heat to escape and the wind was completely blocked off.

Ingo sat down, leaning against the side of Lord Avalugg’s face. His rocky face was cool, but not cold enough to be uncomfortable. Just something to counteract the still rising heat.

“This is nice,” Ingo couldn’t help to rumble, eyes half shut.

“I did promise warmth.” Lord Avalugg readjusted himself slightly, likely finding a better way to sit down. “Feel free to rest here a while. You look like you need it.”

Ingo fought off a yawn. “I couldn't possibly.”

“You are our guest. At least rest until my warden returns. It may take some time to round up the Bergmites.”

Ingo took a slow breath. “That is acceptable.”

Try as might to fight it, between Lord Avalugg’s steady breathing and his exhaustion finally creeping up on him, Ingo was asleep in seconds.

And he had to admit, once Gaeric and the Bergmites returning had woken him back up, it was probably one of the best sleeps he could remember.

Chapter Text

Gaeric continued to wake Ingo up by banging on his door first thing in the morning every few days. He always had something or other to do that he wanted Ingo to come along for. One time it was helping with some foraging, another time it was to show Ingo the path up to Lake Acuity in case he ever needed to go up there.

While some of Gaeric’s reasons weren’t the most important, or the most favourable, Ingo couldn’t help but always tag along. It was a welcome distraction from the ever-present loneliness he felt at night. The elders were nice, but even they were starting to encourage him to interact with other people. Not out of annoyance, they assured, but because he had been here for nearly a month now and he had only really interacted with them.

But he could see the distrust the rest of the Clan viewed him with, despite how quickly the elders grown to like him. He understood the trepidation. He was told he didn’t smile, even when he though he was. He was loud and off putting and used phrases no one but him understood, and even he didn’t know where they came from. Of course he was going to be looked at with concern.

He was fearing he was starting to overstay his welcome.

But he still hadn’t remembered anything of his home station. He still didn’t know how to return.

So, here he stayed until they kicked him out.

Because Ingo would either leave on his own once the feeling of being a burden grew to a level he couldn’t deal with anymore or his not-entirely-human nature would be discovered and they’d kick him out.

He had seen the attitudes of the people here when it came to Pokemon. There were a few exceptions, but more often than not Pokemon were viewed as dangerous creatures that should be respected and avoided. Ingo couldn’t imagine an outcome of him being discovered that didn’t end with him cast back out to the snow, feared and hated.

But until then, Ingo would try his best to help those who had taken him in as much as they had helped him.

-----

It was getting to him again, the fog in his head and the buzz under his skin. It was hard to focus, hard to care for much more than trying to stay warm.

What he wanted was a routine. He didn’t mind the random outings Gaeric brought him on, but Ingo wanted something predictable in his life that was a bit more than wander around and see if anyone needed help.

It didn’t help that the things he could do was starting to dwindle. He had pretty much helped all he could for right now and even some of the elders were sending him off, telling him to take a break. Which he couldn’t do.

He needed something to do. Otherwise the fog and the buzzing would overtake him. And then what? Where would he be then?

He didn’t even know what he liked to do for fun. He had a couple ideas, but they didn’t help.

There was something in his scattered dreams he couldn’t name but hadn’t found here, so those tracks weren’t viable. He liked Pokemon, but the last time he had gone out to watch some, he had gotten attacked by a flock of Rufflets and screeched at by a weird looking Braviary. Thankfully, most of his injuries had been mild and Gaeric had shown him how to make potions on one of their outings.

Ingo had the choice of being warm but feeling bad in his tent, or being cold and feeling a little better wandering around the Settlement.

He had chosen to stay out today, having come to a rest by the hot spring to the north. It kept him warm enough, cleared his head a bit. Maybe he would finally work himself up to actually get in. It would likely feel really nice once he got in, but he felt weird stripping to his under-layer so close to other people. Plus, it would likely feel even colder when he had to get out.

He had opted to stay at the edge when it was empty for now, soaking in the steam and petting the Swinub that liked to hang around. It had fallen asleep a little bit ago, but Ingo was just enjoying the warmth of the fur now.

“I should have assumed you would be up here, Ingo,” Irida called out. “You know, you’re welcome to use the spring.”

“Hello, Lady Irida,” Ingo called back, taking his hands back from the Swinub and putting his thin pair of gloves back on. He’d put the thicker ones on once he actually left. “I assure you, I am quite content to stay on the side. What brings you to my station today? Need some help with something?”

“Not today.” Irida reached the top of the hill. “Sneasler, our Ride Noble of the Cornet Highlands, has decided to pay us a visit. I thought you would like to meet her.”

A tall purple Pokemon with a basket reached the top of the hill as Irida talked, Sneasler presumably. She looked a little like the odd looking Sneasels Ingo had seen with Gaeric once. Maybe she was an evolved form? He couldn’t help but think Sneasels evolved into something else though.

There was also a feeling of power around her. Similar to Lord Avalugg’s, but distinct. A little bit lessened perhaps. Certainly hers, at the very least.

“Well, hello Sneasler,” Ingo said, sticking out his hand out of habit. He returned it and bowed a moment later once he remembered to. “It is a pleasure to meet you. As Lady Irida said, my name is Ingo.”

Sneasler walked directly to him and sniffed him.

“Man, do you smell funny,” she said.

“Why d- Why, hello there,” Ingo caught himself. One of these days he’d figure out why every Pokemon felt the need to comment on his apparent smell. “Friendly, aren’t you?”

Sneasler pulled back and squinted at him. Ingo reached up and scratched her behind the ear. Any previous suspicion she had had was immediately lost as she melted.

“Wait, you’re good at that.”

“That’s a shock,” Irida laughed lightly. “I don’t think I’ve seen anyone but her warden be able to do something like that.”

“Is that so?” Ingo asked. “Who is her warden, may I ask?”

Sneasler backed up. Irida looked away.

“He’s no longer… with us,” Irida said quietly.

“I see.” Ingo pulled his hat down. “My condolences.”

“Thank you,” she hummed. “It was a while ago now, but… You know.”

“I understand.”

“Enough about that,” Sneasler chirped, knocking Ingo’s hat with her claws. “Why do you smell funny?”

Ingo slapped his hands on his head before his hat fell off. “Please do not do that. It is cold and this hat is quite precious to me.”

“It’s not even that cold and you’ve got warmer looking one underneath.” She poked his coat with her long claws, thankfully missing the weakening parts near the bottom. “You’ve got this thing over what looks like multiple shirts too.”

“Please, stop that,” Ingo said, unable to fully keep the growl from his voice. He backed up a few steps and wrapped his coat around himself. “I know they are strange looking, but they are mine and it is cold.”

Sneasler backed up. “Alright, got it. You’re an odd one though.”

“Sneasler, stop bothering our guest,” Irida said, coming over to them. “Sorry about her, Ingo. She has always been a bit… independent.”

“Is that what you’re calling it now?” Sneasler huffed.

Ingo barely held back a laugh, earning a look from Sneasler. “It is no worry, Lady Irida. I should have been a bit more patient with her. However, I am not at my full operating capacity today and was not expecting to interact with many others. My apologies.”

“Well then, we will give you your space,” Irida decided. She started walking off. “Let’s go, Sneasler.”

Sneasler gave him a once over. “I’m not done with you. You hear me? I think you can understand me and I want to figure out if I’m right.”

Irida was still too close for Ingo to risk confirming that, so instead he gave Sneasler another scratch. “I do hope to see you again. Ignoring the bit with my clothes, you seem friendly and, to be honest, I like Pokemon.”

Sneasler leaned into the scratch with a short purr for a moment longer, then left with Irida.

The Swinub, still in the hot spring, made a small sound as it woke up.

“Why’d you stop?” it snorted.

“Just some company, but they have departed now,” Ingo laughed, returning to the edge of the water. He crouched back down, took his gloves off, and went back to petting the Swinub. “There you go.”

The Swinub huffed, content to stay like that. Ingo wasn’t too hard pressed to leave either.

-----

It was a busy day today, and another one starting with Gaeric banging on his door. It was soon explained that the wardens of the Clan would be arriving today for their meeting and there were a couple of things that needed to be finished for their arrival. Wardens didn’t typically live in the Settlement, which Ingo assumed considering he had only met Gaeric and Calaba, so they needed to make sure they would be able stay for a bit.

This all meant Ingo was once again helping with prep work in the kitchen for most of the morning, the Clan planning on having a communal dinner that night. He got kicked out once after lunch, no one trusting him to cook on that scale. Not that Ingo was complaining, he had just barely gotten a handle on cooking for himself.

It did leave him bored though, seeing as the meeting had started and Gaeric was busy. Ingo had assumed he was going to get dragged around and introduced to the wardens he hadn’t met yet, so he hadn’t really planned anything to do during the afternoon.

Then again, he would probably be dragged around during dinner.

Until then, Ingo decided the hot spring was the place to go, wanting some fresh air today.

He had just about reached it, passing by a group of kids playing together, when he heard he heard a young voice giggling from the top of the hill.

“I don’t have any more berries! You ate them all!”

Ingo could see a boy sitting with a small Pokemon sitting near the hot spring. The Pokemon was round and purple while the boy had thick and curly brown hair.

There was something oddly familiar about him, but Ingo couldn’t place what. Not that that was a shock.

“Hello?” he called up. The boy jumped, wrapping his coat around the Pokemon. “Is everything alright up there?”

“Uh, yeah!” the boy called back. “It’s fine! No Pokemon here but Swinub.”

The boy’s coat squirmed, muffled protests coming from it. He shushed the Pokemon he was hiding.

Ingo held back a laugh as he reached the top of the hill. “Just Swinub you say?”

“Yeah, just Swinub!” The boy squirmed again, then whispered to his Pokemon, “Stop it! We’re gonna get in trouble.”

Ingo sat down, leaving a bit of distance between them. No need to tower over the kid more than he had to. “Can I ask why you are not playing with the other kids I saw?”

“Just wanted to be up here,” the boy mumbled. “No other reason.”

“Is that so?”

The boy looked closer at Ingo. “Hey, aren’t you that guy Warden Gaeric found in the snow?”

“Not exactly how I would have phrased it, but yes.” Ingo tipped his hat. “My name is Ingo. I do not believe I have seen you or that Pokemon you are hiding around the Settlement before.”

The boy froze. The Pokemon finally poked her head free.

“Hi!” she warbled. “You smell funny.”

Every one of them.

The boy groaned. “You aren’t gonna tell Mama I brought Goomy along, are you? She said to leave her in the Fieldlands, but Goomy followed anyway. And now I gotta hide her because most people don’t really like Dragon-Types all that much.”

“On one condition,” Ingo said.

“What?”

He held a hand out. “You let me pet Goomy and tell me your name.”

“Oh, yeah. Sure!” The boy let Goomy out of his coat and scooted closer. “My name’s Lian. My mama’s Lord Kleavor’s warden and she’s training me to take over in a couple years, so that’s why you haven’t seen me around.”

“Is that so?” Ingo had to help Goomy into his lap. “I will have to introduce myself to her later. Hi there, Goomy. You’re a little dragon, I hear?”

“Yeah!” Goomy growled. The sound quickly turned into something that sounded like a kid blowing bubbles in the water. “I’m gonna be big and strong one day!”

Ingo squished Goomy playfully, the malleability of the Pokemon feeling vaguely familiar. “Is that so?” he laughed.

“You like Pokemon?” Lian asked.

“I do.” Ingo moved his hand before Goomy bit it. “Hold on, little one, I am sure I got some berries somewhere. I hope you like Aspear.”

“Berries! Yay!”

“Most people are scared of them,” Lian said, watching Ingo feed Goomy a berry. “That’s why Mama said not to bring her. Also, it’s cold here and Goomy doesn’t like the cold.”

“It is quite cold here. That is why I was coming up to the hot spring.” Ingo patted Goomy while she ate. “That, and to see if that Swinub was here. As I said, I like Pokemon. They are one of the few things I remember.”

“Oh, yeah… Mama said you don’t remember anything.” Lian looked away, wringing his hands. “Sorry about that.”

“I am getting used to it,” Ingo sighed, not about to get into his issues with what looked like an nine-year-old. “But I have been having a little bit of fun rediscovering things like Pokemon. Imagine my delight at finding that Swinub for the first time.”

“I guess that’s fun,” Lian hummed.

“Maybe you could help me with- Can you please stop biting me,” Ingo interrupted himself as Goomy bit his hand. Admittedly, gummed would be a better description considering she didn’t have any teeth.

“More berries,” Goomy demanded with another harmless bite.

“I think she’s hungry,” Lian laughed.

“I think so too.” Ingo dug out another berry. “Try to make this one last a little longer. I don’t have many more.”

Goomy ate the whole thing in one bite.

“Or you can do that,” Ingo sighed as Lian laughed again. “As I was saying, perhaps you could help me with something.”

“What is it?” Lian asked with a head tilt.

“Due to my lack of memories, I am not entirely sure of what I like to do for fun,” Ingo explained. “I have been helping the elders with some things, but they have decided that I need breaks too. So, I have been looking for something interesting to do in my off time. Warden Gaeric suggested exercising with him, but I am definitely not built for that.”

“He’s always doing to crazy stuff,” Lian said. “He can climb the ice chunks at Avalugg’s Legacy!”

“I know,” Ingo groaned. “He tried to get me to do it once and I ended up half frozen again. We both got an earful from the healers for that. I wouldn’t be surprised if Warden Calaba lectures him about that during their meeting.”

Lian laughed, giving Goomy a pat. “You’re neat. And you got a cool hat.”

“I am glad you like it,” Ingo said. “It is one of the few items I have of my home station.”

“Mama’s got a cool hat,” Lian said, likely not wanting to dwell on that. Not that Ingo wanted to either. “It’s big and got a cool gem I found on it. She said I could have it when I become a warden.”

Oddly enough, Ingo had an idea of what the hat might look like.

“I think a hat would suit you,” he hummed. He could feel Goomy started to settle. “Then again, I have a bit of a bias. But you said you found the gem?”

“Yeah!” Lian dug through his pockets, holding up the contents for Ingo to see a second later. “I like rocks! There’s so many cool one out there. Like this one…”

Ingo let Lian ramble on about whatever rocks he had brought with him, later expanding to the rocks around them. Goomy had long fallen asleep in Ingo’s lap. It was nice to listen to someone talk about something they liked, even if Ingo couldn’t help but feel like he was usually the one talking.

One day he hoped he remembered enough about something to be able to talk about it at length again.

But until then, letting Lian talk would have to do. Besides, it sounded like the kid needed a fresh audience.

Chapter Text

It wasn’t until dinner was starting that Ingo and Lian finally noticed how long they had spent talking. It hadn’t helped that Lian had mentioned hearing about stones that could effect Pokemon like Eevees and Ingo had tried to join in, the concept sounding vaguely familiar.

Truthfully, it hadn’t been until a woman with a hat and the same hair as Lian had found them that they even noticed that it was dinner.

“Lian! There you are,” the woman said, running over to the boy. “I thought I told you dinner would be starting when the sun began to set. And where’s Kricketune? He was supposed to be keeping an eye on you.”

“Sorry, Mama,” Lian said, quickly putting all the rocks back in his pockets. “I was busy talking to Ingo about rocks. He’s cool! Also, Kricketune is sleeping in the tent.”

“That… sounds about right,” she sighed. She turned to look at Ingo. “So, you’re that Ingo guy Gaeric found?”

Her hat was familiar. The brim was wide and the gem shined and it was so familiar.

“What’s going on?” Goomy warbled as she woke up, breaking Ingo from his starting.

“Oh! Yes, my apologies about that.” He stuck his hand out. “My name is Ingo. It is a pleasure to meet you, ma’am. Your son is quite knowledgeable about rocks.”

“That he is,” she laughed. “Why’re you sticking out your hand like that?”

Ingo put it down. “I do not know, but I keep doing it.”

The woman bowed with a small chuckle. “Well, it’s nice to finally meet you, Ingo. I’m Deri, warden of Lord Kleavor and mother of the kid you’ve been occupying all afternoon and whose Goomy is sitting on your lap.”

Lian scooped Goomy up, earning a surprised yip from the Pokemon.

“I’m sorry, Mama!” Lian cried, holding Goomy close. “But we were already in the Highlands when I saw that Goomy was following us and I didn’t wanna send her back home all by herself. I promise she’ll be good! Right, Goomy?”

“Yeah!” Goomy said.

Deri crouched down, patting her son’s head. “Make sure she stays with you, alright? If she starts causing trouble, she’ll have to stay in the tent. Deal?”

“Deal!” Lian nodded, putting Goomy down.

“Alright.” Deri stood back up, helping Lian to his feet. “Now, get going. They’re serving dinner soon and I wanna make sure you eat.”

“Okay!” Lian scooped Goomy back up and ran off. “Bye, Ingo! See you at dinner!”

“I will see you and Goomy there!” Ingo called back with a laugh, standing up himself. “Quite the boy you got there. And Goomy certainly has potential. Even if she is young and a bit silly right now.”

“They make quite the pair, those two,” Deri laughed. “I take it Lian already gave you his rock speech? I don’t know what else would keep him occupied for so long.”

“Oh, yes! It is truly remarkable how much he knows,” Ingo praised. “I could never have imagined there was so much to learn about rocks. He mentioned some that could effect Pokemon and I do wish I could see some one day.”

“Come by the Obsidian Fieldlands. Lian’s got a whole collection there I’m sure he’d love to show you.”

“Maybe one day,” Ingo hummed. “I haven’t exactly left the Icelands since my arrival to this station, so I will need a guide.”

“Well, ask Lady Irida or Gaeric to send a Starly if you ever decided to come down. You can meet Lord Kleavor then. I’m sure Lian will tell you all about him too,” Deri said, “assuming you aren’t too put off by him. I promise you, despite his looks, he’s a big softy. Especially with Lian.”

“No need to worry about that,” Ingo assured. “I love Pokemon. Warden Gaeric has already introduced me to Lord Avalugg, so I was assuming Lord Kleavor would be large as well.”

“He ain’t as big as Lord Avalugg, but that’s good to hear,” Deri laughed. “Speaking of Gaeric, he was looking for you to make sure you made it to dinner. He’s taken a shine to you, you know.”

“Ah, well,” Ingo stammered, face heating up, “I am just happy to have someone here who likes me.”

“I’m sure there are more people in the Clan than you think who like you,” Deri said. She fixed her hat and started down the hill. “See you at dinner!”

“See you,” Ingo called back.

Was she right? Did people other than Gaeric like him? He wasn’t all that special, just some guy with no where else to go.

Maybe they just liked what he did to help. That was probably it. The elders liked how he was a young pair of hands and Gaeric liked that there was someone willing to go on his random adventures with him now. Calaba and Irida had just been doing their jobs. They had no real reason to like him.

Ingo was just the guy who was available.

They wouldn’t like him if they knew. He didn’t like having to keep the Truth from everyone, but he had to. He just had to hope no one discovered him and help where he could to repay them.

And maybe one day, his Ideal of returning home would become the Truth.

“Ingo!” Gaeric shouted from the foot of the hill. “There you are! I probably should have looked here first now that I’m thinking about it. It’s dinner and I want to introduce you to the other wardens!”

Ingo shook himself back to his surroundings and started down the hill. “Coming!”

“I assume you’ve been told about the other Pearl Clan Nobles?” Gaeric asked as they made their way to the communal tent.

“Somewhat,” Ingo admitted. “I was a little out of it the last time the elders tried to teach me about them. You introduced me to Lord Avalugg and I met Sneasler when she came to visit a few days ago. I met Lian while you were in your meeting and his mother, Warden Deri, afterwards. You just missed her.”

“What do you need me here for?” Gaeric laughed. “You’re already meeting everyone!”

“I believe I may be missing some,” Ingo said, trying to do the math in his head. “I never actually met Ursaluna. I also do not know what a Kleavor is, but I have been informed that Lian can easily handle that.”

“That he can!”

“Sneasler doesn’t have a warden currently,” Ingo continued, “and… I think there is another pair? There are five Nobles, correct? I think I remember that much.”

“Not bad!” Gaeric said. “There are five Pearl Clan Nobles and five Diamond Clan Nobles, making ten in total. Two of ours and three of theirs are Ride Nobles.”

“What is the Diamond Clan?” Ingo asked.

“I can get into the history later if you want,” Gaeric waved him off. “But for now, they’re just another Clan in the Mirelands. They say they follow the Almighty Sinnoh, but they think it created time and not space. Obviously, they are wrong, so don’t worry about them for now.”

“I see,” Ingo hummed, the familiar feeling of things failing to connect rising again.

There was something with Sinnoh, time, and space that related in a way other than what Gaeric had said. He couldn’t place it specifically, which wasn’t much of a shock.

But there was also a certain level of annoyance that raised in him that didn’t seem to come from not being able to remember this time.

“But enough about that!” Gaeric said with a clap, making Ingo jump a little. “It sounds like I only need to introduce you to Palina. She’s the warden of Arcanine over in the Coastlands. I think you’d like it there. It’s warmer, but most if Hisui is warmer than here.”

“I believe you may have mentioned her before,” Ingo said. “Also, Warden Deri extended an invitation to visit her and Lian in the Fieldlands.”

“You should go on a trip around Hisui sometime,” Gaeric said. “Appreciate the space Sinnoh has made for us. Maybe something out there will bring some of your memories back.”

“Maybe,” Ingo mumbled, wringing his hands.

There wasn’t anything out there for him. He didn’t even know what was out there, but he knew he wouldn’t find anything of his past out there. The idea of travelling around the region scratched an itch he didn’t know he had.

But at the same time, it was terrifying.

“Ingo,” Gaeric said, bringing Ingo out of his head. “Are you with me?”

“Hm? Oh, yes.” Ingo shook his head. “I am here. Apologies for that.”

“It’s fine, you just stopped walking and I didn’t want to leave you behind.”

Ingo looked at his feet. Sure enough, he had stopped. He started walking again, Gaeric continuing as well. “I am sorry about that. Were you saying something?”

“Just that you don’t have to travel now,” Gaeric passed another tent before stopping at the largest one in the settlement. “I would suggest waiting a little longer for when summer starts. That way you won’t freeze trying to make it out of the Icelands.”

“That would be smart.” Ingo took a breath. “I will think about it. Some travel may even do me some good.”

“That’s the spirit!” Gaeric grinned. “Now, I say it’s dinnertime!”

They entered the tent. Ingo was somehow simultaneously completely overwhelmed and perfectly at home.

The most obvious thing to Ingo was the heat. Between the people and the food, it was warm enough to not even need his coat. Ingo would be perfectly content to stand at the entrance and soak it up if there wasn’t the promise of food.

It was loud and crowded, what with the entire Clan being present. There was yelling and laughter and conversations everywhere. It was the loudest and busiest place Ingo could remember being in.

And deep down, there was a part of him that was craving this.

“This way!” Gaeric called over the noise. “We’ll get some food then I can introduce you to Palina.”

“Full steam ahead!” Ingo said, glad that he didn’t have to worry about being too loud here.

They got in line for dinner. Gaeric talked to anyone around them while Ingo was more than happy to just bask in everything. He felt good here, relaxed in a way he couldn’t remember feeling before but still felt familiar.

Was he from somewhere like this? Busy and loud and full of people? Was that why he got so lonely? Because he was used to more people being in his general vicinity?

Of course, nothing concrete came to mind. Just the incomplete couplings and failed connections he had grown used to. But for now, he could live with that.

Once they reached the food, it didn’t take long for them to make a plate and get out of there. Gaeric led Ingo to a square table with a few familiar faces and one Ingo didn’t know.

“Ingo!” Lian cried as Goomy ate a mushroom that was pushed to the side. “Are you gonna come eat dinner with us?”

“I was going planning on introducing him to you all, but I hear he’s already met a couple of you,” Gaeric said. “May we share this space?”

“Of course,” Deri smiled. “Lian, stop giving Goomy the parts of dinner you don’t want to eat.”

“But I don’t like mushrooms,” Lian whined as Ingo and Gaeric sat down. Ingo opted to sit next to Lian and Goomy, preferring to sit next to the people he knew.

“I like them!” Goomy chimed up.

“Ingo,” Gaeric said, bringing him away from Deri making sure Lian ate at least one vegetable, “this is Palina. Palina, Ingo.”

“It’s nice to finally meet you,” the woman across from Ingo said with a small bow. “I’m Lord Arcanine’s warden, way out in the Cobalt Coastlands. I heard a bit about you last time I visited with Warden Calaba.”

“It is a pleasure to meet you as well,” Ingo said, catching himself before he put his hand out and tipping his hat instead. “Warden Gaeric has mentioned y-”

A head of white fluff popped up.

“You smell funny!”

WHY?

Ingo brief flash of irritation and confusion was quickly shoved aside at the sight of a new Pokemon. As was his volume control.

“HELLO THERE!” He cleared his throat at the rest of the table’s stares and Gaeric’s laugh. “I mean, hello there. Who are you?”

“I’m Growlithe!” the Pokemon yipped. “Why do you smell funny?”

“This is Growlithe,” Palina laughed, petting him. “He’s my companion and very excitable. I promise he’s friendly.”

“Do Growlithe usually look like that?” Ingo asked.

“Yes.” Palina looked concerned. “Why do you ask?”

“I am… not sure.” Ingo rubbed his face. “My apologies. I am sure Warden Calaba mentioned my memory issues.”

“Ah, yes, she did,” she said. “I am deeply sorry about that. I hope you can remember your past soon.”

“I as well.”

The mood was dampened for all of three seconds before Growlithe started crawling under the table.

“Growlithe, wait!” Palina cried, unable to grab his back feet before he slipped out of reach.

A moment later, Growlithe’s head popped out from under the table next to Ingo with a yipped, “Hi!”

“Wanted to say hello, is that it?” Ingo chuckled, petting Growlithe’s head. He immediately stared petting him with both hands. “Oh, you are warm.”

“He is a Fire-Type,” Palina sighed. “Are you okay with him over there?”

“More than anything.” Ingo started helping Growlithe out from under the table. “You’re going on my lap and keeping me warm tonight. Does that sound good, Growlithe?”

“You gotta pet me more,” Growlithe said, snuggling into Ingo’s lap.

“You are getting all the pets you want,” Ingo promised.

“It’s already sweltering in here,” Gaeric said, “now you’re just going to overheat.”

“I get cold easy. You know this,” Ingo defended. “I will be fine.”

“You’re really good with Pokemon,” Palina said, watching him pet Growlithe with one hand and eat with the other.

“You should have seen him with Goomy!” Lian cut in. “She was sleeping in his lap!”

“And the Bergmites love him,” Gaeric added. “Not to mention the time he fell asleep leaning against Lord Avalugg.”

“It’s actually quiet comfortable in that little space when his his tusks are closed, I will have you know,” Ingo said, unable to stop his face from brightening. “It’s dark and quiet and surprisingly warm.”

“I’ll take your word on it,” Palina laughed. “I don’t think I could ever do something like that. I trust Lord Avalugg, but he’s still a giant Pokemon.”

“Says the one regularly visiting an island that’s mostly volcano,” Deri teased.

“Firespit Island is predictable,” Palina shot back with a smile. “You’re the one with a giant tree that just drops all it’s leaves on you whenever it wants.”

Ingo just let them lightheartedly bicker with each other while he ate. By the time he was finished, he was surprisingly tired. He had nearly fallen asleep at the table despite all the noise.

“Ingo, hey,” Gaeric said with a light nudge. “Wake up.”

Ingo jerked upright with a snort. “I am up! I am up.”

Okay, turned out he had fallen asleep at the table. The tent was significantly more empty that it had been last time Ingo had looked around. Deri, Palina and Gaeric were still at the table, but Lian had left.

Ingo yawned, then mumbled, “I believe it may be time for me retire.”

Gaeric laughed. “I think so too. Can you make it yourself?”

“I should be good.” Reluctant to move his personal heater, Ingo gently pushed Growlithe, also asleep, off his lap and pet him one more time. “Thank you for your warmth, Growlithe. I hope to see you again soon.”

Growlithe just yawned and fell back asleep.

Ingo stood up with a stretch. “It was nice meeting you both. Warden Deri, please let Lian know I enjoyed talking about rocks with him and that his Goomy was fun to pet. Please give my best to Lord Kleavor.”

“Will do,” Deri said with a smile. “Get some rest.”

“Warden Palina, I hope to visit the Coastlands one day. It sounds nice there and I much prefer the heat over the cold,” Ingo continued. “Please give my best to Lord Arcanine as well.”

“I would be happy to see you there,” Palina said.

“Warden Gaeric, please do not wake me up tomorrow. I want to sleep in for once.”

Gaeric laughed loudly. “Well, there goes my plans of inviting you on my morning run.”

“I rode those rails with you once and I almost died.”

“Just means you need more practice.” Gaeric shooed him away. “I was just kidding anyway. Now go to bed!”

“Good night,” Ingo said with a tip of his hat, then left.

The moment the cold night air hit him, whatever good mood Ingo had had vanished. The quiet and cold of the night seemed to bury itself deep into his chest.

He had barely made it to his tent before the tears started.

It wasn’t fair. He had had a good day today! Why did it all have to come crashing down now?

Was it because he had had a good time? He was reminded of how nice it felt to be warm and enjoy people’s company and now that it was over, everything had come crashing back. All the loneliness and ice and loss.

There was a home he missed, people he missed, no doubt Pokemon he missed that he had no recollection of. It hurt so much, how badly he missed his past. He must have been warm then. He must have had friends, family, that he had eaten dinner and talked the night away with then.

He wanted that again. He just didn’t want to feel so alone all the time anymore.

Ingo curled up in his bed, blankets piled high, wishing he could hold onto the warmth he had felt tonight for just a few more hours. Just until he fell asleep.

And maybe, just maybe, it would last until the morning.

Chapter Text

It was another day of Ingo going out with Gaeric to do something. Although, this time he probably should have said no to helping forage for some Dopple Bonnets.

Over the past few days the fog had returned with a vengeance. He hadn’t left his tent yesterday and the day prior was spend staring at his hands instead of helping sort out some berries. The person he was supposed to be helping had been kind enough to let him stay for the day and helped him back to his tent after dinner.

Today was the worst of it. He probably wouldn’t have left his bed if Gaeric hadn’t come around. Ingo had barely noticed he was getting ready to leave. Next thing he knew, he was holding a basket and following Gaeric around like a Ducklett.

What was a…

In any case, he was lost in his own head again and barely aware of his surroundings. Not the best state to leave the Settlement in, but he trusted Gaeric. It wasn’t like this hadn’t happened a couple times before. First time he had been as out of it as he was now though.

“What is it?”

Ingo looked around, suddenly startled back into some awareness. Gaeric was saying something while looking at a Dopple Bonnet. He hadn’t said that. Then who-

“It’s over here.”

It was a voice on the wind, almost too faint to hear. Ingo couldn’t tell where it was coming from.

A flicker of red disappeared down a path.

There was something that pulled him closer. Numbly, his basket fell to the snow. His feet moved of their own accord.

Whatever that was, it could help him. He didn’t know how he knew that, but he did. If he could just find it, he might be able to get some answers.

Maybe even figure out where he came from.

Like a switch had been flipped, Ingo’s mind cleared and he realized he was lost. He had made a wrong turn on the tracks and now he didn’t recognize his surroundings.

What was he doing out here? He had to get back to Gaeric.

Ingo turned around, hoping he could at least retrace his steps to somewhere more familiar. If he could at spot Avalugg’s Legacy or Icepeak Arena, then he could get some sort of direction.

There was nothing but fog behind him.

He spun around. More fog.

Where had it come from? How long had he been standing here for it to be this thick already? Why did he come out here?

Then there were whispers.

They were too numerous to count. They came from everywhere, shifting between voices.

“It smells of the sky,” they said. “Of the storms. Of the caves.”

“He-hello?” Ingo managed to call out.

“It speaks like a human,” they continued. “It smells like a human. It smells like a Pokemon. What is it?”

“My name is Ingo,” he called again. “I seem to have gotten turned around. If you could simply point me in the direction of Icepeak Arena or Avalugg’s Legacy, I would be quite thankful.”

He was ignored again. “It’s a strange one. Not quite human. Not quite Pokemon. Not much in its head. Not much at all.”

The fog swirled, shifted, grew. A silhouette appeared in the distance. A lithe figure. The thin strands attached to their head swayed in nonexistent wind.

Ingo swallowed, mouth dry.

It was painfully familiar.

The silhouette swirled, shifted, warped. The strands shrunk, turned into spikes by the ears. Different, thicker strands grew down. Something large and puffy covered the arms and torso.

“This one changes. Is there something else?”

Ingo stumbled a step forwards, a shout for an unknown name dying before it could reach his lips, as the figure crumpled in on herself. All that was left was a ball. It floated upwards, glowing softly.

“A Pokemon,” the voices whispered. “Incomplete as well.”

Ingo fought his shaking legs. He took another step forwards. The light made his heart ache.

“There is something else,” the whispers said. “Another Pokemon. A pair of them.”

The light was blotted out in an instant, and split. Ingo felt it in his chest. The pieces grew into two figures that towered over him. One was darker than the other. He froze.

They weren’t supposed to be here.

They couldn’t be here. It was impossible.

“These are less than the others,” the voices complained. “There must be- Oh… That’s it.”

The figures shrunk, the darker one scattering into the wind. The lighter one changed shape.

It grew arms, legs, a bell-shaped coat. It became a dysfunctional mirror, warping Ingo’s silhouette back at him.

It approached.

Ingo could only take half a step back, breath catching in his throat.

The figure stepped out of the fog.

It was a man.

Everything about him shifted, swirling into the fog that surrounded them. His facial features slid between every face Ingo had and had never seen before, creating an ever-changing amalgamation he couldn’t hope to focus on.

The only things that remained static were the clothes. An almost perfect copy of Ingo’s hat and coat, but better. Sharp, bright white, perfect.

“Who is this?” the man asked, his voice shifting through a million pitches and tones.

Everything shifted red.

All Ingo felt was rage.

He rushed forwards, tackling the false man to the ground and pinning him under his knee.

“You do not get this one,” Ingo growled. “You do not steal this one.”

The false man’s face shifted to surprise. Some features were becoming steady. Distinct sideburns, grey eyes.

“So, it can speak!” it said through a smug smile of too sharp teeth. “It’s full of surprises it seems.”

Ingo pressed an arm to its throat. It didn’t feel human. “Drop this. Now.”

“Or what?” it taunted despite the rasp in its now flat voice. “We can tear you apart. I alone can.”

He leaned in closer, pressed down a little harder. He felt energy spark through his veins, across his skin. A low rumble emanated from the back of his throat.

“Try it.”

This close, nose to nose with this thing that had stolen this look, Ingo could smell its fear. Sharp, musty, frigid.

It still put up a facade of bravado. “What can one strange thing d-”

Its own wordless screech cut it off as Ingo felt the energy, the electricity, shoot through him and into it.

The illusion disappeared. What remained was a Pokemon, light grey snout with yellow eyes. The fur around its head matched the fog, white and shifting, with red tips.

“Do not,” Ingo snarled, “ever steal that one. Do. You. Understand?”

“Yes!” the Pokemon yipped, squirming under Ingo. “Yes! Let me go!”

With one more push, Ingo got off the Pokemon and stood. It scrambled into the fog.

“Do you hear me!?” Ingo roared, turning around to where the rest of the Pokemon’s pack surely was. “That one is off limits! If I see any of you take that form again, I will not hesitate to do worse. Understand?”

Low growls surrounded him. He matched them with his own, low in his throat with hot and heavy breaths. He could feel the sparks in his hair, taste them on his tongue.

A pair of glowing eyes cut through the mist. Above the growls a single voice whispered, “ Understood.”

The fog vanished as quick as it had appeared.

Ingo took a few more breaths as the red he saw flickered and vanished. His hands shook. His arms hurt. His breath wavered.

“Ingo!” someone called in the distance. Gaeric. “Is that you? Are you okay?”

Ingo turned around slowly on trembling legs. He was fighting to stay upright as the adrenaline, the electricity, the rage, all rushed out of him.

Gaeric was in front of him now. “Stay with me, Ingo. Wait until we’re somewhere safe before you pass out.”

“There… It was…” Ingo kept trailing off. Words slipped away like water.

“It’s okay,” Gaeric said. “There will be time for explanations later. Come on. Apologies for entering your space.”

He gently took Ingo’s elbow to guide him forwards. It burned.

With a strangled gasp, Ingo crumpled to the ground and passed out.

-----

He woke in Gaeric’s tent with a groan.

“Thank Sinnoh,” Gaeric breathed. He continued working to on the small fire in front of him. “I was thinking of sending for a healer if you hadn’t woken before I got the fire going.”

Ingo dragged himself upright. He could barely move his arms through the soreness. “Thank you…”

Gaeric was quiet as he finished the fire. Ingo shimmied closer, desperate to rid himself of the chill he felt down to his bones.

“I am sorry I lost track of you,” Gaeric finally said.

“It is okay,” Ingo said. “I shouldn’t have wandered off.”

“What did you see?” Gaeric asked.

Ingo wrapped a nearby blanket around himself as best he could.

“I don’t know,” he admitted. “But it felt… helpful. Like it knew the answers to my past. But it wasn’t the Truth. It was only a Pokemon that didn’t look like it should.”

“So, it was Zoroarks,” Gaeric hissed. He got up and started going through his supplies. “They’re like that. They lure you in with something you want. They taunt you with the stolen faces of the ones you care for. Then they leave no trace but fabric scraps and bloodstains. You are not the first to have fallen for their tricks, but only one of the few that have walked away from them”

Ingo swallowed, throat sore.

“You’re lucky to be alive,” Gaeric finished. He sat back down with some tea, then bowed deeply. “I am sorry I let you end up in that situation. It is disgraceful for me as a warden.”

“I don’t blame you,” Ingo whispered, staring into the fire. “I shouldn’t have wandered off.”

“You should blame me.”

“I can’t.”

Gaeric’s voice had a slightly pleading edge to it when he asked, “Why?”

“Mistakes are human. We are both at fault.” Ingo took a shaky breath. “I am alive. We are safe. It worked out in the end.”

The only sounds were those of Gaeric setting up the tea set. Once the water was set to boil, he said, “You are far too kind for this world, Ingo.”

“The world may not be Ideal,” Ingo mumbled, “but I can try to be.”

They were quiet again as the water warmed. Ingo’s arms only felt worse. He wasn’t even sure if he would be able to move them by the time the tea was done.

He needed to treat them. He needed some Cherri berries. Better yet, he needed a potion.

But that would involve the Truth.

Ingo looked up at Gaeric, at possibly the closest thing he had to a friend in Hisui. He was the first person he had met here. He had helped him when his was so severely derailed at the beginning and continued to do so ever since.

If not him, then who?

“Gaeric,” Ingo said, unable to hide his nerves as much as he’d like, “I must confess something to you and ask for a favour.”

Gaeric looked up from the fire, eyes full of concern. “What is it?”

“I-” Ingo swallowed. How would he take it? If he was kicked out now… “I am- I am not entirely-”

He just had to say it.

“Do you need a potion?” Gaeric offered.

Ingo could only nod.

Gaeric pulled the water off the fire and let the tea steep as he went to find a potion. He came to Ingo’s side a few moments later with one.

“May I share space?” he asked, holding out the jar.

“Thank you.” Ingo took it. “And yes.”

Gaeric sat as Ingo let go of the blanket and took his coat off. He managed to pry off his shirts and gloves, trying to ignore the marks on them, to reveal the results of the electricity.

Patterns of lightning covered his arms, red and angry against his bruised skin. They were the worst at his shoulders and faded to a pink by the time they reached his hands.

Ingo opened the potion and went to work.

“How?” Ingo asked, voice rough as he rubbed the potion onto his arm. “How did you know?”

Gaeric sighed. “I could tell your arms were injured. They weren’t broken and there weren’t any tears in your clothes. Other than the burn marks on your gloves. I rolled up your sleeves a little after we arrived and saw the marks. Forgive me, but I wanted to make sure you didn’t have any open wounds.”

Ingo moved onto his other arm. “So, you know? About me?”

“Yes.”

“How long?”

Gaeric hesitated.

“Please. How long?”

“The whole time.”

Ingo froze.

“You…” he whispered. “You knew I wasn’t human the whole time?”

“You were delirious when you first arrived,” Gaeric explained. “The sounds you made… They could only come from a Pokemon. I saw you talking like that with Calaba’s Bibarel once. It wasn’t hard to put two and two together.”

“And you still helped me. You have helped me so much…” Ingo rubbed the last of the potion into his hands. “Why?”

“Because you’re still human.”

“I am not,” Ingo choked out, eyes stinging.

“You are.”

“You didn’t see what I did to those Zoroarks,” Ingo said. His volume control was slipping. “But you can see the results! The electricity went through me. It came from me! That’s hardly human!”

“You look human,” Gaeric countered. “You sound human. You act human. That’s what matters.”

Ingo looked up at him, vision flickering red, sparks dancing on his skin. “Does this look human?”

Gaeric leaned an inch back.

“Does this sound human?” he roared. “You should toss me out! The whole Pearl Clan should! You never should have saved me!”

Gaeric’s face hardened. “Human or not, you are still my friend, Ingo. I want you to be safe.”

Oh.

The sparks died down. The red faded away. The tears finally fell.

“Oh…” Ingo gasped.

He could feel something behind Gaeric’s words. It buzzed just under his skin. Steadfast, strong, determined.

An Ideal.

He whined as he curled into himself, crying and shaking. Gaeric draped Ingo’s coat back over him, then moved to give him some space. Ingo could overlook Gaeric touching his coat just this once since it gave him a little privacy, a little more comfort.

He was so tired, so alone. He was missing so much. He wasn’t supposed to be in Hisui. He shouldn’t be in Hisui. But home was so far away. Even if he didn’t know where it was, he knew that much.

But he had a friend. He had at least one person who cared about him, no matter if he was human, Pokemon, or something in-between.

When Ingo finally calmed down, he was a little embarrassed he had had that breakdown shirtless and thoroughly drained. He sat back up to see Gaeric by the tea set, filling the cups.

Quietly, Ingo put his white shirt back on, he’d save the thicker one for later. His hands shook as he did up the buttons. The sleeves were scorched. His once white gloves where the same, the thicker ones only having a few small pockmarks in the palms and fingers. He put both pairs in his coat pocket.

He inhaled, held the breath, balled his fists tight.

His clothes, his one connection to his home station…

Later. He would mourn them once he was at his own tent. It would only leave him numb and disconnected right now.

Ingo took the offered cup, relishing how it warmed his hands while he sipped from it. He would take anything right now.

“Feeling better?” Gaeric asked.

Ingo sighed. “I don’t know. My shirt and gloves-”

Ingo took a moment to recompose himself. Gaeric softly said, “I am sorry. Truly.”

Once he had his emotions under control again, Ingo asked, “Does anyone else know?”

“I wouldn’t be surprised if Calaba does,” Gaeric said. “She treated you after all. But I don’t know for certain. We never discussed it.”

“Okay.” An issue for another day. “I assume Lady Irida knows?”

“It is likely, but I’m not sure,” Gaeric admitted. “I never told her. I haven’t told anyone.”

Ingo looked up at him in shock. “You haven’t?”

Gaeric shook his head. “I was going to tell Lady Irida, but… Once you were properly awake, you acted like a normal person. It was also Lord Avalugg’s Bergmites that brought you to me. I saw that as a sign you were to be trusted. I had to give you a chance. It didn’t seem like you had much else at that point.”

“I really did not,” Ingo mumbled. He took a breath. “Thank you.”

“You’re welcome.” Gaeric gave him a grin. “I’m just glad to see I made the right choice. We wouldn’t get to share space today otherwise.”

Ingo couldn’t help his small smile as he took a sip of tea to hide his brightening face. There was a Truth behind Gaeric’s words he hadn’t expected to feel. “Yeah…”

Despite it all, this was nice. Warmth and company and drink between them. It was a beam of sunlight Ingo could only bask in while he had it.

It wasn’t for a little later that Gaeric hesitantly said, “May I ask what the Zoroarks showed you?”

Ingo finished his tea, hands tightening on the cup.

“It was mostly shapes,” he said quietly as if the Zoroarks would overhear. “Shadows and lights in the fog. Nothing I could figure out, but I could still feel. In my heart. They said I didn’t have much in my head.”

“Perhaps your memory loss was a good thing in this instance,” Gaeric offered. “I have heard their illusions can trick anyone with how perfect they are.”

“Maybe,” Ingo said. He would still take having his memory over not in any circumstance. “But… there was one thing that was clearer than the rest.”

Gaeric held the teapot out, an offer to refill Ingo’s cup. Ingo took it, needing another moment. He almost didn’t want to say it aloud, but he wanted someone else to know. Just in case.

“The illusion still shifted,” Ingo continued, the anger he had felt creeping back up, “and I knew it was fake. I would always know it was fake. I don’t know whose form it stole, but the fact it was stolen made me furious.”

“What did it look like?” Gaeric asked.

Ingo took a slow breath. The anger trickled away.

“It was a man,” he whispered, heart hurting. “A man in white. A man who looked… like me.”

Chapter Text

With the knowledge of the man in white, and the ruined state of his shirt and gloves, slammed a wave of hurt and loss and grief. But once Ingo had managed to ride through it, he had to admit he was starting to feel better than he ever had since arriving in Hisui.

He knew about a man who looked like him now. He missed him so much it hurt and he didn’t know anything else about him, but he had remembered the man existed in the first place. That was something!

Ingo also had a friend now. He and Gaeric had probably been friends for a while, but it was nice to have that properly confirmed. And Ingo had at least one human he didn’t have to worry about hiding his Pokemon side from anymore. That alone left him a little lightheaded with relief.

Sneasler had come around a couple more times too. She would go directly to Ingo and always pestered him the whole time she visited. She mainly tried to see if he would react to what she was saying. It was difficult at times, her jokes and snickering funny and another almost familiar thing, but he hadn’t broke yet.

It was also, admittedly, verrrry funny to pretend he didn’t understand her.

One of these days he would tell her. Or he would be caught. But today was not that day.

Today, Ingo was buzzing. And not in a good way.

The buzzing had always been there, he realized now. It had only slowly and steadily grown since the incident with the Zoroarks. Ingo assumed that something about finally utilizing it then had kickstarted his body into continuing to produce it, but he couldn’t be sure.

Whatever the case, he couldn’t stop it.

The electricity was under Ingo’s skin, shooting across his nerves, buzzing in his head. It always had been. He felt like he was made of the stuff. He felt like a coil, wound too tight. He felt like a frayed wire, live and sparking.

He kept losing focus. His heart rate was fast and loud in his ears. His movements were quick and jerky. He was tense all the time. Any time someone got near him, there was a static shock.

Ingo was constantly vibrating.

It was only a matter of time before someone got well and truly zapped and Ingo doubted anyone around here had the same sort of resistance to electricity he did.

So, one day, when not even pacing the path between his tent and the Clan hot spring was able to lessen the need to move, Ingo skipped his tent and went straight out of the Settlement.

He had to get out of here. At least until the buzzing stopped. There was static in his hair and sparks across his fingers and a metallic taste in his mouth and buzzing, buzzing, buzzing.

He reached Avalugg’s Legacy. Gaeric didn’t seem to be around. He didn’t want Lord Avalugg to see him in this state. The buzzing hadn’t stopped, hadn’t lessened. He kept going.

There had to be something he could do, something he had done. If this was even an issue then. In the past. The past he couldn't remember. He just wanted to remember.

He reached where the Zoroarks had found him. He turned and went a different way.

Using the electricity emptied the tank, but led to more electricity faster. And injury. There had to be another way. Another way. Another way.

The shaking from the buzzing was joined by shivering from the cold. He hadn’t bundled up properly. All he had was his scarf. He hadn’t been planning on leaving the Settlement and the electricity kept him warm enough for his walks to and from the hot spring.

The buzzing started to lessen. Ingo could breathe a little easier as the worst of it faded. It was still present, but he could handle this much.

He was, however, getting cold quickly now.

The snow he trudged through was over his shoes. He could feel it freezing the skin of his ankles and soaking into his pants. Everything else was freezing too.

He could practically hear the voice of Calaba now, giving him an earful about getting frostbite again.

Ingo looked around, trying to figure out where he had even gone. To the one side of him was a cliff he had never seen before. To the other were the tracks he had made, clear as day. Okay, all he had to do was retrace those until he got somewhere he knew.

Ingo shivered again. Maybe he should find somewhere to warm up a little first. Gaeric’s tent was far, the Settlement farther. He would ideally like to not have a repeat of his arrival.

It thankfully didn’t take him long to find a small cave in the cliffside.

“Hello?” Ingo called into it. “Is there anyone here? I am coming in if not!”

Only his echo answered him.

Ingo walked in and sat down against a cave wall. Just a few minutes here, then he would start towards Gaeric’s. Hopefully he would be in the area this time. Ingo didn’t really want to intrude on Gaeric’s tent without him there, even if Ingo was sure he wouldn’t mind all that much.

He covered his mouth with his hands a blew. He just needed to warm up a little and for some feeling to return to his feet.

“You smell funny.”

Ingo jolted, hands bracing against the cave wall. “Hello? Who’s there? And why does everyone say I smell funny?”

It was silent for a moment before a soft chitter, “You understood that?”

“Yes,” Ingo called back. “Can you tell me why everyone thinks I smell funny?”

“I don’t know what anyone else thinks,” the voice chittered again from somewhere above, “but you don’t really smell like the other humans around here.”

“What do I smell like then?” Ingo asked, curiosity getting the better of him. The voice sounded young anyway. It was probably just some Pokemon that was out exploring.

“Like an Electabuzz.” There was a small sniff. “Maaaaybe a Garchomp too? But mostly Electabuzz. It’s funny ’cause you’re human.”

“Well, I am only mostly human. That is probably why I smell different than full humans. But I don’t know about funny.”

“Mostly human?”

“Well, we are having an actual conversation right now and you are a Pokemon.” Ingo still couldn’t make much out in the dark. “At least, I assume you are a Pokemon. I can’t exactly see you.”

A nervous clicking came from above. “You aren’t gonna eat me, right?”

Ingo sputtered, “What? No! Why would I do that?”

“You smell like a Garchomp.”

“Do I look like a Garchomp?” Ingo said, managing to hold back a laugh.

“No…” A beat passed. “Okay, I’m coming down. Don’t eat me.”

“I won’t, I promise.”

Silently, a shape came from dark as the Pokemon glided to the cave floor. A tiny Gligar, hardly more than a hatchling, if that, stood at Ingo’s feet. It nervously shifted from foot to foot, as if ready to take off at a moment’s notice.

“Hello, little one,” Ingo said as soft as he could. His voice still echoed down the cave.

The Gligar jumped at sound, knocking into Ingo with the motion.

Crack!

“I am so sorry, Gligar!” Ingo cried once the flash of lightning had cleared. He couldn’t remember exactly what Type Gligars were, but he was pretty sure they were at least part Flying-Type. “I should have warned you not to touch me. I am not certain what has caused it but there has been far too much electricity in me as of late. Well, not anymore, I suppose. Are you okay? I hope you weren’t injured too badly.”

The Gligar, for its part, looked completely unfazed. An ear twitch and a tail flick were the only indications that something had happened. “Hm? Oh, I’m part Ground-Type. I’m fine! You don’t smell like an Electabuzz that much anymore.”

“That’s a relief,” Ingo sighed. “That you are not hurt I mean. And that I don’t smell like an Electabuzz anymore I suppose. I have to assume that was due to the electricity.”

“Oh, you still smell a like an Electabuzz,” it clarified with a chittering laugh, “just not as much.”

“Cool,” Ingo huffed.

“Why’d you have all that electricity anyway?” The Gligar inched a little closer. “Are you an Electric-Type? Do mostly humans have types?”

Ingo stretched and rubbed his eyes. Now that the electricity was gone, he was suddenly exhausted. “I have not put that much thought into it, but I believe I have two types. While Electric is definitely one of them, I am uncertain what the other is.”

The Gligar cocked its head as Ingo bent to roll up his pants. He should have checked them sooner, but at least he could feel his feet a little more now.

The skin above his shoes was a bright red. He really wished he had had the thought to stop to properly bundle up instead of just leaving.

“How come you don’t know much?” the Gligar asked, looking at Ingo’s ankles too. “Also, is that supposed to look like that?”

Ingo hissed as it nosed one of his ankles. “No, it is not. I forgot to put on warmer clothing when I left and I am significantly more susceptible to the snow here than others.”

“Me too.” The Gligar stuck his tongue out a little more and scrunched his eyes closed. “Bleck! I hate the stuff.”

Ingo laughed before rolling his pants back down and picking himself up, using the wall for support. “Well, I should get out of the cold before I freeze. Thank you for inadvertently solving my electricity problem, Gligar.”

The Gligar gave a soft whine. “Really? You gotta go?”

Ingo crouched back down and rubbed the Pokemon’s head. “I do. I have people that are likely to get worried about my sudden departure and I am sure you have someone worried about you too. You appear quite young after all.”

It whined again, looking at the ground. “I don’t.”

“Oh.”

Ingo didn’t have a choice really. Besides, the little Gligar had quickly grown on him during their short conversation. “If you wish, you may couple your car with mine. You could come with me.”

Gligar looked up with wide eyes. “You mean it?”

“Of course!” Ingo smiled. “I would love to have the companionship. I never answered your question about not knowing much. The Truth is I am not from here. I have lost my memories as well. As much as the Pearl Clan has taken me in, I still feel quite alone at times. Like I shouldn’t be here in the first place. Like I am… only half.”

Ingo shook his head to clear it. Now wasn’t the time for that. He wasn’t even sure where that last point had come from. “In any case, I would be happy to have you join me on these tracks.”

Gligar looked like he wanted to come, but he shuffled back a little and ducked his head. “I can’t hunt good. And I don’t know any good moves. I won’t be much help.”

“That is fine,” Ingo reassured. “You are welcome to help in anyway you wish, but I will not make you. If you want, I could even help train you. That way you can learn new moves and we can reach greater heights together.”

He wasn’t really sure where that second point had come from either, but Ingo couldn’t deny how excited training and battling along side a Pokemon made him. It seemed to do the trick for Gligar too, the little Pokemon inching closer with a small wiggle. “Are you sure? What if I end up not wanting to battle?”

“That is fine too,” Ingo said. “Whatever you want to do is up to you. I will support you no matter what if you decide to come along with me.”

With only one more second of hesitation, Gligar scurried up Ingo’s arm and under his scarf, pressing himself against Ingo’s neck. “You’re warm.”

“And you are chilly,” Ingo yipped, standing back up with a shiver.

He felt Gligar jolt. “You can talk Pokemon too?”

“I told you, I am mostly human.” Ingo huffed a laughed then cleared his throat. “Now then, I believe Gaeric’s tent is closer than the Settlement. As much as I hate to intrude, I think it would be for the best if we warmed up a little before making our way to my tent.”

“He won’t be mad at us for showing up?” Gligar chittered nervously.

“It is not first time I’ve arrived at his station half frozen and it likely won’t be the last.” Ingo gave Gligar a little scratch behind his ears. “First time with a passenger though. I am sure it will be fine.”

“If you say so.” Gligar’s chitter still sounded nervous as he nuzzled a bit more into Ingo’s neck.

Ingo pulled his coat closer, hoping to warm himself and Gligar a little more. By the feeling of Gligar relaxing and the sound of a clicking purr, it worked.

It was cold and Ingo was tired. He was already starting to stumble as he returned to the snow.

But this was nice, travelling with a companion.

He felt something in his chest. Something different from the ache he usually felt there. It was something light and rolling.

The rumble that escaped cut off the moment after it began as it startled Ingo. He took a slow breath, then tried to bring it back.

It returned, low and soothing. It felt nice, even if it ended up petering out from exhaustion once they reached Avalugg’s Legacy.

By the time they were nearing Gaeric’s tent, Ingo was barely upright. He just wanted to find Gaeric and get warm.

“It’s Ingo!” a small voice low to the ground cheered. “Hi Ingo! Hi hi hi!”

A Bergmite came trotting down the hill, a couple more behind it. The Bergmite in front lost its footing and slid to a stop in front of Ingo.

“Oops.”

“He-hello, little one,” Ingo chuckled. “Have you seen G-Gaeric anywhere?”

Thankfully, Gaeric rounded the top of the hill as he asked.

“Ingo! Hello!” he called down to them. “I was wondering why the Bergmite all ran off. What brings you here?”

“Hello, G-Gaeric,” Ingo said. “I h-hate to int-trude, but you were c-c-closer than the Settlement. Would you m-mind if we rest- rested our engines here? Just until we w-warm up a li-ittle?”

Gaeric started making his way down the hill. “Of course you can! But what do you mean by ‘we’?”

Ingo forced his legs to move again, meeting Gaeric part way up the hill. “I ha-have picked up a p-passenger. S-say hello Gligar.”

Gligar poked the top of his head out of Ingo’s scarf, only his eyes and ears visible. “Hello,” he chirped quietly.

“He- he is shy,” Ingo said, giving Gligar a scratch between his ears. “He s-says ‘hello’.”

“He knows about you being weird?”

Ingo huffed a laugh. “Nnnnot h-how I w-would have phrrrrased it, b-but yes. He knows.”

Gaeric squinted at Gligar. The Pokemon tucked his head back down.

“It hasn’t bitten you, has it?” Gaeric asked. “It hasn’t hurt you?”

“Nnnno, he ha-hasn’t.” Ingo caught himself as he felt himself start to sway. “He… He is nice. I think I’m going to pass out.”

“Pardon me,” Gaeric said as he caught Ingo when he swayed again. “Alright, let’s get you inside. At least you’re still shivering. Stay awake, will you?”

Ingo hummed and tried to help Gaeric drag him to his tent. It would be warm soon.

And warm it was once Gaeric started a fire. Ingo sighed, inching as close as he could to it.

“Feel free to use the Aspear paste or a potion if you need it,” Gaeric said as he stood. “Just let me know if you do so I can stock up again later.”

“Thank you,” Ingo rumbled, then cleared his throat. “Thank you, Gaeric.”

“Don’t mention it.” He headed back to the door. “I need to go finish a few things. Will you be alright on your own?”

“I will be fine now,” Ingo hummed, laying onto his back. Gligar shifted so he wouldn’t slip off him.

“Alright. Just warm up, will you? And please don’t let that Gligar make a mess.”

“I am not leaving this fire and I promise Gligar will be on his best behaviour. Isn’t that right?”

“Yeah,” Gligar yipped, not leaving Ingo’s scarf.

“He said yes.”

“I will take your word for it,” Gaeric laughed. “I’ll be back soon.”

With that, he left.

Gligar crawled out of the scarf and looking at Ingo.

“You’re sure you want to let me stay?” he asked. “It’s not too late for me to leave.”

“And throw you back onto that cold?” Ingo huffed a laugh. “That would be quite cruel knowing how bad it is. Besides, I have been enjoying having another car on the tracks.”

Gligar tilted his head. “What does that mean?”

“It means I like having you here with me.” Ingo took his hat off and used it as a makeshift pillow. He’d get a better one once he felt like leaving the immediate vicinity of the fire. “You may stay as long as you like.”

Gligar grumbled something, ducking his head and covering it with his claws.

“What was that?”

“Why?”

“Because you reminded me of myself, in a way,” Ingo admitted. “Lost and alone. A dislike of the cold. I would like to stay with someone who understands me.”

Gligar turned around and curled up on Ingo’s stomach with a huff.

“There is something else too,” Ingo continued.

“What is it?” Gligar said, picking up his head again.

“I like your smile.”

Gligar buried his head into Ingo’s shirt the best he could. Ingo laughed and flipped the side of his coat over him.

“Let’s warm up for a moment, then assess the condition of our cabs,” he said. “I believe I will need some Aspear for my ankles.”

Gligar shifted a little, then said, “I’m gonna keep watch.”

Ingo patted him gently. “If that is what makes you comfortable, then go head.”

Maybe one day Ingo could get him to relax a little. Gligar was young. He shouldn’t be worrying about stuff like this yet. Especially with Ingo here now.

But for now, Ingo would focus on warming up again and making sure they were prepared to head back to the Settlement by the end of the day.

Ingo and Gligar ended up staying for dinner, mostly by Gaeric’s insistence. Ingo wouldn’t have been surprised he was making sure Gligar wasn’t going to hurt him. Everyone’s overly-cautious attitude towards Pokemon still felt a little silly to Ingo, but after his run in with those Zoroarks…

Well, he didn’t exactly blame Gaeric for it this time.

After borrowing a hat that covered his ears and an extra pair of tall, thick socks, Ingo and Gligar set off for the Settlement. They arrived at Ingo’s tent after the sun had set. Ingo ran inside and quickly started a fire.

Once he and Gligar were properly warmed up again, Ingo got ready for bed. Soon enough, he was comfortable in his blanket pile.

Gligar poked his head over the side of the bed, holding onto the edge with his claws.

“Can I, uh, sleep here?” he asked nervously. “With you? Please? It looks warm.”

Ingo lifted his blankets just enough to let the little Pokemon in, rumbling, “Of course. And it is warm.”

Gligar scrambled up and under the blankets. Ingo felt him curl up, falling asleep soon after.

Ingo took a slow breath, closed his eyes, and hoped sleep found him just as quickly.

The fire was just embers. The tent was warm. Gligar was wiggling in his sleep.

Oh.

Something else in his tent. Someone to share the night with. Someone nearby.

That was what had been missing. Or at least it a part of it.

The deep-seated loneliness was still there. Ingo was certain that wouldn’t leave him until he returned home. But the regular, day-to-day loneliness had lessened. Even if it was by just a smidge, it had lessened.

With the simple act of letting Gligar stay, Ingo wasn’t as lonely anymore. Not with Gligar curled up against his chest, seeking any warmth he could get.

Ingo didn’t wake up until long after the sun rose, feeling more well rested than he ever had before.

Chapter Text

Gligar was probably the best thing to have happened to Ingo. By far.

It wasn’t so lonely. He had an easier time getting up in the morning. A few people were hesitant at first, but between how clear it was that Gligar was young and Ingo’s outright enthusiasm, they warmed up to Gligar.

A couple of the elders even let Gligar help out as long as Ingo was around, not that Gligar had gone much further than a foot away from him. The Pokemon usually remained tucked around Ingo’s neck, a scarf thrown over him to help keep him warm. He was already a little too big for that spot, but they could figure out a different spot once he really started to outgrow it. Or if he evolved, but that wouldn’t be for much later.

Until then, Ingo was more than happy to have Gligar so close and safely tucked away. It filled a space that he hadn’t noticed between the rest of the emptiness. But now that it was filled, he felt so much better.

He had even started wandering a little further out of the Settlement. Gligar was starting to take interest in learning some moves, and Ingo was more than happy to help. It was also how he discovered something else he partially remembered.

Battling.

Oh, how fun battling was. Probably. Ingo hadn’t done any yet, but training with Gligar had stirred up a couple of half-formed memories. They weren’t much more than emotions and blurred images of Pokemon battling each other with the help of their partners, but the emotions were strong and exciting.

He had seen the wild Pokemon do it too. Usually to settle disputes, but there had been some that had done it to play. They had watched the Machops play battle a few times, which Gligar had especially enjoyed. It was what led Ingo to encourage his training.

Soon Gligar would be able to join without immediately fainting. Gligar may have had the Type advantage, but the Machops had experience and age. Ingo just wanted to make sure Gligar didn’t get hurt and everyone had a fulfilling battle.

He also thought it would be good for Gligar to play with some Pokemon closer to his own age and maybe make some friends. There were a couple Pokemon around the Settlement, but none of them made good playing partners.

Most of them were older Pokemon that didn’t have Gligar’s energy. Others were small and afraid of him, no matter how much Gligar tried to say he wasn’t scary. The Swinub at the hot spring was young and liked Gligar, but also preferred to either sleep or sniff. Two things Gligar had no interest in doing.

One of these days, Ingo would head over to the Machops with Gligar, hopefully not get punched for his troubles, and see if Gligar could finally get some of his more playful energy out.

And after the afternoon of training they had just had, that day was looking to be soon.

They were heading back to the tent now, both cold form being outside for a few hours. It was still a bit early for dinner, but Ingo wanted to warm up before he started to cook anyway.

But then, something caught his eye.

At the sudden change of direction, Gligar poked his head up. “What are you doing?”

“Just seeing something,” Ingo said, giving Gligar a scratch. “I will be quick, don’t worry.”

“Okay,” he grumbled, ducking his head back down.

Ingo reached what he had seen. Sitting nicely in the sun between a couple trees was a large, flat rock.

He stared at it, unable to deny the part of him that felt how inviting it was. He would definitely fit on it if he lied down. Not to mention how nice it would probably feel to lay on.

He crouched down, resting on the balls of his feet next to it. The rock was probably cold though, right? The sun was nice and warm today, but the ground was still covered in snow and it apparently wasn’t summer quite yet. Surely this rock, as nice as it looked, would be cold too.

Ingo reached out a hand and placed it on the rock.

Inexplicably, it was warm.

Was Ingo really about to spend the rest of his afternoon laying on this rock?

Well, he was already the odd outsider around here.

He clambered on and laid on his stomach on the rock, arms and legs sticking out. This was nice. Warm on the rock. Warm in the sun. He wished he had found this place sooner.

Ingo hadn’t realized he had almost fell asleep until he felt Gligar leave his spot and a bump his nose. He blinked his eyes open to see Gligar in his face.

“What are you doing?” he asked. “I thought we were going back to the tent?”

“There has been a track change. I am enjoying the sun now,” Ingo rumbled softly back. “Care to join?”

“You look dead.”

Ingo managed to roll over onto his back with a laugh. “Do you want the sun or not? It is warm.”

Gligar clicked at him before curling up on Ingo’s stomach. “The rock’s too hard to lay on.”

“I like it. It’s warm.”

“You’re a weirdo.”

Ingo laughed again, letting his eyes close. “I would rather be a weirdo than pass up on this nice rock.”

Gligar wiggled a little with a clicking laugh of his own. “Put your coat on me.”

“I will if you use your manners.”

“Please.”

Good enough. Ingo flipped one of the sides of his coat over top of Gligar. “There you go. You sure do like to be buried.”

“I’m a Ground-Type. What do you expect?” Gligar mumbled. Ingo could feel him relaxing. “Maybe you’re not a Ground-Type after all. Maybe you’re Rock-Type since you like this rock so much.”

Ingo huffed a laugh. Gligar had taken it upon himself to try and figure out what Ingo’s Typing was. They were certain that Electric was one of them, but didn’t know the other. Gligar’s running theory was Ground-Type. He said it was because he smelled a bit like a Garchomp and they were Ground-Type, but Ingo thought it was because Gligar was Ground-Type too and he wanted them to match.

He couldn’t help but like the idea of matching.

“Rock isn’t weak to Ice,” Ingo rumbled mostly on instinct. Type match-ups were one of the few things he had remembered.

“Oh yeah. You’re just a weird Ground-Type then.”

“Maybe so…”

There were a few minutes of quiet before Gligar spoke up again, “Do you think we’ll be fine here?”

“The Settlement isn’t too far,” Ingo said, words not much more than a soft rumble. “Worse case a few curious Bidoof or Stantler show up.”

Gligar shifted a little. Ingo cracked open an eye to see Gligar had poked his head out from under the coat and was looking at him nervously. “Are you sure?”

“Positive.” Ingo gave Gligar a scratch. “You may keep watch if you want, but feel free to rest.”

Gligar lightly nipped at Ingo’s fingers as he pulled his hand away. He tucked his head back under the coat, eyes looking out. “Okay.”

Ingo fell back into a content half-sleep. The sun was warm, his rock was comfortable, and Gligar was close. Maybe things really were getting better.

-----

He was right. He was right! Battling was amazing.

It had taken another week but Gligar had finally felt comfortable enough to go join the Machops. Once he had introduced them, and answered the inevitable question about smelling funny, Ingo had sat off to the side and watched them.

Gligar had swooped back an hour or so later asking for food. Ingo had ended up feeding both Gligar and the group of Machop he had been playing with. He had also ended up at the bottom of a pile of said Machops when they had all decided to tackle him.

Gligar had managed to free Ingo, only to rope him into the battle. Not that Ingo was complaining. One turn in and it was already one of the most familiar things he had felt. The rush, the connections, the thrill. It was all truly amazing.

By the time they had to depart, Gligar was clearly getting tired, Ingo was almost light-headed with the lingering excitement, and they were both getting cold. They all said their goodbyes, promised to return again soon, and left for the Settlement.

Ingo didn’t go to his rock this time. He had gone back a handful of times since finding it and it was always just as perfect. Gligar always complained, but still ended up curled up on his stomach. He had even fallen asleep once, which Ingo saw as a huge improvement.

But no rock today. It was time to refuel and warm up.

Or at least that was the plan until Ingo saw Irida and Sneasler as he was nearing the Settlement.

“Gligar,” Ingo said, pausing before they were spotted, “I need you to do me a favour.”

“What’s it?” he asked. “Who’s that Sneasler?”

“That Sneasler is the Pearl Clan’s Ride Noble in the Highlands,” Ingo explained. “I also have not told her that I can understand Pokemon and I would like to keep it that way for as long as possible.”

Sneasler spotted them and started walking over, Irida following behind a moment later. Ingo started walking again with a wave.

“Why?” Gligar chirped.

“It’s funny.”

Gligar snickered and tucked himself away again. “Okay. I won’t say nothing.”

Keeping to his word, Gligar never told Sneasler that Ingo could understand the conversation they were having about him. He mostly just recounted their time with the Machops.

Irida wanted to ask Ingo for some help organizing the general food storage tomorrow, which Ingo was more than happy to help with. She was briefly explaining the plan when Gligar climbed onto Ingo’s head and stuck his face over the brim of his hat.

“Can we go now?“ Gligar whined. “I’m fucking borrrred.”

“Lang-!” Ingo coughed, hoping he covered his response to Gligar quick enough. He yanked Gligar off his head, catching his hat with the other hand as it fell off, and shoved him into his coat.

“Hey!”

“Ingo!” Irida cried as Sneasler tilted her head. “Are you okay?”

“Yes,” he lied with a final fake cough. He put his hat back on. “Yes, I am fine. Just choked on some spit. It’s a little embarrassing, really.”

Gligar squirmed around in Ingo’s hold. “Hey! Lemme out! What’d I do this time?”

“My apologies, Lady Irida,” Ingo said, ignoring Sneasler’s pointed look. “I think it’s about time for Gligar eat. He’s a growing Pokemon and you know how kids get when they’re hungry. I will be there to help tomorrow, no need to worry. I will see you then.”

It was, admittedly, a little rude of Ingo, but he ran off before either Irida or Sneasler could say anything. He didn’t stop until he had reached his tent. Before he could get inside, Gligar slipped free and clambered onto his shoulder.

“What was that for?!” Gligar complained, tugging on Ingo’s collar.

“You can’t swear in front of a Pokemon like Sneasler. I told you, she’s a Ride Noble. It is rude!” Ingo said, reaching to open the door. “Where did you even learn that word? Did the Machops teach you it when I wasn’t paying attention?”

Gligar climbed down Ingo’s arm and hung from his hand before he could open the door. “What? Fucking?”

Ingo shook Gligar a little. “Stop saying it!”

Gligar just snickered.

“So, you can understand me,” a voice chirped from behind. Ingo spun around, ending up face to face with Sneasler.

Fuck.

“Oh, hello, Sneasler,” he said. Maybe he could save this. He was having fun with their little game. “What are you doing here? Apologies again for running off. Did you want some food too?”

“Oh no, you aren’t getting out of this that easy.” She pressed her nose close. “Just admit you can understand me.”

He raised a hand. “Scratches? You may be important, but I guess you still are a Pokemon at the end of the day. Not to mention I am always happy to give out scratches.”

“I heard you talking with Gligar about saying ‘fuck’.” She bonked her head against his, then stood upright again. “Just admit it.”

Gligar scurried up his arm and got in his face. “How come she can say ‘fuck’ and I can’t?”

“Everyone stop saying ‘fuck’!” Ingo yipped.

Gligar laughed as Ingo felt his face burn. He pulled his hat down.

“I knew it!” Sneasler laughed. “Oh, I knew you could understand me! I didn’t think you could talk Pokemon back, but you do smell funny.”

“He does smell funny!” Gligar chirped, climbing onto Ingo’s head.

“Yes, yes. I smell like a Electabuzz,” Ingo huffed, making his way back to his door. “Can we continue this inside, please? I would rather this news not spread to the rest of the Pearl Clan.”

“Can we get a snack?” Gligar asked.

It didn’t take long for everyone to get inside, Sneasler leaving her basket at the door, and for Ingo to start a fire. Gligar stole a blanket from the bed and went to work making a little bed by the fire.

“Boy, do you keep it warm in here,” Sneasler said, claiming his bed. “Got enough blankets?”

“I am more susceptible to the cold than others,” Ingo said, handing Gligar a berry once he was settled. “Gligar even more so.”

“It’s bad!” Gligar chimed in through a mouthful of berry.

“Clear the tracks before taking, please.”

Gligar stuck his tongue out at him.

Sneasler snickered. “Where’d you find this little scamp of a kit?”

“A cave!” Gligar chirped, thankfully after he had swallowed his bite. “And I’m not a kit!”

“Yeah, that tracks.” Sneasler stretched, stealing a berry from Ingo’s basket and eating it. “So, why didn’t you tell me you could understand Pokemon?”

“Well, the first time it was because we were in front of Irida and I am not trying to broadcast the fact I’m not entirely human to other humans.” Ingo felt himself smirk a little. “The other times were because it was funny.”

Sneasler headbutted him lightly. “You jerk. And here I thought I was overthinking things.”

Ingo nudged her back with a chuckle. “I didn’t think it would last as long as it did! You were immediately suspicious of me.”

“Yeah, about that,” Sneasler rumbled, sniffing him closely, “There’s something else that’s strange about you.”

“It’s ’cause he smells funny!” Gligar chimed in. He clambered into Ingo’s lap, dragging his blanket behind him. “And sometimes he gets all zappy and I gotta ground him again.”

“You don’t need to share all that, Gligar,” Ingo huffed, rubbing his knuckles on Gligar’s head anyway.

“That’s not what I’m talking about.” Sneasler went back to lounging across the bed. “There’s something about you that reminds me of Lord Electrode. The Noble in the Highlands.”

“Yeah! The electricity!” Gligar chirped.

“Enough out of you.” Sneasler batted Gligar with a claw. Gligar swung back with his tail. “What I’m trying to say is that the Nobles have a certain power to them that regular Pokemon don’t. Ride Nobles like me have some, but not nearly as much. You have that… feeling about you. Not exactly the same, but that’s what it reminds me of.”

“Unfortunately, I do not have an answer for you,” Ingo sighed despite how what Sneasler had said scratched at something in the back of his mind. “But thank you for your insight. It will be something for me to keep in mind.”

“That’s so cool!” Gligar jumped up and scurried onto Ingo’s head. He poked his head over the hat brim. “Of course you’re powerful, Dad!”

Ingo felt his face brighten again. Sneasler snorted.

“Did you just call him ‘Dad’?” she asked.

Gligar froze, tumbling off Ingo’s head and landing back in his lap. “Uh… No. I said… Boss. Yeah. I said Boss.”

“Boss…?” Ingo mumbled. Why did that…

“Sure you did,” Sneasler said, clearly not believing him. She got off the bed and went for the door. “Well, I’ve stayed here longer than I was planning to. Visit me in the Highlands sometime, will you? It’s warmer there. Well, it’s still a bit chilly, but there’s no permanent snow.”

“Uh, yeah. Yes, of course,” Ingo stammered, whatever he was trying to remember gone again. “Gligar and I have been wanting to travel further out for a bit now. We just need to prepare a bit more now that it is warming up and ask Gaeric if he will help guide us down. We will be sure to look out for you once we arrive.”

“Oh, I can take you two whenever,” Sneasler said, putting her basket back on. “That is kind of my whole thing as a Ride Noble. Ask Gaeric or Irida to call for me when you’re ready.”

“If you insist, then we will gladly take the ticket,” Ingo said. “Thank you for the offer.”

“Thanks!” Gligar chimed in once Ingo nudged him.

“No problem,” Sneasler laughed. “I’ll see you then. Also, you pretending not to understand me was pretty funny.”

With that, Sneasler left the tent.

“Was it weird to call you, uh, Boss?” Gligar asked when the door swung closed, obviously not meaning ‘Boss’.

“It caught me off guard, but it was not entirely unwelcome,” Ingo reassured with a pet. “You may call me whatever makes you happy, as long as it isn’t rude.”

“Like fucker?” Gligar chittered with a smirk.

Ingo picked up the little bat and shook him lightly. “Where did you learn that!? Because it certainly wasn’t from me!”

Gligar just snickered and went limp, letting himself flop around. Ingo tossed him onto the bed after a second and stood up.

“Well,” he said, wiping his hands on his pants, “I think it is about time for dinner. Would you like to choose what we should put in the curry, Gligar?”

“On it, Boss!” Gligar chirped, swooping off to the ingredients.

Ingo huffed a laugh. There was something comforting in being called Boss, even if he was pretty sure it wasn’t in the same way Gligar was using it.

But that could wait. It was time for dinner.

Chapter Text

Things had been going good, for the most part. Ingo and Gligar had been visiting the Machops on and off. It had come to the point where the Machops all cheered when they saw Gligar and a couple Machokes had tried to wrestle Ingo. He never lasted long with the Machokes, even if it poked at something familiar.

People around the Clan were warming up to Gligar more too. Which was good considering Gligar didn’t want to stay under Ingo’s scarf for much longer than it took to warm up ever since he had properly outgrown it. He stayed on his shoulder more often than not now. Or tucked under his large collar, which Ingo preferred as he could scratch his head easier now.

There were some bad days still, especially recently. But Gligar helped Ingo not become too lost in them. He managed to get out of his tent at least, and just being reminded that there were other people around, even if they weren’t the ones Ingo wanted, did help.

“Hello? Ingo?” a small voice at his knee said with a tug on his coat. “What are you doing standing there like that?”

“Don’t touch,” Ingo growled with a jolt, yanking his coat close. He then noticed his surroundings. “What- Where am I?”

When had he woken up? When had he left his tent? When had he left the Settlement?

Why was he wearing the clothes he had arrived in?

Looked like it was one of the bad days.

Ingo tightened his coat around his shivering body and looked down at what had talked. It was one of the Machops that Gligar liked to play with. It stared up at him with scared eyes.

“Sorry about that, little one,” Ingo said, crouching down. “I do not like anyone touching my coat and you surprised me. I should have been a bit gentler.”

The Machop blinked at him. “But Gligar does it.”

“Gligar is an exception,” Ingo said, standing back up. “Speaking of, have you seen him?”

“No.”

Ingo looked around, calling out, “Gligar?”

There was no response.

“I don’t smell him,” the Machop added.

“I can smell him on my coat, but that is always the case,” Ingo mumbled. He sighed. “I can only hope he is still sleeping at the tent. Which I should be returning to.”

“Aww,” the Machop whined. “You gotta go so soon?”

“I am not in clothes suitable for the temperature.” Ingo blew into his hands. “I have explained that I am bad with the cold.”

“Yeah…” The Machop jumped. “You should come warm up at the hot spring first!”

“That is back at the Settlement. I am heading there already.”

“Not that one,” the Machop said, starting down the little path he’d seen them all come from before. “We got one over this way too. Come on!”

Deciding that warming up a little wouldn’t hurt, Ingo followed the Machop. Only a couple of minutes later, they had arrived at a hot spring tucked between some cliffs with several other Machops, some Machokes, and a couple Machamps in and around it.

“We’re here!” the Machop cheered, running and jumping into the water. “You should come in!”

Ingo crouched by the water’s edge. “Maybe another time. I only want to stay long enough to warm up a bit and get home before Gligar wakes.”

The Machop sunk lower into the water, bubbles appearing as they huffed.

Ingo chuckled and rubbed its head. “I promise I will return. I do like a hot spring and this one is more secluded. Maybe I will actually get into this one.”

The Machop poked its head back out of the water. “You live near the other spring and you haven’t even gone in it? I thought you liked being warm?”

“I do, I am just also not the that comfortable with taking my clothes off around other humans,” Ingo said.

“That’s weird. Humans are weird with their weird clothes.”

“Well, they keep me warm when I wear the right ones, so I am not complaining.” Ingo took his gloves off and put his hands in the water, sighing with how nice the heat was on his already freezing hands. “Besides, I found this nice rock a little bit ago. It is flat and warm in the afternoon. I like to lay on it when the sun shines on it then.”

“You’re weird.”

Ingo chuckled. “Gligar agrees with you.”

“I like Gligar.” The Machop started to float on its back. “He’s fun to play with. And also strong. I wanna be strong too.”

“Having conducted Gligar in a battle with you myself I must say, you have potential.” Ingo took his hands out of the water and dried them. “With a bit of training, you could be quite the challenger.”

Ingo put his gloves on as the Machop floated closer. Its face was under Ingo’s when he looked back at the water. Its cheeks were puffed out.

“Is there something in y-”

Ingo got a face full of water as Machop spat it out of their mouth.

“Hey!” Ingo yipped, falling back as Machop laughed. “What was that for?”

“I’m learning Aqua Jet!”

Ingo dried his face with a laugh. “I don’t think you can learn Aqua Jet.”

“Aw man…”

Ingo squinted in thought, trying to pick through his scattered memories. “I think you can learn Ice Punch. It is not the same, but I feel as though punching may be more your tracks.”

“I like punching!” Machop said. “Can you teach me that? Gligar said you taught him all sorts of stuff.”

“That move may have to wait until after you evolve,” Ingo said, “but I’m sure there are other moves I could help with.”

Machop threw their hands in the air. “Yay!”

And just like that, Ingo didn’t want to say bye. He wanted to scoop up Machop and bring them back to his tent. Two Pokemon hardly made a full team. It wasn’t like there wasn’t room for them both.

But, Machop had a family here. They had friends here. The people of the Pearl Clan had only just gotten used to Gligar. What would bringing a second Pokemon home make them think?

Ingo sighed and stood up. “Well, I will just have to return soon then. I really should be going now.”

Maybe next them he saw them, he would ask.

Machop whined, then scrambled out of the water.

“Can I come with you?” they asked hurriedly. “I promise to be good and listen and not get in the way. I can help with stuff too! And me and Gligar are already friends, so you don’t even need to worry about him not liking me.”

“Woah, pull the breaks!” Ingo crouched back down. “What is this about coming with me?”

“I wanna get strong,” Machop said, rocking back and forth. “I like battling and I think you can help me get really good at it. Like Gligar! Also, he says you’re really cool and fun too. So, can I please come with you?”

“Isn’t there someone here that will miss you?” Ingo asked.

“Yeah, but me and my littermates are going to be leaving soon anyway.” Machop put their still wet hands on Ingo’s knees. “And I wanna go with you and Gligar.”

Ingo couldn’t help his chuckle and smile. “If you are sure, then I would love to have you couple cars with us.”

“What’s that mean?”

Ingo scratched Machop under their chin. “It means welcome to the team.”

Machop giggled, then launched themself at Ingo. Ingo caught them in a hug.

“I was thinking about asking you to join us too,” Ingo admitted. “I was just getting in my head about it, I think.”

“Humans are weird. Just ask.”

Ingo huffed a laugh. “Maybe you’re right.”

With that, Ingo let go and stood again. He pointed towards the Settlement.

“Now then, all aboard!”

He wasn’t exactly sure where those words had come from, but he liked them. They felt right coming from his mouth. He would have to keep them close.

Machop ran ahead with a laugh. Ingo followed, wanting to get home quickly now that his shirt was wet.

It didn’t take long for them to return to the tent, knowing the route as well as he did now. Ingo also wasn’t as cold as he thought he was going to be. Maybe Gaeric was right and it was getting warmer. Or he was just getting used to the cold now.

Whatever the case, it didn’t change how Gligar tackled him the moment the door opened.

“Booooooss! Where- Where did you go?” Gligar cried, nuzzling into Ingo’s neck. “I woke up and you were gone and I- I didn’t know where you went!”

Ingo hugged Gligar close, letting Machop in and closing the door behind them. “It’s okay, Gligar. I wasn’t at the controls this morning. It’s not your fault.”

“What if you- you got hurt?” Gligar whined, looking up him, eyes wet. “I wasn’t keeping watch.”

“It’s okay. I didn’t get hurt.”

“But what if you did?”

“Then Gaeric would have found me.” Ingo softly pet Gligar. “Or one of the Bergmites. I ended up not too far from there. But there is no need to worry. I am safe and sound. Only a little chilly.”

Gligar sniffed, then buried his face into the crook of Ingo’s neck again. “Okay. Don’t do that again.”

“I will do my absolute best not to,” Ingo rumbled. “I promise.”

“Good.” Gligar squirmed a little. “I’m staying right here until breakfast is ready.”

“You can if you want,” Ingo said, sitting on the bed, “but then you will not be able to see who has joined out tracks.”

Gligar picked his head up. “What? Who?”

Machop stopped poking around in the fire pit and climbed onto the bed next to Ingo. “Me! Hi! Ingo said he’s gonna train me and now we can play together all the time!”

Gligar looked at Machop, then at Ingo.

“Really?” he asked. “Machop’s gonna stay with us?”

Ingo nodded. “They are part of the team now.”

Gligar’s eyes widened, then he screeched and pounced on Machop.

“This is great!” Gligar jumped around the bed excitedly. “We’re gonna have so much fun! I’m gonna show you around the Settlement and Ingo’s gonna want to show you his rock and we’re gonna have so much fun!”

“Yeah!” Machop cried, just as excited. They tackled Gligar back a moment later.

Leaving them to roll around on the bed, Ingo got up and changed into something a bit warmer before starting breakfast. He was going to have to figure out how to make meals for three now with Machop on the tracks.

But he would do it. It was a small price to pay for more company, for how lively the tent was.

For how much more of a home it was starting to feel like.

-----

Machop was accepted around the Clan quicker than Gligar was. Ingo didn’t know if that was because he had already had a Pokemon following him around or if people had less of a general aversion to Machops. Either way he wasn’t all that keen on finding out.

Gligar liked to switch between being carried on Ingo’s shoulder or Machop’s back. Which Ingo thought was really cute and was promptly yelled at by them both about it actually being for training when he said as much to an elder one time.

Machop had taken to holding the end of Ingo’s coat when they wanted to make sure he was close, usually when they were tired or nervous. Ingo hadn’t let them do it at first, picking them up instead. But after a week or so, it didn’t bother him anymore. Like Gligar, it almost felt like Machop was a part of it in a way.

But no one else could touch it. It was his.

No one else was going out of their way to do that, but Ingo always felt protective about the few things he had from his home station. Not that that was a shock to anyone.

His tie was hidden away, his white shirt and gloves joining it after his run in with those Zoroarks. His pants he wore as much as he could. His shoes were surprisingly well made, so he wore those with warm socks almost everyday. Naturally, his coat and hat remained on his person at all times. He only took them off to sleep, and even then he would sometimes keep his coat on if he was feeling particularly bad.

They were all he had of home. All he had of who he was supposed to be, of where he was supposed to be. They helped remind him that one day he would find his way home.

Then one evening, Irida knocked on his door.

Having now learned that only close friends and family invited people into their tents, and that Irida didn’t care much for how warm he kept his, Ingo put on his scarf and stepped outside.

“What was it that you wished to talk to me about?” he asked.

Irida shifted side to side, then revealed what she was holding behind her back. It was a Pearl Clan tunic, bright and new.

“As leader of the Pearl Clan, I want to extend a formal invitation to you to properly join us,” she said. “This is a very rare occurrence, but over the past season, you have more than earned a spot and have made a space within the Clan. We would all be happy to more permanently share space with you.”

Ingo looked at the tunic, back up at Irida, back down at the tunic.

“I- I can’t accept this,” he blurted out.

Irida looked crestfallen. “May I ask why?”

“I mean no ill will onto you or the Clan, Lady Irida,” Ingo quickly clarified. “It is just that… I do not belong here. I cannot accept something like this when I should never have been here in the first place. I deeply thank you for this offer and all you have done for me since my arrival, but I must be overstaying my welcome at this point.”

“Ingo, if you were overstaying your welcome, why would I be offering you a permanent space in the Clan?” Irida asked, deadpan.

“Well, when you put it like that…” Ingo mumbled.

Irida sighed. “I know how much you wish to return to the space you came from. I wish that you could find it as well. But until then, would you like a space with us?”

Ingo swallowed. “I must warn you, Lady Irida, I am taking the first ticket home I can get.”

“And I expect you to,” Irida said, voice firm. “If I find out you gave up your way home due to some feeling that you need to repay us, then I will not forgive you. You have never had a debt, but please consider it paid back in full and beyond by now.”

He could feel it, lightly buzzing in his chest, her Ideal behind her words. She simply wanted her people happy and healthy.

And that included him.

Ingo could feel tears in his eyes as he gently took the tunic. “Then I accept. Thank you, Lady Irida. I will wear this with pride.”

“Good,” Irida nodded. “I will let the elders know that you’ve accepted our invitation. They’ll be happy, I can tell you that much. You’ll also be shown how to make your own tunics tomorrow and given a few more. As I’m sure you’ve seen, they obviously aren’t required outside of certain situations, but it’s good to have a few. Also, they can be quite warm and I am sure you’ll enjoy that.”

“I will enjoy that,” Ingo chuckled. “I assume the elders will tell me when the appropriate times to wear them are?”

“They can fill you in on everything,” Irida assured. “Don’t feel pressured to get everything right away. Everyone knows you’re new and it’s pretty obvious you’re from somewhere very different from here.”

Ingo bowed, glad he was starting to remember that more. “Thank you so much, Lady Irida. I will do my best to not make you regret this.”

“There is very little you could do to make me regret my choice today,” Irida assured as Ingo straightened. “Now then, I’m sure I’ll see you tomorrow. Have a good evening, Ingo.”

“You as well, Lady Irida,” he said as she walked off. He returned inside in a daze.

“What’s that you got?” Machop asked, reaching for the tunic. “Can I see?”

Gligar landing on Ingo’s shoulder. “Looks like a Pearl Clan tunic. Why’d you got that?”

“We are part of the Clan now,” Ingo said, still hardly believing what had happened. “Officially.”

Gligar and Machop looked at each other.

“Is that good?” Gligar asked.

Ingo was quiet a moment, before settling on, “I think it is.”

This was good. He had a space to call his own now. A space that he could return to without fear of it coming to an end without warning.

He had people who accepted him. Accepted that he wasn’t planning on staying for any longer than he had to and wouldn’t take it the wrong way when he eventually left. They wanted him to return home not because they had grown tired of him, but because they wanted him happy.

“Yeah,” Ingo said again, feeling more sure about it this time, “this is good.”

-----

Today was a bad day. Ingo didn’t want it to be, he never did. But today was a bad day.

Maybe he should have seen it coming. They last couple days had been a rush, making a few tunics, people telling him they were happy he was formally part of the Clan now, Gaeric’s usual excitement cranked up to eleven when he had seen Ingo in a Pearl Clan tunic. It was fun.

But then Ingo remembered how far from home he was.

This was always supposed to be a temporary stop. If he started putting down roots, would he be able to dig them up without more pain? Was the loneliness now better if he didn’t have to say goodbye later?

So, he laid in bed, hole in his chest growing, ceiling blurring, head buzzing.

“Hey, Boss?” Gligar’s face popped into view. “You’ve kinda been laying there all morning and Machop and I want breakfast.”

It took a second for Ingo to process that. His voice sounded far away when he finally rumbled out, “Oh… Sorry.”

The bed shifted as Gligar pulled back and Machop climbed on. Ingo rolled onto his side.

“Are you okay?” Machop asked, pressing their head to Ingo’s. “Are you sick?”

“I’m fine,” Ingo mumbled, deciding just to forgo human words right now. It was too much work when he could barely get himself to move. “Help yourselves to the berries.”

Gligar swooped off, but Machop stayed.

“Are you actually okay?” they hummed. “’cause Gligar told me that sometimes you say you’re okay but then you aren’t actually okay.”

“Of course he did,” Ingo sighed. “Just homesick, I think. I’ll get over it. Eventually.”

Gligar swooped back, a berry in each claw and one in his mouth. He spat the berry out and handed one in his claws to Machop.

“Here you go,” he said. He pressed the other one to Ingo’s mouth. “And here you go, Boss.”

Ingo moved it away. “I’m not hungry.”

Gligar moved it back. “I don’t care. You haven’t had breakfast today.”

“Yeah!” Machop added through a mouthful of berry. “And you love breakfast!”

“And you’re always telling us about how it’s important to eat in the morning and stuff.” Gligar nudged the berry again before taking a bite of his own. “So, eat!”

Ingo looked between Gligar and Machop. They watched him intently as they ate their own berries.

“If I left, would you come with me?” came tumbling from his mouth.

“Where?” Machop asked.

“Home,” Ingo whined. “Where I came from before here. I don’t know where it is, but I know it is far.”

“I’m coming with you, Boss,” Gligar chirped, eyes hard. “You’re my home.”

“Me too,” Machop hummed. “I like this home.”

Oh, how little he deserved them.

With a sniffle, Ingo pulled himself to a sit and slowly ate the berry. Gligar and Machop clambered onto his lap. Neither fit, especially not together, but they didn’t care.

Once he was finished, he couldn’t fight the tears anymore.

“Gligar!” Machop cried, shoving Gligar. “You made him cry!”

“Why is this my fault?” Gligar squawked.

“You must have got a bad berry.”

“Maybe you’re squishing him.”

“Maybe you’re squishing him!”

Ingo laughed, wet and a little choking, and scooped the pair of Pokemon into a hug.

“I love you both,” he rumbled, “so, so much. Thank you for coupling cars with me. Thank you for being home with me here.”

Machop nuzzled closer with a happy rumble while Gligar chirped, “No problem, Boss.”

Unfortunately, Ingo couldn’t fight the void and the fog and the pain for long. Not now that the tears had finally started. He ended up laying down again, curled around his Pokemon, sobbing and wishing to go home.

Gligar and Machop stayed pressed to him. Gligar made his clicking purr sounds while Machop left only long enough to pull the blankets back up. Ingo managed to have enough clarity to finish the job and cover all of them.

As much as everything hurt right now, as little energy for life as he had right now, Ingo couldn’t deny how much Gligar and Machop helped. Even if it was just a small, barely noticeable amount, he was not as cripplingly lonely as he usually was during these episodes.

They may not be exactly who he wanted, but someone he cared about was here.

Part of his family was here, warm and safe, curled up under the blankets with him.

Chapter Text

With summer quickly approaching, Ingo had taken to staying outside a bit more. He still found it cold, but he didn’t need bundle up as much anymore. Which was great when he had two hyperactive young Pokemon he was taking care of now.

The three of them had started exploring more of the Icelands now that Ingo didn’t feel like he was going to freeze to death after an hour without a heat source. He still made them visit his rock if they were nearby in the afternoon. Machop and Gligar would make fun of him for it, but they both still ended up laying on it with him.

Today, Ingo had gone down to the area south of Gaeric’s tent, the Avalanche Slopes Gaeric had called it. It looked interesting to Ingo and he wanted to see the Gible there. With a promise to Gaeric that he would be careful, Ingo set out with Gligar and Machop.

Gligar was tucked under Ingo’s scarf when he mumbled, “Is this really a good idea?”

Machop was similarly holding the bottom of Ingo’s coat and pressed against his legs. “I was always told to keep away from Dragons.”

Ingo gave them both a scratch. “It will be fine, I promise. We just need to find a spot to sit. As long as we don’t approach any of the young ones, we won’t be bothered.”

Soon enough, they found a nice dry patch of ground next to a rock to sit at. It was far enough away from the Gibles and the couple Gabites that they wouldn’t be smelled as easily, but close enough to watch them play.

Gligar moved to sit with Machop. Machop let go and sat next to Ingo.

“See, nothing to be worried about,” Ingo reassured. “As long as we stay here, it will be fine.”

And it was fine. For the most part. Then Gligar and Machop started getting restless.

“I wanna play!” Gligar whined.

“Me too!” Machop joined.

“You two were just bugging me about how you thought it wasn’t safe here,” Ingo sighed.

“But that was before!” Gligar jumped onto Ingo’s head. “Now I wanna play!”

“Okay, okay,” Ingo said, moving Gligar to his shoulder. “We can depart. We just need to go slowly as to not scare the Gibles. Those Gabites are sure to protect them if they see us as a threat.”

Just as Ingo began to stand up, there was a roar from a little bit away.

“Get back!”

Ingo fell to the ground again, grabbing Machop and Gligar, as the Gible and Gabites ran away. Something stomped towards them.

“What’s that?” Machop asked quietly.

“Garchomp,” Gligar squeaked, hiding and shaking under Ingo’s scarf.

“Quiet,” Ingo huffed shortly.

The stomping stopped. Ingo could smell it now, earthy and metallic on the air. He held Machop tight to his chest, pressing his back into the rock as he tried to make them all as small as possible. He could feel Machop trembling as they hid their face in his chest.

They just had to be quiet. It would leave. They weren’t a threat.

Snow crunched.

Slowly.

Slowly…

It approached.

Ingo wasn’t even breathing. Garchomps were Ground-Types. He couldn’t do anything to fight back. All he knew was lightning.

It stopped. Breath, heavy, angry, came from the other side of the rock.

A low growl.

“What is a funny smelling human doing here?”

Red light coated them.

A head towered over them, bigger than Ingo thought possible, eyes glowing red.

“We are leaving,” Ingo managed to squeak out.

The Garchomp roared. It rattled in Ingo’s head, blurred his vision, shook his bones.

He yanked Gligar out of his coat and gave him to Machop. Both Pokemon looked to be rattled worse than Ingo was. He shot to his feet and threw the pair as far as he could.

“Run!” he roared. “Get to Gaeric! I’m behind you!”

Machop and Gligar scrambled off, tripping over themselves. Ingo tried to follow, but his foot slipped on puddle of slush.

He rolled onto his back, the Garchomp’s teeth closing with and audible clack next to his ear.

“We’re leaving!” Ingo yipped, vision flickering red as he scrambled backwards. “We’re leaving!”

The Garchomp’s teeth barely missed his shoes. Ingo got to his feet as it tried to bite him for a third time.

He threw his hands up, braced for pain, braced for teeth and ripping and blood and-

His arms were forced to the side, but the teeth had missed. Ingo yanked himself free and took off to Gaeric’s tent.

The Garchomp roared again, angry and wordless as it faded into the distance.

Ingo didn’t stop running, vision flickering, legs burning. He couldn’t. Not yet. It could still be behind him.

He slammed into something solid and hit the ground.

“Ingo! Hey!” Gaeric crouched next to him as he scrambled backwards. “It’s me!”

It was Gaeric. Ingo took a breath so hard it felt like a knife to the chest.

It was Gaeric.

It was Gaeric.

Ingo took another breath, and another, and another. He was panting hard, just trying to catch his breath again. His vision returned to normal.

It was fine now.

It was fine.

Something slammed into his side. Everything flashed red for a moment before he saw it was Machop and Gligar. They both clung tight to him, whining.

He hugged them back with a soft rumble. “I am sorry. It’s okay. We’re safe.”

When Ingo looked back up. A Froslass and a Glalie were hovering behind Gaeric. Ingo assumed they were with him.

“What happened?” Gaeric asked gently.

Ingo swallowed, got his human words to work.

“Garchomp,” he whispered. “Giant Garchomp. Red eyes.”

“It’s back early,” Gaeric tsked. He stood up. “Let’s get inside. Is anyone hurt?”

With another breath, Ingo got to his feet, still holding Machop as Gligar forced himself under Ingo’s scarf. “I am only a little bruised. What about you two?”

“’m fine,” Machop mumbled. “Gligar too.”

“Okay, that’s good.” To Gaeric, Ingo said, “No passenger injuries.”

“Alright,” Gaeric sighed. He started back to his tent. “Let’s go.”

“All aboard,” he mumbled.

Numbly, Ingo followed Gaeric back to his tent, giving quiet reassurances to Machop and Gligar all the while. Froslass and Glalie stayed close.

Once they got inside, Gaeric worked on starting a fire as Ingo sat down.

“The Glalie and Froslass,” Ingo asked, making sure Machop was comfortable on his lap, “they are with you?”

“They are,” Gaeric said, pausing to give Glalie a pat as he hovered over to him. “Sorry for not introducing you sooner. They tend to wander and I didn’t think you would be all that keen on meeting a couple Ice-Types after…”

“I think you mentioned Glalie, but I understand,” Ingo hummed. “I am glad to meet you two now.”

“The Bergmites are right,” Glalie said, “you do smell funny.”

Froslass lightly wacked him. “He can understand us.”

“Oh yeah.”

Ingo huffed a laugh. “It is okay. I have yet to meet a Pokemon who doesn’t think I smell funny.”

Machop loosened their grip on Ingo’s shirt. They shifted so they were laying down on Ingo’s lap. Ingo ran a hand down their back.

Gligar, on the other hand, clung tighter. Ingo raised his free hand to him.

“Gligar, I love you, but you have gotten a bit too big for that seat and I am afraid of you choking me,” he said softly. “Can you please redirect?”

Gligar looked up, then attached himself to Ingo’s hand a moment later. Ingo went to tuck him against his chest, but froze when he saw his coat sleeves.

The cuffs were gone.

Ingo took a slow, measured breath. He went to fix his hat.

It was gone too.

“Gaeric,” Ingo said, unable to keep the growl from his voice, “did I have my hat when I ran into you? My cuffs as well.”

“No,” Gaeric said carefully, “you didn’t.”

That Garchomp had them.

Ingo got Gligar off his hand and moved him and Machop off him. He stood.

“Stay here,” he told them. “I am going back.”

Gaeric abandoned the small fire and jumped up. “No! Ingo, you’re lucky to have even survived. I don’t care how good you are with Pokemon, I can’t let you return to that alpha Garchomp in good conscience.”

“I do not know what an ‘alpha’ is and I do not care.” Ingo stalked to the door, only to be blocked by Froslass and Glalie. “Let me pass.”

“No,” Froslass whistled. “Gaeric’s right.”

“An alpha Pokemon is giant, powerful, and has glowing red eyes,” Gaeric said, moving to stand next to Froslass. “I’m not letting you get killed.”

“I’m not going to get killed,” Ingo shot back. There was static in his hair “I am going to get my things back.”

“I am deeply sorry, but you have to consider them lost.”

His vision turned red. “I won’t let that Garchomp-”

“STOP!” Gligar screeched.

Ingo froze, red blinking away, static dying, and turned around. Gligar was covering his head with his claws, Machop nuzzling in close.

“Stop, stop, stop,” Gligar whined. “You can’t go, Boss. You can’t! I don’t- I don’t wanna lose my home again. I don’t want to lose another family!”

Ingo crouched down to them. He coaxed Gligar to look at him. The Pokemon’s eyes were wet.

“Gligar, I promise you that you will not lose me,” Ingo said.

“Then don’t go,” he sobbed.

“I am sorry, but I must,” Ingo rumbled softly, rubbing Gligar’s cheeks with his thumbs. “That Garchomp has something that is mine. I need it back.”

“Oh.” Gligar pressed his face into Ingo’s hand. “Stay safe. Okay, Dad?”

Ingo pressed a kiss to the tops of Gligar and Machops heads. “I will. I promise.”

Gligar let go of Ingo and clung to Machop. Ingo stood back up and faced the door again.

“Let me through,” he said. “Please.”

Glalie’s stare would have frozen him solid in any other circumstance. “Are you sure?”

“Certain.”

Glalie moved out of the way. Froslass squinted at him.

“I am coming with you,” she said, leaving no room for debate.

“Deal.”

Froslass moved behind him.

“I don’t know what you told them, but I’m not letting you through,” Gaeric said, moving to fully block the door. “I can’t let you go.”

“Froslass is coming with me.” Ingo took a step closer. “Gaeric, please, let me get my stuff back.”

“I’m not letting you get yourself killed.”

“I need my hat back. I need my cuffs back. They are mine.”

“They aren’t worth dying over.”

“They are.”

“They aren’t.”

Ingo took a breath, closed and opened his hands.

“I am not sure how to explain this in human terms,” he prefaced, “but I will do my best. This tunic is mine. But my hat? My coat? What I arrived with? Those are mine. The only ones who are allowed to touch them are me and a few others. That certainly does not include that fucking Garchomp. Now, please, let me pass.”

Gaeric mouth pressed into a thin line. “I’m coming with you.”

“You’re not.”

“That’s not your choice to make.”

“I need someone to watch Machop and Gligar.”

The two Pokemon scurried over and attached themselves to Gaeric. He barely moved an inch.

“We’ll stay with him,” Machop promised.

“We won’t even let go,” Gligar added.

Gaeric picked Machop up. “I will keep them on my person. I’m not letting you go out there with only Froslass as back up.”

This was probably the best he was going to get. “Keep your distance.”

Gaeric stepped aside. “Deal.”

“Then onward we roll.”

Ingo led the way back to where the Garchomp was, the fury just under his skin completely negating any chill he could have felt.

The hat had been left behind in his rush to leave. If it had just been that, he wouldn’t have been as angry. He could have just ran in, grabbed it off the ground, and ran back out.

But the cuffs?

Those had been ripped clean off. That was the Garchomp’s fault, through and through. It had taken what was his and Ingo couldn’t leave that alone.

“Stay here,” Ingo said once they reached the beginning of the Slopes. “I will let you know if I need assistance.”

“How?” Gaeric asked.

“I am loud.”

With that, Ingo walked deeper into the Slopes.

The area was quiet and deserted. The young ones probably weren’t going to be allowed to play here for a while.

He reached the rock they had hid behind. Black scraps of fabric littered the ground. Ingo could make out where he had fallen in the snow and slush.

He picked up everything he could and put it in his pockets. He would mourn the damage later. Once he and his Pokemon were safe in the tent.

Ingo looked around some more. His hat wasn’t here.

There was a loud thump of something hitting the ground and a growl.

“Why are you back?”

Ingo turned. The alpha Garchomp stood at the other side of the clearing, as giant as Ingo remembered and eyes still glowing.

Ingo’s hat was in its mouth.

Everything turned red.

“Give. That. Back.” Ingo snarled. “It’s mine.”

The Garchomp huffed. “You should have stayed out of my territory.”

“We were leaving.” Ingo stalked forwards. “Return my hat.”

The Garchomp dropped the hat, only to roar. Again, it rattled Ingo to his bones, but this time he stayed standing.

He planted his feet. The growl in the back of his throat grew. Something pushed to the front.

Ingo roared louder.

The Garchomp stumbled backward and shook its head. Ingo took the chance.

He ran forwards and grabbed his hat. He left as quick as he could.

Froslass was already rushing to him. Glalie wasn’t far behind.

“Leaving!” he shouted, voice a little raspy. “We’re leaving!”

The Pokemon rushed back the way they came, Ingo on their heels. Gaeric joined them as they passed him. They didn’t stop until they were nearing Gaeric’s tent.

Ingo put his hat back on and rested his hands on his knees, panting. “I go- got it.”

“I can see that,” Gaeric shot back, not nearly as winded. “I still think that was a dumb idea.”

Ingo took another minute to catch his breath. Once he did, he stood back up and held his arms out.

“Thank you for watching Machop and Gligar,” he said. “May I have them back?”

Gligar clambered across Ingo’s arm and came to a rest under his scarf. Machop practically flung themself into Ingo’s arms.

“They were worried,” Gaeric said. Froslass and Glalie went over to Gaeric. “So were we.”

“Thank for your support anyhow,” Ingo said with a tip of his hat. “I think it would be best if the three of us return to our station for the evening.”

“I think so too. I’ll be over tomorrow morning to check in.”

“Until then, Gaeric.”

Ingo walked off towards the Settlement, holding his Pokemon close.

“I thought-” Gligar mumbled. “I thought something bad happened.”

“It was loud,” Machop whined.

“I know,” Ingo rumbled. “It is okay now. We won’t go there again. I am sorry I frightened you.”

The rest of the trip home was quiet. Ingo truly didn’t know where all that had come from. He shouldn’t have let the others come with him. He should have just pushed past everyone and went to the Garchomp alone.

But that wasn’t following safety checks.

Gaeric was right to be angry. Gligar was right to be scared. They all had a right to not what anything to do with him anymore.

Yet Gaeric was coming by in the morning. Yet Machop and Gligar were still clinging to him.

There wasn’t a track that didn’t lead to Ingo going to get his hat and cuffs back. That was simply to Truth of the matter. He didn’t fully understand it, but those items were his in a way nothing else was. It wasn’t just because they were some of the few things he had from his home station. It was something more.

It was something the Pokemon part of him felt. That was certain. It wasn’t something he could figure out with the limited knowledge he remembered from that part of him. He would have to figure out what kind of Pokemon he even was in order to connect those tracks.

Just another half-understood thing and another question Ingo would have to live with for now.

He entered their tent, more than ready to start a small fire and just curl up on his bed with Gligar and Machop. There were far too many emotions that wanted Ingo’s attention, and he didn’t want to deal with any of them yet. Unhealthy? Probably. But Ingo didn’t care right now.

He closed the door behind him and placed Machop and Gligar on the bed. They whined at him.

“I will only be a moment,” he reassured. “I want to start a fire.”

“Okay,” Gligar mumbled as Machop curled up on a pillow.

Ingo hung his hat up. He finally noticed the hole in the top. Stuffing was already sticking out of it.

He held his breath, bit his cheek hard.

Fire first. Breakdown after.

He took his coat off next, then bundled it up and hugged it to his chest. Forget hanging it up. This was a sleep-in-the-coat kind of night. He buried his face in it for a moment and took a breath.

He froze.

It didn’t- When had it-

“Boss?” Gligar chittered, slowly inching across the bed. “Are you okay?”

Ingo fell to sit next to him, held his coat tighter, smelled it again.

“It’s gone…”

“What’s gone?”

He could smell the usual ozone from himself in the fabric. He could smell Gligar on he collar and Machop on the bottom. There was the expected earthy and metallic scent of the Garchomp at the torn sleeve ends. There was the lingering frosty smells of Gaeric, Glalie, and Froslass.

But the there was another smell that was missing. A smell Ingo hadn’t even noticed until it was gone.

“It doesn’t smell like home,” he whined, breath catching as he curled into himself.

Machop crept closer and gave the coat a sniff. “Yeah, something’s missing. I don’t know what though.”

“Let me smell.” Gligar said. He pressed in close and sniffed. “That smokey smell isn’t there anymore.”

“Oh,” Machop hummed. They leaned against Ingo and hugged him. “I'm sorry.”

Ingo couldn’t hold back his sobs anymore. He pressed his head to his knees, holding his coat tight as he hoped there was still any part of it that still smelled of the home he had forgotten.

But there wasn’t.

It was an Ideal doomed by the Truth.

Ingo didn’t want it, this Truth. There had to be something he could do. Something close enough.

Something that his Ideal could hold onto for just a little bit longer.

“Gligar,” he croaked when the tears finally slowed enough to do so, “you- you said it was smo- smokey? Home?”

“Yeah,” Gligar clicked. “I thought it was from the fire, but it was a little different than that.”

Smoke. He could do smoke. Smoke would have to be close enough.

He had already lost the cuffs. He couldn’t lose home too.

Ingo slid off the bed and crawled to the fire pit. He tried to start a fire. His hands were shaking badly.

“Please,” he whined. “Please, please, please.”

The sparks wouldn’t come. The few that appeared wouldn't catch.

“Please," he sobbed. "I just- just want home back. Please.”

“Boss-”

A spark caught. He pounced on it, carefully building up the fire enough.

He took a shaky breath. It was fine. This would work. He just needed smoke.

Once the fire grew big enough, he put it out. A plume of smoke came from the wood. He shoved his coat into it until it dissipated.

“Did it work?” Machop asked.

He hugged his coat close, took a deep breath.

It wasn’t home. He could tell that much. He didn’t think he could match home without actually going there.

But it was close enough. It was close enough that Ingo could pretend.

He laid on the floor, too numb to get back into bed, and hugged his coat tight. The smoke of his fire was not the same as the smoke of home. But it was something.

Ingo ended up crying, Machop and Gligar pressed close, until sleep claimed them all.

Chapter Text

Ingo had to get out of the Icelands for a while. Any hesitations he had had about travelling around Hisui were tossed aside after that day with the alpha Garchomp.

The days following that encounter had been rough. Ingo had barely been present for them. He didn’t really remember Gaeric’s visit, only really remembering the fact that he had visited and Gligar and Machop recounting it later.

He was through the worst of it now. He could tell that much. He didn’t break down whenever he saw his ripped up coat anymore. He still felt awful about it, but he wasn’t crying. As much.

All he could do now was try to prevent it from getting worse.

The smoke from his fire helped make it smell safer, a little bit like home. He’d have to redo it eventually, but that was a problem for a different day. It was an easy fix at least.

The tears would fray, something in the back of his mind told him. He’d need to see if someone could lend him some needle and thread, as well as remind him how to sew. He felt like he knew the basics, but he couldn’t know for sure until he saw it.

Once Ingo had it in him to leave his tent, largely from the encouragement of his Pokemon, he did just that. It only took one quick how-to for Ingo to understand what he was doing. It was a little rough, his mending, but the coat wasn’t at risk of falling apart more. He did his best with his hat, but there would probably always be a little bit of stuffing sticking from it.

Now it was time to get out of the Icelands.

Gligar and Machop were excited about their trip, both running around the entire time Ingo was trying to pack. Machop had hatched the Icelands and was excited to see more of Hisui. Meanwhile, Gligar said that he had hatched in the Highlands before moving up to the Icelands and wanted to show them the cave lived in there.

Ingo had been extended enough invitations to visit that he felt it rude to keep putting them off.

That, and he wanted to see more Pokemon.

Ingo had talked to Irida about his planned trip around Hisui since he would likely be gone for a while. His current schedule was to spend the summer, and maybe some of the Fall, travelling and he wanted to let her know that his tent was free to use if needed. He was told in no uncertain terms that it was his tent and they weren’t going to use it while he was gone.

Irida was obviously very happy about his proposed trip, saying something about him appreciating Sinnoh’s space. Even if his reasoning was quite a bit different, he was glad she was excited for him. She gave him a short talk about representing the Pearl Clan now that he was properly a part of it, also saying how she didn’t really think he would do anything rude, then sent him on his way.

The following day, they went to Gaeric to ask him for help getting to their first stop: Coronet Highlands.

In a shocking turn of events, Ingo knocked on Gaeric’s door first thing in the morning while Machop and Gligar played in the snow a little bit away.

“What?” came Gaeric’s tired voice from inside. “Who’s it?”

“Good morning, Gaeric! It is Ingo,” Ingo called back. “Apologies for waking you!”

“Hold on a second.”

A couple minutes later, Gaeric opened the door. He looked tired, but still happy to see him.

“I guess I know how you feel now,” Gaeric chuckled.

“I was just thinking about that,” Ingo said with a laugh of his own. “I wanted to let you know that Gligar, Machop, and I will be travelling the region this summer. Would you be able to call Sneasler to help get to the Coronet Highlands? She mentioned you could do that.”

“Yeah, no problem,” Gaeric yawned, pulling out a white flute from near the door. “She’s taken a liking to you, I hear? I’d say that’s a surprise, but if anyone was going to get her attention, it would be you.”

“What do you mean?”

“She’s picky.” Gaeric shrugged. “Nothing wrong with that, but she doesn’t let many people get close outside of her duties as a Ride Noble. The only one who could was her previous warden.”

“I see,” Ingo hummed.

Gaeric played his flute. It wasn’t that loud, but still seemed to echo far and force Ingo’s attention to it.

“Are you okay?” Gaeric asked after a moment.

Ingo shook his head. “Yes. Sorry. That song was just… It echoed oddly, I think. What is that flute?”

“It is a Celestica Flute,” Gaeric said, putting it away. “All the wardens and both clan leaders have one to call for the Ride Nobles when needed. I don’t need to use mine often as the Ride Noble here is the Diamond Clan’s. Have you seen that large Braviary with the hammock flying around? That’s him.”

“I think I’ve seen him once or twice. Who is his warden, if I may ask?”

Gaeric rubbed his temples. “A woman Calaba’s age who isn’t going to step down until she finds someone half as crazy as herself to mentor.”

“I see,” Ingo chuckled. He looked up, seeing if he could spot Braviary anywhere. His gaze ended up drifting over to the mountain in the distance.

There was something hanging above the mountain. It was pitch black against the brilliant blue of the sky, swirling like a storm cloud, but never moving from it’s spot.

It was wrong.

“Uh, Gaeric,” Ingo asked, not taking his eyes off it, “do you see that? Above the mountain?”

“See wha- Oh.” Gaeric took a breath. “That can’t be good.”

“What is it?”

“I do not know.”

It was quiet for a moment.

“Hey, Ingo!” Sneasler called. “Are you taking me up on my- When did you get another kit?”

“I’m not a kit!” Machop whined

Ingo jumped, spotting Sneasler coming over. “Oh! Hello, Sneasler! Machop joined our tracks not too long ago and yes, we are using the ticket you offered us. I am willing to walk if needed.”

Sneasler waved him off. “Don’t worry about it. They’re still small.”

“Alright, enjoy your trip,” Gaeric cut in with a laugh. “Ingo, if I could ask you a favour? You said you’re going to the Highlands first?”

“That is the schedule,” Ingo confirmed.

“Could you figure out what that thing above the mountain is?” he asked. “I’m going to be busy for the next few day. Calaba is probably the next closest, but she only goes through the Highlands if she has to.”

“Not a problem,” Ingo assured. “It is added to the itinerary.”

“Thank you so much,” Gaeric said. “I’m sure the Diamond Clan warden there has the best idea about it so you should probably ask him. But… well…”

“What?”

“He is… a lot.” Gaeric settled on.

“You want us to go to him?” Sneasler groaned. “He’s the worse!”

Right. So that was something to look forward to.

“I will start there then,” Ingo said, ignoring Sneasler’s bemoaning. “How do I let you know what I learn? I do not have my… uh…”

The half memory disappeared as fast as it had come. Ingo couldn’t catch it again.

“It’s not my usual job, but I can come back with a letter,” Sneasler offered.

“Sneasler will come back with a note,” Ingo relayed. “I apologize, I do not know where that previous thought went.”

“No worries.” Gaeric gave him a small bow. “May Sinnoh bless you with safe travels through its space.”

“Thank you,” Ingo smiled.

Gaeric looked back up. “And don’t get yourself killed.”

Ingo huffed a laugh. “I will check safety. Do not worry.”

“Good,” Gaeric said with a nod and a smile. “Well, I guess I’m up for the day. Might as well go for a run. Enjoy your trip!”

“I will. Enjoy your run.”

With that, Gaeric shut the door to get himself ready and Ingo pointed towards the mountain.

“All aboard!”

It was time to depart.

-----

Ingo found Sneasler’s basket to be, admittedly, quite nice. Similarly to the time Lord Avalugg had closed his tusks around him, the basket was dark, quiet, a warmer than outside.

They hadn’t started in the basket. The Pokemon were still full of energy and Ingo wanted to walk for a little bit longer. Eventually, as it always did, the cold started to get to him and Gligar. After a quick lunch, they ended up in the basket, Machop coming in too for fun, for the last leg of the Icelands.

Almost immediately after the lid was closed, Ingo found himself relaxing. Gligar and Machop must had been more tired that they thought as they fell asleep quickly. It could have been from the sway of the basket as Sneasler walked, but Ingo wouldn’t have blamed them either way.

He took a breath. This was nice, calm, soft.

It was a little bit like home, he couldn’t help but feel.

That feeling in his chest was back. Warm and rumbling. He let it get louder, let it drift across their group.

In his sleep, Gligar’s clicking purr started up. Machop nuzzled closer, tucking their head onto Ingo’s chest with a small sound.

“Are you purring back there?” Sneasler asked, a snicker in her voice.

“No,” Ingo mumbled back on some forgotten instinct, voice buzzing with the rumble. “It is different. I do not have the anatomy to purr properly.”

“What is it then?”

“I do not remember.” Ingo pulled his hat over his eyes. “But it is nice.”

The rest of the trip to the Highlands passed in a bit of a relaxed haze. He might have fallen asleep for a time, but Ingo was comfortable and by the time Machop and Gligar were stirring, they had arrived.

Sneasler had let them out by a cliffside trail. Gligar and Machop were more than ready to keep moving, but Ingo paused and took in the sight off the cliff.

There were certainly better views. They were only about halfway up the mountain after all. But the land below them still sprawled far with the afternoon sun shining on it all. Trees, rocks, a river with a waterfall nearby.

And no snow.

It was stunning.

“Better than the Icelands?” Sneasler teased with a nudge.

“You won’t tell the Pearl Clan if I say yes?” Ingo asked.

“You’re literally the only human around here who can understand me,” she snickered. “Secret’s safe with me.”

“Then I like this immensely more,” he laughed. “I was starting to worry I couldn’t escape the snow. Not to mention how tall the cliffs are here. They are wonderful! I cannot wait to explore that river. Are those ruins down there? They look interesting as well! Bravo!”

“Yeah, it’s kind of the best here.” Sneasler flicker her feather. “This is only the half of it. There’s a whole tunnel system through the mountain too.”

“There is?!” Ingo could feel the sparks jump off his hand as he shook them. “Gligar had mentioned a cave, but tunnels sound ever better!”

“Excited much?” Sneasler smirked.

“Very!” Ingo yipped.

“I’ll show you around then!” Sneasler laughed. “Get your kits and let’s go!”

Before he could get too distracted, Ingo took a breath and calmed himself. “I did promise to figure out what that thing over the mountain is for Gaeric. We should head to the warden he mentioned first.”

Sneasler huffed, feather drooping. “Aw man, you remembered? Fine. Let’s go. He’s higher up the mountain.”

“Machop! Gligar!” Ingo called over to the Pokemon. “We are departing! Please take care not to come uncoupled from me.”

Due to Sneasler’s help getting up a couple cliffs, the trip up was short. Within the hour, they were in front of a large clearing surrounded by cliffs. A giant tree stood on the far side, some of its leave shaking and a power coming from it.

“Well, looks like he’s not here,” Sneasler said after taking one look at the place. “We can come back later.”

“Not so fast,” Ingo said, grabbing her feather to stop her. He let go the moment he realized what he did. “I am so sorry. I do not know where that came from.”

Sneasler gave him a look, then snickered. “You’re an odd one. No hard feelings.”

Ingo sighed in relief, the entered the clearing.

“Hello?” he called out. “Is there anyone here? I am looking for-”

He was cut off by a loud thump that shook the ground. Gligar moved to curl under Ingo’s collar and held on tighter. Machop hid under his coat and behind his legs.

Ingo looked over to see the largest and strangest looking Electrode possibly ever.

“Who’s this funny smelling human you’ve brought to my hollow, Sneasler?” they asked.

Gligar and Machop snickered. Sneasler laughed loudly. Ingo sighed.

“My name is Ingo,” he said, ignoring his companions. “I take it you are Lord Electrode? I am looking for your warden to ask about what that thing above the mountain top is.”

“I’m surprised you brought him up here,” Lord Electrode said to Sneasler, “what with your distaste for my warden and all.”

“I’m just doing my job.” Sneasler waved them off. “Also, he can understand you.”

Lord Electrode turned to Ingo. “You can?”

Ingo, still not knowing how close Lord Electrode’s warden was, asked, “Is he somewhere else?”

“He doesn’t want other humans to know about it,” Sneasler filled in. “Where’s your warden?”

“He said the those merchants are in the Highlands again and he wanted to look at what they’re selling, ” Electrode buzzed. “He will likely not be back until sundown.”

“If that is the case,” Ingo said, “I can, in fact, understand you Lord Electrode. It is a pleasure to meet you.”

Lord Electrode tilted with a buzz. “Isn’t that interesting! Why-”

“Boss!” Machop yipped, yanking on Ingo’s coat. “Help!”

Ingo looked down to see a little Voltorb with the same colours at Lord Electrode at his feet. It was trying to get close to Machop.

“Voltorb, please leave our guests alone,” Lord Electrode sighed.

“But Daaaa” the Voltorb whined, rolling back. “This guy smells funny.“

“Do not worry, Lord Electrode. I am sure the little one is just curious.” Ingo crouched down to the Voltorb’s level. “Do you want to know why I smell funny?”

“Yeah!”

Ingo let a few sparks crackle off him, most of the electricity going straight to Gligar, and his eyes flash.

“Woah!” the Voltorb gasped, eyes wide. “You’re like me!”

“A little bit,” Ingo chuckled. “I am part Electric-Type.”

“Cool!”

Machop poked their head out from behind Ingo. “You weren’t trying to scare me?”

“No.” Voltorb inched closer. Gligar hissed.

“Gligar, hey.” Ingo lightly tapped Gligar’s head. “Be nice.”

Gligar grumbled and ducked his head back under the collar.

“Do you wanna play?” Machop asked quietly, then looked up at Ingo. “Can we go play?”

Ingo patted their head. “If Voltorb wants to, then go ahead.”

“Yay!” Voltorb cheered, rolling off. “Play! Guys, we’re going to play!”

Like rain, a bunch more Voltorbs fell from the tree branches. They all went off to the side, presumably to play. The Voltorb they had been talking to looked back with a bounce.

“Still want to play?” Ingo asked with a chuckle.

Machop braced themself, then nodded. They ran off towards the group.

Sneasler walked off that way too. “I’ll keep an eye on them.”

“Thank you.”

Gligar shifted on Ingo’s shoulder. “Can’t protect anyone around here.”

“It’s okay,” Ingo rumbled with a pet. “It is safe here.”

Gligar just huffed as Ingo stood back up.

“Don’t mind the seedlings. They can be excitable.” Lord Electrode chuckled. “Although, I am sure you understand with a couple of your own.”

“’m not a seedling,” Gligar muttered.

“I assure you, they are quite grown up,” Ingo said to make Gligar feel better.

“Of course,” Lord Electrode buzzed knowingly. “With that sorted, you mentioned that thing in the sky?”

“Yes, almost forgot about that.” Ingo brushed the dirt off his pants. “Would you happen to know anything about it? Gaeric and I spotted it before I travelled out here and I was asked to investigate.”

“My warden would know more than I,” Lord Electrode hummed, “but I know that I do not like it. It emits some sort of energy I can faintly feel from here that I do not care for.”

Ingo focused, trying to see if he could feel what Lord Electrode was describing. Sure enough, he could feel traces of something in the air.

“I see what you mean,” Ingo hummed. “I do not like it either.”

“It hasn’t been here long,” Lord Electrode said. “I woke up one day a few weeks ago and it was already in the sky. It just appeared in the middle of the night. I wouldn’t go near it if I was you.”

“Unfortunately, the mountain top is my next stop after I speak with your warden,” Ingo said.

Lord Electrode rocked from side to side. “Then be careful.”

“I will,” he promised.

There was a crack of electricity followed by giggling over to the side. Ingo felt Gligar’s head poke out.

“Do you want to join them?” Ingo asked.

Gligar whined, ears pinned back. “I dunno…”

“You wouldn’t get hurt by their electricity,” he reassured. “And you and Machop are plenty strong enough to get back to me if something happens.”

“I guess…”

“Go play.” Ingo gave Gligar a scratch, then held his arm out for him to take off from. “I will be right here with Lord Electrode.”

Gligar gave a click, then slowly picked his way down Ingo’s arm. “Promise?”

Ingo nodded. “Promise.”

With a breath, Gligar looked back at the playing Pokemon, then swooped off.

“Gligar seems to be a bit of a nervous one,” Lord Electrode said.

“I do not believe he had a good life before we coupled,” Ingo sighed. “He is so young and had no one else to go to.”

“It is good he has you and Machop now.”

Ingo watched as Gligar landed on Machop’s head, earning a laugh and a toss from the other Pokemon. One of the Voltorbs tried to zap Gligar, missing when he dodged it. The game quickly turned into Machop throwing Gligar into the air and the Voltorbs trying to zap him.

“It is,” Ingo hummed with a smile.

“Why don’t you tell me a bit about yourself,” Lord Electrode said, rolling to lean against the tree. “You wear the Pearl Clan tunic, yet I can tell you are not of this land. How did that come to be?”

Ingo sighed. “It’s a bit of a long story.”

“May Sinnoh grant us the Time,” Lord Electrode rumbled. “Come sit. As I said, my warden will likely not be back until sundown.”

Ingo walked over and sat in the shade, making sure he was one the side closer to the group of young Pokemon. “Very well then. I arrived in the Icelands suddenly…”

Maybe Ingo should have set out to travel a bit sooner. It was already going better than he ever could have expected.

Chapter Text

Ingo told Lord Electrode about his last few months in Hisui. Even if he did end up leaving out some of the lower parts and only gave the bare minimum about the Zoroark and Garchomp encounters, It felt good to be able to talk about everything he was going through.

By the time he was finished, the Pokemon were all tired out and Ingo felt it time for dinner. Lord Electrode’s warden hadn’t arrived either.

“I suppose we will have to return tomorrow,” Ingo said, picking up Machop as he stood. Gligar was already curled up under his collar. “It was nice talking with you anyway, Lord Electrode.”

“Same to you,” Lord Electrode said. “I will try to keep my warden here until you arrive.”

“Thank you.” Ingo nodded.

“Let’s get out of here!” Sneasler called, coming over and using Ingo’s head as an arm rest. “Be glad you didn’t run into that warden.”

“Hat,” Ingo growled quietly.

Sneasler took her arms off him quickly. “Right. Sorry about that.”

Ingo cleared his throat. “You are for-”

“Oh, my Lord Electrode!” a voice called from outside the hollow. “Your warden is back with some wonderful things to show you!”

“Sinnoh damn it all,” Sneasler huffed.

The man who entered the area wore blue, had a bag on his hip, and had two long strands of purple hair. The hairstyle felt almost familiar, but then the man sneered and any familiarity was lost.

“What is a Pearl Clan member doing here?” he scoffed. “Bothering my Lord Electrode, I bet. Don’t you have your own Nobles to bug?”

“That’s my warden,” Lord Electrode filled in before rolling over to the Voltorbs. “Alright, everyone, back in the tree. It’s getting late.”

Ingo walked over to the warden, ignoring Sneasler’s huffs. “Hello! You must be Lord Electrode’s warden. My name is Ingo and I was just looking for you.”

The warden looked him up and down before putting a hand to his chest and saying, “You are correct! I am the great Melli, warden to the Lord of the Hollow, Lord Electrode. I’ve seen many of you Pearl Clan lot pass through here and you don’t look familiar at all.”

“I am new to the region,” Ingo said. He was starting to see what Gaeric meant. “The Pearl Clan was kind enough to take me in as I have no where else to go.”

“Go home?” Melli shrugged.

Ingo’s eye twitched. “That is a little hard when you have no memories and do not know where it is.”

Melli faltered a moment before putting up his air of self-confidence again. “Well then, you must have heard about how great the Diamond Clan was and wanted to come to us instead.”

“See why he’s the worst?” Sneasler asked. Ingo lightly kicked her foot.

“I am actually travelling around Hisui for a while and was asked to look into what that thing in the sky above the mountain is,” Ingo said. The phrase ‘customer service’ passed through his head, which felt appropriate even if he didn’t know what it meant. “Seeing as there is no Pearl Clan warden in this area, I was told to seek you out.”

“And whose fault is that?” Melli gave Sneasler a look.

“I’m waiting somewhere else,” Sneasler huffed and walked off.

Probably for the best.

“Warden Melli,” Ingo said, hoping to finish why he came here and leave, “do you know what that thing above the mountain is?”

“No idea!” Melli laughed. “It just showed up one day. The great Melli went up there to check on it, but it doesn’t seem to be doing much other than being an eyesore, tearing open the sky like that.”

“What do you mean ‘tearing’?” Ingo asked.

“It’s like a big rift.” Melli waved it off. “Like I said, it’s just a big eyesore. I try to ignore it most of the time.”

Ingo would have seen that when he went up there later. It was becoming clear that the main thing he was going to get from this conversation was Melli’s name. And annoyed.

“I wouldn’t even bother worrying about it,” Melli continued. “It’s not like those bubbles that show up from time to time. Those are worth worrying about.”

“Bubbles?” Ingo asked, suddenly a lot more interested.

Melli rolled his eyes. “Surely, you’ve seen them. They’re dark purple and always have such aggressive Pokemon in them. It’s those you need to keep an eye out for. But don’t worry! The great Melli and Stunky will take care of them. Once Stunky wakes up from his beauty sleep, of course.”

“Of course,” Ingo mumbled. Purple bubble? Didn’t he see one-

“Is that all,” Melli cut into Ingo’s drifting thoughts, “or are you planning on wasting more of Sinnoh’s precious time? I know you Pearl Clan people don’t care about it, but that doesn’t mean you can waste it!”

“Ah, no, my apologies.” Ingo readjusted Machop in his arms and tipped his hat at Melli. “It was good meeting you, Warden Melli. You as well as, Lord Electrode!”

“Enjoy your travels!” Lord Electrode buzzed back as Ingo walked off. Melli’s muttering about manners were left in the distance.

“He’s annoying,” Gligar chirped sleepily.

“Yeah,” Machop agreed, sounding just as tired.

“I do not entirely disagree,” Ingo rumbled quietly.

Sneasler was waiting for them a little bit away from the hollow, picking at her claws. She looked over at their approach, face lighting up a second before she went back to her claws.

“I see you made it out,” she huffed, sounding disinterested. “Get what you wanted?”

“Hardly,” Ingo sighed. “Warden Melli knows about as much as Lord Electrode. But he did call it a rift. He also mentioned bubbles that appear. Do you know anything about that?”

Sneasler shrugged. “Seen a couple of them. The Pokemon in them kinda just appear and disappear. I think it does something to them and they panic.”

Ingo squinted at her. What was with the sudden shift in attitude?

“What?” Sneasler asked, looking at him from the corner of her eye.

“Are you feeling okay?” he asked. “Or if I have done something to offend you, I apologize. If it is my frown, I think that is just how my face is. I have been informed that it does not move as much as I think it does.”

Sneasler jolted. “No! I mean, uh, not at all. I’m just… Tired! That’s it. I’m just tired.”

The obvious lie only made Ingo more worried. However, Sneasler clearly didn’t want to talk about what was wrong, so he would leave it at that. As much as he wanted to help his fri-

Wait.

Were they friends?

He would like to be friends.

“Let’s go find somewhere to camp,” he said instead. “My arms are getting tired.”

“Weak,” Machop snickered.

“Do you want to walk?” Ingo teased.

Machop hugged him tighter. “Actually, you’re really strong.”

“That’s what I thought,” Ingo chuckled. He started down the rough path. “Full steam ahead!”

Despite still being weirdly standoffish, Sneasler helped lead them to a nice flat area to set up camp. It wasn’t long before the little tent was pitched and the fire started. Dinner was made, Machop and Gligar scarfing down their portions quick, and then it was time to rest.

“Are you still planning on going to the mountain top tomorrow?” Sneasler asked, standing up and putting on her basket.

“That is the schedule,” Ingo sighed, “as much as I would prefer otherwise. There is something about that rift that does not sit right with me.”

Sneasler huffed. “I’ll be back in the morning then. I’m not taking you to the top, but I can get you close.”

“That is fine.” Ingo checked on the other two Pokemon. They were both asleep. “May I ask you to keep an eye on Gligar and Machop when I go up there? I do not want them close to it.”

“No problem.” She started walking away. “See you then.”

Before Sneasler completely vanished into the night, Ingo called out, “Wait!”

She turned back around. Only her silhouette and the fire's light reflecting off her eyes was visible. “Yeah?”

“Are we friends?” he blurted.

Sneasler’s form turned as she looked away.

“I should get going.”

She walked off.

Oh…

With a breath, Ingo wiped his eyes. Maybe his Ideal was misguided after all.

-----

Morning came quicker than Ingo thought it would. Then again, he was probably just tired from yesterday’s events and had fallen asleep quick. Even in a new place, it seemed that it was still easy to sleep with others nearby.

Sneasler had met up with them as promised. She was still acting a little strange, but maybe so was Ingo. He was a little embarrassed about his friend question and didn’t really want to think about it. He had lucked out with Gaeric wanting to be his friend. Same with Gligar and Machop joining his tracks. His luck had to run out at some point, and it turned out it was with Sneasler.

But he wasn’t going to let that get in the way of being polite and professional.

After breakfast, Sneasler led the way to the mountain top. They paused at the foot of the trail heading up just past Lord Electrode’s hollow.

“More snow?” Ingo couldn’t help but ask.

“There’s usually a bit of snow this far up year-round,” Sneasler said. “Stay behind me. There’s an alpha Electivire around here. You’ll be safe if you’re with me.”

Machop immediately clung to Ingo’s legs. He picked Machop up as Gligar curled up under his collar.

“Alright,” he said, hoping Machop couldn’t feel how fast his own heart was going. “All aboard.”

They approached slowly. It wasn’t long before Ingo saw the Electivire. As expected, it was huge and had glowing eyes.

It locked eyes with them.

“Leave,” it growled.

Sneasler growled back, “We’re just passing through.”

Its growl got louder. It took a step closer. “Not quick enough.”

Ingo felt Machop’s hold tighten, heard Gligar’s worried whine.

He saw red.

He matched the Electivire’s step with his own, feet planted.

“Back. Off,” Ingo snarled, teeth bared.

The half-step back it took let them pass through without further issue.

“Didn’t know you had that in you,” Sneasler chuckled once they reached the mouth of a tunnel.

“I’m not letting any more alphas threaten my team,” Ingo rumbled. He took a slow breath, let the red fade.

“‘Any more’?” Sneasler asked once he calmed down.

“My cuffs are torn,” was his only explanation with a tense jaw.

Sneasler didn’t ask for more. Instead, she jerked her head towards the tunnel. “It’s a straight shot to the top of the mountain. I’m not going any higher than this. I don’t trust that thing above us.”

Ingo nodded. He set Machop and Gligar down next to Sneasler.

“Stay with Sneasler,” he told them. “I will not be long.”

Gligar tried to protest, “But-”

“No,” Ingo interrupted. “We don’t know what that thing in the sky is and I can move faster on my own in case something happens. Safety checks.”

With a grumble, they both agreed.

Ingo turned back to the tunnel, and stepped inside. It was a short and straight tunnel. The light from both sides lit it all the way through. There was a part of him that wanted to stay, that liked being here, but now wasn’t the time to investigate that. There would be more, likely better, tunnels.

There was another short trail when he exited. He followed to the mountain top.

To the rift in the sky, just as Melli had said.

To the giant temple sitting just below it.

“Why did everyone fail to mention the temple?” Ingo mumbled aloud as he reached the steps.

He shouldn’t be here. This wasn’t his.

Hoping that whoever or whatever this temple was for wouldn’t immediately smite him down, Ingo entered. The moment he set foot into it, the faint energy he had been feeling grew. It knocked the wind out of him and almost sent him to the ground.

But he kept his footing, got his breath back, continued past the statues of the ten Nobles.

He reached the other side of the temple. There, another few steps led to a raised dais, uncovered by the roof.

He really wasn’t supposed to be here.

But he had a job to do.

Unable to stop his shaking hands, Ingo stepped onto the dais. The pressure only grew.

He looked up.

There was no other word for what was hanging right above him now. It was a rift, breaking the sky apart. It glowed white, blindingly bright against the black clouds of night sky that swirled around it like a storm. This high up, standing directly beneath it, the rift felt like it was close enough to touch.

His hand reached up, moving almost on its own accord.

Distantly, something pulsed, buzzed, roared.

A crack of thunder. A flash of gold.

Ingo was jerked back to his senses and scrambled backwards, tripping on the top step. He fell to the floor under the roof of the temple.

On the dais, right where he had been standing, was a clear scorch mark. Golden sparks floated in the air around it.

One floated over to Ingo. He watched it, frozen in place, unable to even breathe.

It landed on his hand.

A surge of energy jolted up his arm. The gold flashed brighter. It burned.

Ingo kicked his legs in a panic, scrambling further back from the dais, as he tried to brush the gold of his hand with the other. He landed on his back. The gold vanished.

Ingo’s breath came in fast and shallow as he laid on the temple floor. His ears rung, vision blurred.

He slowly got to his feet on shaking limbs, head swimming.

Ingo left the temple on legs made of jelly, only letting himself collapse once he was back in the tunnel. He put a trembling hand over his mouth to quieten his rapid breathing. He didn’t want anyone to find him yet.

The rift was dangerous. That was certain. How it was dangerous, Ingo didn’t know. What it had spat at him wasn’t normal lighting. There was a frantic and overwhelming energy behind it, a force that would harm any who tried to wield it, a power Ingo could only fear.

Melli had failed to mention anything like that. He hadn’t mentioned the pressure that came from it. Despite how short their conversation was, Ingo didn’t think Melli had been lying. Over-confident and maybe a little arrogant, sure, but not a liar. The rift likely didn’t affect humans in the same way it did Pokemon.

A strong wave of nausea hit Ingo. He tasted bile in the back of his throat, forced himself to take a slow and deep breath.

It was fine. He was fine. He didn’t have to come back here again.

His ears rung louder, mouth watered, breath caught.

He was f-

He lost his breakfast.

His next breath was shaky, but slower now, as sat there a moment longer. He took out his water, rinsed his mouth, spat the rest of the taste out. He took one more, now steady, breath.

It was time to leave.

Ingo forced himself to stand and walk through the tunnel, away from the temple, away from the rift.

Machop and Gligar ran up to him once he left the tunnel. Ingo crouched to meet them with a hug.

“We are leaving the mountain top,” he rumbled quietly.

Machop nodded, letting themself be picked back up, as Gligar tucked himself under Ingo’s collar. Ingo hugged them tight, then started walking.

“Hey, are you alright?” Sneasler asked once she caught up.

“Don’t go up there,” he whispered.

“Wasn’t planning to.”

They reached where they had set up camp the night before smoothly. The alpha Electivire kept its distance. Ingo wasn’t sure how he would have reacted to it being territorial this time.

They all sat down. Machop and Gligar pressing in close to Ingo while Sneasler kept her space. Ingo fought to stay calm. No one said a word, likely waiting for him to say something first.

“How about we rest our engines for a little bit before our next station?” he asked quietly.

There was a chorus of agreements. Ingo laid down and pulled his hat over his eyes. He felt Gligar sit on his stomach and Machop lay across his lap.

He just wanted a few minutes before he had to figure out what to write down for Gaeric.

It wouldn’t be a long letter. He hadn’t learned much. But he had to warn Gaeric about the rift. Gaeric would tell Irida no doubt. Then she could tell the other wardens because Ingo wanted to think about what had happened up there, what he had felt, as little as possible.

But for now, for just a few minutes, he would rest and hopefully calm down a bit more.

Chapter Text

By the time Ingo felt well enough to sit back up, the sun was steadily approaching mid-day. Ingo apologized for keeping them all there for so long, but no one would hear it, only asking what had happened.

He didn’t tell them. He couldn’t. Not yet.

He would tell Sneasler, maybe Lord Electrode if he could get there with Melli away again. They should know what was happening in their land. But only once Ingo didn’t feel the ghost of energy in his arm when he thought about what had happened.

He wrote a short letter to Gaeric about the rift as promised, glad that Pokemon couldn’t read. He didn’t go into as much detail as he probably should have, but he couldn’t mention the golden sparks. He didn’t want Irida to know about that as it would likely lead to uncomfortable questions he didn’t want to answer. He at least got the basics down. He could explain it more to Gaeric later in person.

“Thank you for this,” Ingo said, tucking the letter into Sneasler’s basket.

“No problem,” she chirped. “I’ll be back by tomorrow morning. Feel free to explore as long as you don’t get hurt.”

“Should we return here then?”

Sneasler waved him off. “Don’t worry about that. I can find you easily.”

Ingo nodded as she put her basket on. “You know this mountain better tha-”

A few notes from a flute echoed across the cliffs. Ingo and Sneasler both looked down the mountain towards it.

“I assume that means someone is looking for you?” Ingo asked.

Sneasler tensed. “You heard that?”

“Yes?”

“Right.” Sneasler tossed herself off the side of the cliff, hanging onto the top to say, “I need to deal with that first. I probably won’t be back until later in the day tomorrow.”

“No need to rush back for our sakes, Sneasler,” Ingo assured. “You still have your duties to attend to and you should take breaks as needed.”

Sneasler huffed. “Same goes for you.”

“Of course.” Ingo tipped his hat. “Safe travels.”

“See you.”

Sneasler climbed down the cliff, Machop and Gligar shouting their own goodbyes at her.

Why was Sneasler acting so weird and distant now? Had he overstepped? She had come to him first whenever she visited the Settlement, but maybe that was just out of curiosity and nothing else. She had gotten her answer about him understanding her and now she was perfectly fine with that.

Maybe it was just Ingo desperate for connections and taking any chance he could get at them.

“What are we gonna now, Boss?” Machop asked, knocking Ingo out of his spiralling thoughts.

“I am not sure,” he admitted, shaking his head to clear it. “I was thinking about investigating the tunnel system Sneasler mentioned when we first arrived.”

Gligar jumped onto Ingo’s head, causing his hat to slid forwards. “Wait, I know! I wanna show you guys my cave.”

“Yes, I believe you did mention that while I was packing.” Ingo fixed his hat. “Why don’t you lead the way?”

“Okay!” Gligar swooped down the path. “I think it’s this way!”

It took well into the afternoon for them to find the cave he was referring to. Gligar was clearly starting to get upset, but Ingo continued to reassure him that he was just happy to get a look around the Highlands. Machop tried to help, even if the most they could do was point out potential caves when they found openings.

But eventually, they did find it tucked away on the west side of the mountain well off the faint trails. Ingo was just glad he had a decent sense of direction and they still had the sun on this side. Otherwise, he wasn’t sure they would be able to make it back to the trail.

“Here it is! Here it is!” Gligar cried, swooping into it. “Come on in!”

Machop ran in behind Gligar, while Ingo almost had to crawl into the short opening. It was only three or four feet high, even if it was wide.

The inside of the cave was dark, the sun not able to reach it. Ingo couldn’t see anything until he let his eyes light up, even if everything did have a red tint to it now.

It was a long and narrow cave, Ingo couldn’t see the end of it, and it was only slightly wider than his wingspan. The ceiling was low too. While it was taller than the opening, he had to hunch a little in order for the rocks to not hit his hat. Otherwise, it was a perfectly normal space in some rocks.

“Boss,” Machop said, looking around and running over when they saw him. They grabbed Ingo’s coat. “I can’t see in here that good.”

Ingo crouched down and dug through his bag. “One moment. Gaeric showed me how to make a torch.”

“Come on guys!” Gligar called from further down the cave. “All the cool stuff is over here!”

“I can’t see!” Machop yelled.

Gligar flew out of the dark and landed next to Machop. “Oh. That’s not good.”

Ingo got the torch to light and stood back up. “Is this better, Machop?”

“Yeah!”

“Then onward we roll.”

Ingo followed Gligar and Machop down the cave. The walls were cracked, thin rivulets of water running down some. Puddles were on the ground, taking up more and more of the rock below them as they walked until Ingo couldn’t avoid stepping in them.

A few minutes later, the water was starting to soak into Ingo’s shoes but they had just about reached the end of the cave. There was an opening in the rock in front of them that Ingo didn’t know if he could even fit through.

“Here’s the best part!” Gligar cried, landing on the wall above the opening. “Come on in!”

Gligar swooped through. Machop followed, feet kicking a little as they pulled themself up. With a little bit of finessing, Ingo got through the opening as well without falling into the shallow pool of water on the other side.

The cave opened up into a circle larger than the tunnel before. Ingo could stand upright now, but could still touch the ceiling if he reached. There were a few notches in the walls, shadowed by the torchlight reflecting off the water.

It was chilly, damp, and dark if Ingo didn’t have a torch.

Gligar landed on the far wall. “Ta da! My cave!”

“It’s… homey,” Ingo said, not wanting to dampen his excitement. “You stayed here before coming to the Icelands?”

“Yup!” Gligar swooped over to another part of the cave. He landed on one of the notches, a handful of old dry grass shoved into it. “This is was my nest. It was cozy!”

Machop ran over to look, having to go on their toes to do so. “It’s small.”

“I was small!”

Ingo swallowed roughly. There was no way Gligar could fit there now.

Gligar swooped off again, landing on a section of wall with a few scattered pockmarks. “And over here was where I’d practice Poison Sting sometimes. I wasn’t that good at it then.”

He wasn’t going to react badly to this. Not right now, and certainly not in front of Gligar and Machop.

But it was hard, seeing where he had been before they had met, to not scoop Gligar into his arms and hold him close. This wasn’t a place for a hatchling to live alone, especially not a Gligar. Not with the chill and the water on the ground.

“Is that you, Gligar?” a low voice chimed at opening to the rest of the cave, echoing off the walls and making Ingo jump and hit his head.

“Bronzong!” Gligar zipped over as Ingo rubbed his head. At least he wasn’t bleeding. “You’re still here!”

“I am. I live here.” A small Bronzong floated through the hole and came to a rest next to it, hovering above the water. “I didn’t think I would see you again. What happened?”

“I went out for some food and then that storm happened and I got blown away,” Gligar said, landing on the Bronzong. “Then I met Ingo in a cave in the Icelands and then later we met Machop. Now we’re travelling around and I wanted to show them the cave.”

“I see,” Bronzong hummed. “Why does your human have red eyes and smell funny?”

“It’s the electricity,” Gligar snickered at Ingo’s sigh, “and also he’s a little bit Pokemon.”

“That is true,” Ingo cut in. “Which means I can understand you. Care to introduce us, Gligar?”

“Oh yeah!” Gligar chirped. “This is Bronzong. She was in this cave when I was here. She helped get me food sometimes.”

“Hi, Bronzong!” Machop said.

“Hello, Bronzong,” Ingo said. “Pleased to meet you.”

“Is this something, Gligar?” Machop asked from the cave wall.

“That’s where I put my berries!” Gligar said, swooping over.

Ingo watch the pair continue to chatter about what the different notches in the wall were for. With how Gligar continued to fly around the area, most of them were places for him to hang onto so he wouldn’t need to touch the water on the ground.

He was having a little bit of difficulty staying on the smaller ones.

Ingo swallowed past the lump in his throat, wiped his eyes. Later.

“You care for Gligar,” Bronzong chimed quietly, floating up closer to Ingo’s level. It wasn’t a question.

“I do,” Ingo said anyway, trying to not make his voice echo in the small chamber. “Very much. Machop as well.”

“That is good. He need someone to care for him and a place to stay.” She wobbled a little. “I’ll always be sorry I cannot provide that. I am old and this isn’t a place for a young Gligar.”

“Thank you for doing what you could.” Ingo brushed the notch next to him, the one that Gligar called his nest. “He was so small.”

“He was,” Bronzong hummed. “He looks better than the last time I saw him.”

“He’s grown so much since we met in that cave.” Ingo couldn’t help his small smile. “He used to fit under my scarf. He still tries to tuck himself there sometimes, but he does not fit anymore.”

Bronzong chimed a laugh. “It is good to see him like this. Healthy. Happy. He was thin then. He didn’t eat much either. Now he looks well fed and even has companions.”

“Yes, we are a strong three-car…” Ingo trailed off. “Something. I lost the word. I have some memory problems.”

Bronzong laughed again. “Comes with age.”

“I’m not that old.” he squinted. “I think.”

“I’ll take your word for it.” she said. “All you humans look the same to me.”

They were quiet for a little bit. Ingo watched Gligar and Machop start to slow down. They should probably head out soon.

But there was one more thing he wanted to ask about.

“Gligar hasn’t said much about what led him to the Icelands,” Ingo said. “He mentioned that he had no one to return to, but that was it.”

“Makes sense,” Bronzong sighed. “He was so scared when he first flew in here.”

“Do you know what happened?”

“Bits and pieces.” She swayed a little, eyes glowing slightly. “He never said anything, but it was all right there on the surface of his mind. Fear. Guilt. Grief. The only reason he’s alive is due to a lucky gust of wind. There was a storm that night, you see. It’s the only time Garchomps come down this far.”

“He used to always keep watch when we were out,” Ingo hummed. “He had started to relax, but then we had a run in with an alpha Garchomp. It shook him up the most.”

“I would imagine so,” she hummed. “But I’m happy to see he’s found a better place than here to call home and that he’s being treated well.”

“And I am more than happy to provide it,” Ingo said. “We all help each other.”

“That is good to hear,” Bronzong said, a smile in her voice. “It is time for you all to go.”

On cue, Machop came over, holding Gligar close.

“Hey, Boss,” they said softly, “Gligar wants to leave.”

Psychic-Types.

“I think that’s a good idea. May I?” Ingo gently took Gligar and tucked him against his chest. “I got you, Gligar. Let’s go refuel. Okay?”

“Okay,” Gligar mumbled. “Bye, Bronzong.”

“Goodbye, little one,” she hummed.

“Thank you for letting us look around,” Ingo said, gently guiding Machop to the way out.

“No problem. You’re welcome back anytime,” she said, tilting a little, “but I have a feeling you won’t return. Probably for the best.”

Ingo sighed. “Probably…”

By the time they left the cave, the sun was starting to set. They headed back towards the trail, looking for a place to set up camp. They found a small area with a few trees.

Dinner was quiet. Gligar refused to leave Ingo’s hold, holding on tighter the one and only time Ingo had tried to put him down. He only came out long enough to eat a little bit and stayed in Ingo’s lap the whole time.

Machop went into the tent early. Whether they were tired or just wanted to give Ingo and Gligar some time alone, Ingo didn’t know but he would thank them for it in the morning.

They sat in the light and warmth of the lowering flames for a while, Ingo once again holding Gligar to his chest. If Gligar wanted to talk, that would be up to him. Ingo was content just to be a nearby source of comfort right now.

But sure enough, after a while Gligar quietly chirped, “Boss?”

“Yes?” Ingo hummed.

“I wanted to help with watch,” he said. “That night. When- When my colony-”

Ingo gave Gligar a squeeze. “I’m sorry you had to go through that.”

Gligar whined softly “It’s my fault. I should have seen the Garchomps.”

“It is not your fault. You were a hatchling when we coupled,” Ingo reassured. “Younger still when that happened.”

“I was keeping watch. It’s my fault.”

“It’s no one’s fault, Gligar. Sometimes, terrible things just happen.” Ingo sighed. “There is no deeper Truth behind it. Only an Ideal we must try to keep afterwards.”

Gligar picked his head up a little. “What?”

“That you can heal from this.” Ingo pet Gligar’s head. “You have been healing from it. I’ve seen it. You’re a lot more outgoing and more willing to rest than you were when we first coupled cars.”

“What if that was a mistake? That alpha-”

“Was my fault and mine alone,” Ingo tried to cut that thought off before it could fester. “You and Machop didn’t want to be there in the first place. I should have listened to you. I am sorry.”

“I should have tried harder,” Gligar cried. “I should have- have stopped you somehow. You’re an Electric-Type! I could have done something!”

“You and I both know you’re too young for that.”

“I just want you and Machop safe. I can’t lose another family.”

“You will not. I can promise you that.” Ingo hugged Gligar tight. “You are safe now.”

Gligar nuzzled closer, whining in a way that he hadn’t done before. It was wordless and heartbreaking. Ingo just pet him softly and wrapped his coat around them more.

“It’s okay,” he rumbled gently. “It’s okay.”

Gligar continued to whine and press himself as close to Ingo as possible. As the fire fully died, he quietened and slowed to a stop, only a small hiccup escaping from time to time.

“I love you, Dad,” he squeaked, almost inaudible.

Ingo pressed a kiss to the top of Gligar’s head. “I love you too, Gligar.”

Likely thoroughly exhausted after the day he had had, Gligar fell asleep soon afterwards. Ingo gave him one more light kiss, then went to the tent. It was time for bed.

Or it would be if Machop wasn’t sitting just inside the flap of it.

“What are you doing up?” Ingo whispered.

Machop scurried back to the nest of pillows and blankets. They laid down and pretended to go to sleep.

Ingo made sure the tent was properly closed, then joined them. He kept Gligar tucked against his chest.

“Machop,” Ingo sighed, “I know you are awake. I watched you get into bed.”

Machop let out a fake snore.

“You do not snore in you’re sleep,” Ingo chuckled. “Is there something worrying you?”

Machop squirmed a little before finally sitting up. They turned to face Ingo, but didn’t look at him as they mumbled something.

“Sorry, can you repeat that?” Ingo asked.

“Is Gligar okay?” Machop mumbled a little louder.

Ingo sighed. “He will be okay. He’s just a bit upset right now.”

“Like how you get upset sometimes when you miss your home?”

“A little bit like that, yes,” Ingo said. “But I feel better after some rest and with you and Gligar’s help. Gligar just needs some rest and support from us this time.”

Machop wiggled closer, pressing against Ingo’s side. Ingo put an arm around them.

“I didn’t like the cave he showed us,” Machop whined softly.

“Me neither,” Ingo admitted.

Machop pressed their face into Ingo’s stomach. “He had a bad time as a nymph, didn’t he?”

“He did,” Ingo sighed. “But that is over now. We can move on from it.”

Machop hugged Ingo with a sniff. “Okay.”

Ingo hugged them back and kissed the top of their head. “Let’s rest our engines now, okay?”

Machop nodded and let Ingo guide them to lay down with him. Soon enough, they were both covered in blankets and Machop was tucked in right next to Gligar.

“Goodnight, Machop,” Ingo rumbled.

“Goodnight, Boss,” Machop yawned. “I love you.”

“I love you too.”

Machop fell asleep quickly. It took a little longer for Ingo to finally fall asleep, still worried about Gligar and Machop, but eventually he did, determined to make tomorrow a happier day.

Chapter Text

Gligar looked to be feeling better once the morning came and only improved in the days following. He still stayed in Ingo’s lap when they rested, but ran ahead with Machop when they were exploring the Highlands.

Sneasler hadn’t come by again. Ingo could hear the occasional flute song pass over the Highlands, something about it making him look to its direction every time, so he hoped she was simply busy.

He hoped she didn’t hate him and was just avoiding him.

Exploring helped Ingo ignore that thought.

If he thought the view was nice, actually getting to travel the land here was even better. It was mostly hills and inclines, which made the walking a little tiring, but Ingo still couldn’t get enough of it.

The high cliffs and the numerous tunnels. The little green areas and the busy Pokemon. Ingo loved every bit of it.

There was also… something he couldn’t place about it all. Something about the height of the cliffs and the depth of the tunnels. Something about the rumble of Onix and Steelix as they moved and the chatter of Pokemon.

It all felt… Familiar.

Almost.

It wasn’t the same. Of course it wasn’t. But it was still close enough that old and forgotten memories tried to surface. Shiny surfaces above him and heat and noise and flat ground beneath his feet.

Nothing fully formed ever appeared, but Ingo would take these scraps for once. If only because the Highlands felt so comfortable.

If the rest of Hisui was half as good as this, Ingo wouldn’t be upset in the slightest.

He really should have set out sooner.

But at least he was out here now.

“Hey, Boss!” Machop yelled as Gligar swooped over and landed on Ingo’s shoulder. “Over here!”

“We found a new tunnel!” Gligar chirped.

“Did you?” Ingo chuckled, heading over to Machop. “Let’s see it then. All aboard!”

The two Pokemon rushed in, leaving Ingo to play catch up as usual. This tunnel proved too dark for Machop, another common occurrence, and Ingo had to light a torch for them.

“Here you go,” Ingo said, handing it to them. “Remember the rules?”

Machop grabbed it with both hands. “No running with the torch and no setting things on fire!”

“That’s right.” Ingo let his eyes light up so he could see better too. “Now, off you go.”

Machop and Gligar ran off, thankfully not too fast.

Ingo still called after them, “And please stay behind the… yellow line…”

The… The what?

He continued forwards, following his Pokemon by torch light. This cave was different than the others they had been to. This one was long and large, the ceiling and walls well out of touch if Ingo stood in the middle of it.

It made words echo in his head.

Follow the rules!

However, it is difficult to win if…

What I do…

…make your head spin.

You want to win, and I don’t want to lose.

There is no terminal called End in your life!

We make a good two-car…

…combinations of two Pokemon.

We’re going to see whose star shines the brightest!

If a battle is not serious…

…an even higher state.

The words blended with each other, often forgotten the moment they were remembered. Ingo couldn’t keep track of any of them. But he knew these words. He knew they weren’t all his. He knew most of them came from those he missed.

He knew they filled him with a power he hadn’t felt before.

There was a rumble in the distance. The smell and taste of metal hung in the air. An orange flame flickered around a turn.

That wasn’t right.

She wasn’t orange.

“Boss?”

Ingo jumped. “Follow the rules and… drive… safely?”

Gligar was on his shoulder. “What?”

“I don’t…”

Ingo trailed off as the flame approached. Still the wrong colour. Still not-

Machop. Right. It was Machop with a torch.

“Are you okay?” they asked.

“There was… I-” Ingo shook his head. “I am fine. I think… I think I almost remembered something.”

“What was it?” Gligar asked, excitedly jumping to his other shoulder.

“Did we make you forget it?’ Machop asked quietly.

“I think it was departing anyway,” Ingo sighed, “if it was ever going to arrive at all. There is something about this tunnel that is… familiar in some strange way. The shape, maybe.”

Gligar poked Ingo’s cheek. “What did you almost remember?”

He tried to return to those tracks, to those almost memories. His eyes drifted back to Machop’s torch.

“She has flames,” Ingo said, voice distant.

“Who?” Gligar clicked.

“A partner.” He could almost see her. “A precious one.”

The taste of salt brought Ingo back to his surroundings. Tunnel. Right. Best to not get lost in his head here.

“We should continue down the tracks,” Ingo said, wiping his face. “There is plenty more tunnel to explore.”

Machop held the torch up. “Can you hold this? I wanna stay with you.”

“Me too,” Gligar added.

“Please stand clear of the closing doors,” Ingo chuckled, letting his eyes return to normal as he took the torch. “We are ready for departure.”

Machop grabbed onto the bottom of Ingo’s coat and they continued down the tunnel together.

It was a long and winding tunnel, which Ingo was thrilled about. They even found a few rocks that Lian would hopefully like once they made it down to the Fieldlands. And maybe a few for Ingo himself. The boy’s enthusiasm had rubbed off on him.

They were looking at one stone, a green one with a bit of yellow in the centre that Ingo felt like he had seen before, when Gligar said, “I want to meet your partner one day.”

“Yeah,” Machop chimed in. “She sounds neat with the fire.”

Fire was home. Or at least a part of it. Was that because of her?

No. Not entirely. There was something else that was fire.

The Highlands had already sparked some shapes of memories. Maybe if he stayed longer, he would remember something else.

Ingo tucked the stone into his pocket. He’d ask Lian about it later. “I want you to meet her too.”

-----

Exploring continued into the afternoon. They tended to stay away from the caves and tunnels for now, having gotten a bit lost in the last one and the clouds looking to be clearing up. Ingo hoped the sun would make an appearance at some point.

They stuck to trails for now, wanting to get a better lay of the land above ground. There were plenty of detours to talk with friendly Pokemon, as well as running from less than friendly ones.

All in all, a good afternoon.

They were looking for a place to set up for the night, Gligar on Ingo’s shoulder and Machop holding onto his coat at his hip. After a long day of walking, they were all ready to pull into the station early.

Then Ingo tripped over a rock.

Ingo landed on his face. Gligar ended up tumbling ahead. Machop was the only one still on their feet.

“What was that for?” Gligar squawked, tapping Ingo’s head.

“I didn’t mean to fall,” Ingo groaned as he got to a sit. He checked himself over. “Okay, just couple scrapes. Are you okay?”

“I’m fine.”

“What about you Machop?”

“I’m okay! I didn’t fall,” Machop said. “The rock you tripped on looks weird.”

Ingo turned around as Gligar swooped over. He crouched in front of the rock.

It was about a foot tall with dark circles on either side of a protruding blue triangle. It almost looked like a face and a little familiar.

“What is it?” Gligar asked.

“I don’t know,” Machop said.

“Me neither,” Ingo added.

The rock jumped.

“AAHH!” All three of them jolted. Ingo landed on his back.

He sat back up as a low growl built in Gligar’s throat.

“It’s okay,” Ingo said softly, running a hand down Gligar’s head. Gligar still looked nervous, but stopped growling.

“What Pokemon are you?” Machop asked.

It hopped again.

Gligar inched closer. “Can you talk?”

It hopped again.

“Is that the only thing you can do?” Ingo asked.

It hopped twice.

“I see.”

Ingo was prepared to leave the weird rock where they had found it. It seemed fine.

Then Gligar quietly asked, “Do you think it’s a pup?”

Well now he had to do something.

“Alright, new track,” Ingo declared, standing up and brushing himself off. “We are going to figure out if this little rock is lost and direct them to their home station.”

“How are we going to do that if it can’t talk?” Machop asked.

The rock hopped again.

“It seems to understand us,” Ingo said, crouching down to its level again. “Do you know where home is?”

The rock hopped, turning to point down the trail they had just come from.

“Destination set.” Ingo moved behind the rock. “I am going to pick you up. Okay?”

Unsurprisingly, the rock hopped again.

Ingo wrapped his arms around the rock. Electricity prickled under his skin, a fuzzy feeling across his arms. He stood back up. The rock was a lot lighter than he thought it was going to be.

“Are you magnetic?” Ingo wondered aloud.

There was a force on his arms, on the electricity within him, that Ingo somehow understood as a confirmation.

“Interesting,” he hummed. “Please let me know if we start going the wrong way. Full speed ahead!”

The force from the rock guided them. It was a gentle tug that pulled them in one direction. They had to take different routes than the tug wanted them to go, but it was clear it was trying to take them in a straight line.

It didn’t take long before they reached a valley and tug got stronger. Ingo could hear a rumbling voice as they walked.

“Where is it? Where is it?” it said, sounding a little frantic. “I finally evolve and I immediately lose a Mini-Nose. Now what do I do?”

As they got closer, Ingo figured out why the rock looked familiar.

“Hello there, Probopass!” Ingo called over to the Probopass rushing around. “I believe this is yours.”

The Probopass paused and looked over. “Who are y- My Mini-Nose!”

The rock, a Mini-Nose apparently, rushed out of Ingo’s arms and spun around the Probopass with the other two.

“There you are! You had me worried,” the Probopass said as Ingo rubbed the last of the fuzzy feeling from his arms. “Don’t wander off like that again!”

“Alright, I think it’s time to actually find ourselves a campsite,” Ingo said to Gligar and Machop, who were both hiding behind his legs. “Have a good night. Probopass!”

“Wait!” The Pokemon rushed over, making Machop cling closer and Gligar start to growl. “You can stay here tonight! As thanks for finding my Mini-Nose. Can you two tell your human that?”

“I can understand you just fine, Probopass,” Ingo said, making the Probopass jerk back in shock and Gligar and Machop snicker, “and we would be happy to take you up on your offer.”

The Probopass nosed Ingo lightly. He felt the same fuzz as from the Mini-Nose, but stronger.

“Huh,” the Probopass hummed, backing up again, “no wonder you feel funny.”

“That’s a new one,” Ingo mumbled.

“What do you mean?”

“Everyone says he smells funny,” Machop chimed in.

“He does smell funny too,” the Probopass said.

Ingo sighed. His Pokemon laughed.

It didn’t take long for the Probopass to show them where exactly it was talking about. It was a small cave, tucked away to the side. Once Ingo set the tent up inside, he joined the Pokemon outside.

Thankfully, Gligar and Machop had quickly taken a liking to the Probopass. Gligar was on Machop’s back, who was in turn sitting on the Probopass’s head.

“Glad to see you’re having fun,” he chuckled.

“Boss!” Gligar cried, coming over to land on Ingo’s shoulder. “Probopass said his Mini-Noses talk!”

“Really?”

“Well, kind of,” the Probopass said, swaying side to side. Machop laughed as they tilted with the motion. “I said I can understand their feelings mostly. They aren’t very smart.”

“All it did for us was jump in place,” Gligar said, “and pull Boss around.”

“I think it had something to do with its magnetism,” Ingo said. “It felt odd in my arms.”

“You do have a bit of a magnetic field around you,” the Probopass hummed. “Not enough to do much, but it’s noticeable.”

“I believe that is due to the electricity,” Ingo said, some long word failing to make itself known.

“Electricity?” the Probopass asked.

Ingo tossed Gligar into the air, the Pokemon landing on Machop again, and let a bit of static burst off him.

“Oh!” Probopass jolted back as Machop and Gligar laughed. “That’s cool!”

“Yeah, Da- Uh, Boss is kinda the coolest,” Gligar chirped, very clearly trying to hide his slip up. “That’s why I’m hanging out with him. ’cause he’s cool.”

“And we’re a family,” Machop added, only to be tackled to the ground by Gligar.

“We’re trying to be cool, remember?” he hissed.

“Oh, yeah.” Machop sat up. “You should hang out with us too! ’cause we’re cool!”

“You’re a couple of kits is what you are!”

Ingo couldn’t hold back his laugh at Gligar and Machop’s groans as Sneasler slid down the cliff next to them. She came to a stop next to Ingo.

“Welcome back, Sneasler,” Ingo said, still unsure how close he should act with her. “I am glad you managed to find us again.”

“Of course I did,” she said with a flick of her feather. “Sorry it took so long. Those merchants Lord Electrode mentioned are apparently meeting together near the foot of the mountain and I had to help them not get lost.”

“Is that so?” Ingo hummed. “Maybe I will see them later. Did you get my letter to Gaeric delivered?”

“Yeah, I went there before all the merchant stuff.” Sneasler took her basket off and nudged it towards him. “Gaeric sent a letter back for you. But he said he’d pass what you wrote along to Irida. It’s just under the padding at the bottom. I store my important stuff there.”

“That is good to hear. I will have to read it later.” Ingo said, digging around the basket. “Thank you for your-”

He brushed up against something hard. He jerked his hand back as a jolt rocketed up his arm and his ears rung.

That wasn’t his.

“Ingo?” Sneasler’s voice sounded like it underwater. “You okay?”

He took a shaky breath. Two. Three. He swallowed hard.

“I…” Another breath. There was a pressure he was fighting against. “Can you get the letter?”

“Yeah.”

Sneasler started digging around her basket as fell to a sit. Gligar and Machop ran over to him.

“Boss, what happened?” Gligar chirped, climbing onto his leg. “Are you okay?”

“I just need a second,” he said softly as he rubbed his face.

“Here’s the letter,” Sneasler said, holding out a paper between two of her claws. “Are you sure you’re okay?”

“Yeah.” The ringing was clearing up, as well as the pressure. “Sorry. I am not sure what that was about. I assure you I am okay.”

Gligar looked like he wanted to argue, but Machop pulled him away.

“Let’s show Sneasler where we’re sleeping tonight!” they said, walking off. “Come on, Sneasler!”

“Uh, yeah!” Gligar added, swooping free of Machop. “Probopass showed us this cool cave! We gotta tell you about the Mini-Nose we found too.”

“Oh yeah!”

Ingo chuckled, thankful for the bit of space. He’d have to ask Sneasler if she was feeling better later.

“They’ve got quite a bit of energy, huh?” Probopass said, coming over.

“That they do. But I love them all the same.” Ingo jolted. “I am just realizing I never properly introduced us. My apologies for that. My name is Ingo.”

Probopass hummed a laugh. “That’s okay. Gligar and Machop told me a lot. They mentioned that you were travelling around Hisui?”

“That we are!” Ingo sat a bit more comfortably and patted a Mini-Nose as it drifted closer. “I had an unscheduled arrival a few months ago and thought it was about time to see where I will be staying for the foreseeable future.”

“’Unscheduled’?”

“I simply woke up one day and found myself at the bottom of a cliff,” Ingo sighed. “I do not remember anything prior to that either. While I am certain I do not belong here, I am hoping to find something that helps me remember my previous tracks.”

“I’m sorry to hear that,” Probopass hummed. “Has anything helped?”

“The Highlands alone have helped immensely,” Ingo assured. “Admittedly, I haven’t remembered anything big or for certain, but they have a general familiar feeling about them. They are also a lot warmer than the Icelands and that automatically makes them better.”

Probopass chuckled as Gligar and Machop rushed back out of the cave. “Glad to hear you like it here.”

Probopass was quickly whisked away by Gligar and Machop, the younger Pokemon wanting to play with the Mini-Noses again. Ingo took the chance to make a campfire without the added challenge of them crawling on him and trying to get his attention.

“That’s quite the den you’ve made in there,” Sneasler said, coming over and sitting nearby.

Ingo got the fire going and sat back. “It is a little cramped, but Gligar and Machop are small and like to sleep against me anyway.”

“I was talking about the pile of blankets,” she teased.

“It beats the rocky ground.”

“I’d bet. I prefer leaves though.”

“And I have a human body that requires a little more cushioning.”

Sneasler scrunched her nose at him.

They fell quite for a while as Ingo started dinner. He was glad whatever had been bothering Sneasler seemed to have passed. And that she wasn’t addressing his friend question. That would be embarrassing.

He shouldn’t have asked it in the first place. She was a Ride Noble and he was some mostly-human amnesiac. She was probably just asked by Irida or Gaeric to keep an eye on him in the Highlands. While part of him felt like he was being babied a little if that was the case, another part of him thought it was nice.

“Hey, Ingo?” Sneasler asked, knocking him out of his thoughts

“Yes?” he hummed. He finished poking at dinner and sat back to let it cook.

“Sorry for, uh, being weird the other day.”

“Oh!” He pulled his hat down a little. “Um, thank you. Can I ask… why?”

Sneasler looked away. “Dumb personal stuff. The only human I was all that close with was my last warden and uh… Well… He had helped raise me since I was a kit. So, losing him… It was hard.”

“I understand. Perhaps I have been a little forward,” Ingo said. “My apologies.”

“It caught me off guard at first,” she admitted, “but I've gotten used to it and it's actually pretty nice. And you’re good at scratches.”

“I do believe I remember you saying that,” Ingo chuckled.

“Oh, shush you.” Sneasler nudged him. “I’m trying to have a moment.”

“Of course, of course.” Ingo recomposed himself. This was going good. “Was there anything else you wanted to say?”

Sneasler looked at the other Pokemon. Machop and Gligar were now hanging onto Probopass’s Mini-Noses as they spun around slowly.

“Don’t let Gligar see this yet,” she said, moving her basket closer. “I got you something in case you didn’t forgive me, but I’m still gonna give it to you.”

Sneasler knocked the top off the basket and looked inside. After a bit of shuffling, she pulled something out and dropped it in Ingo’s lap.

“Is this a Razor Fang?” He asked quietly, really not wanting Gligar to overhear.

“Sure is.” Sneasler moved her basket to the side again. “I know they can be a bit of a pain for humans to get a hold of, so I thought I’d find one for you. Don’t let Gligar see it though. I think he’s still a little young to evolve.”

“While he hasn’t shown any interest in evolving, the topic has not been brought up either,” Ingo said. “But I agree that he should mature a bit more first. Maybe once Machop evolves we will discuss it.”

“Good idea.”

Ingo tucked the Razor Fang away, not wanting Gligar accidentally touching it. He watched Sneasler set her basket aside again. He didn’t want to ask, but he had to know. “There is something else in your basket. What is it?”

Sneasler looked away. “Don’t worry about it.”

“I accidentally hit it looking for Gaeric’s letter,” Ingo admitted, staring at her. “What is it?”

She huffed, played with her feather. “You can't tell anyone about this."

"Promise."

After another moment, she said, "All the Nobles have their own. I don’t know where they come from, but they’ve been passed down for as long as I know. I can’t say more than that. Not even the Wardens know of them. They’re just legend to humans.”

“I see,” Ingo hummed. “Are they all as powerful as yours?”

“Yes.”

“Alright. I will not pry anymore.”

Sneasler just huffed again.

Not long after, the sun finally escaped from the clouds it had been behind all afternoon. And based on how the clouds were moving, it was going to stay out for a while.

Ingo sighed at the sudden warmth, letting the rumble in his chest grow a little. He’d been waiting for this all day.

“Like the sun?” Sneasler asked, feather twitching playfully.

“Warm,” Ingo rumbled, laying down to enjoy it more. “Sun good. Warm good.”

“Warm also makes you lose your communication skills apparently.” Sneasler huffed a laugh. “Wasn’t the fire warm enough?”

“Sun warm good,” Ingo mumbled, playing into it a little bit. “Different. Good.”

“And fire warmth isn’t?”

“Fire is good too,” Ingo rumbled quietly. “But it is not the right fire.”

“What?”

Ingo rubbed the pain in his chest. “I don’t know.”

Sneasler was quiet for a moment. Then she huffed a laugh, lightening the mood again. “I like that you’re weird.”

Ingo hummed a question.

“I mean this is obviously the Pokemon part of you coming out.” Sneasler tugged his hat over his eyes. “I don’t think I would like you as much if you were just some regular boring human.”

Ingo had a brief moment of clarity.

Sneasler had touched his hat. She had moved it without his permission.

And yet, he found that he was fine with it.

The moment passed, the warmth and now dark relaxing him again.

“Sorry for touching you hat,” Sneasler’s voice floated into his mind. “I wasn’t thinking and I thought you wouldn’t want to be staring into the sun.”

“It’s fine…” Ingo mumbled.

Sneasler snickered. “Are you already falling asleep?”

“Shut up,” he teased back. “Watch the hatchlings, please? And dinner?”

“Yeah, you got it,” Sneasler huffed. “Anything for a friend.”

She said something else, likely teasing him about calling the younger ones hatchlings, but Ingo didn’t hear it. He had let the relaxed haze from the warmth of the sun and the darkness of his hat and the presence of a friend take over.

Chapter Text

Sneasler left again after dinner. She said there wasn't anywhere here she could sleep and her own den wasn’t too far away, but she would be back in the morning. They said their goodbyes and she climbed away.

Machop and Gligar had ended up falling asleep much quicker than they insisted they would. Ingo had to move them both to the tent himself.

Not quite tired enough to sleep himself, Ingo went back outside to sit by the last of the fire with Probopass. It was a nice night anyway. Not too cool and the sky was clear.

“Thank you again for letting us rest here,” Ingo said, inching a little closer to the fire.

“No problem,” Probopass hummed. “You found one of my Mini-Noses. It was the least I could do.”

“Can I ask what would happen if it wasn’t found?”

“I could make another.” Probopass settled on the ground, his Mini-Noses resting next to him. “But it’s annoying and these three like each other. Introducing a new one can take a while too.”

“Interesting,” Ingo hummed. “You said you could understand them? What is that like?”

“They’re magnetic,” Probopass said. “The different ways they interact with my magnetic field let me know how they’re feeling. They like you, for example.”

“Glad to hear it,” Ingo chuckled. “To be quite honest, I think they are kind of cute. Like your own little passengers. Part of me is a bit jealous.”

“I’d say you already have a couple Mini-Noses of your own,” Probopass teased. “If only mine came back as much as those two do.”

Ingo had to hold back his laughter. He didn’t want to wake the ‘Mini-Noses’ in question. Once he got it under control, he said, “Pokemon are such interesting beings.”

“Humans are too,” Probopass buzzed.

“That they are.”

“You say that like you aren’t one.”

“I am not entirely,” Ingo rumbled.

Probopass startled a little. “You just keep getting weirder.”

Ingo couldn’t help a small laugh. “Makes life a little more fun, I think. Besides, it lets me talk to Pokemon like you. It’s been one of the highlights of our travels.”

Probopass hummed, rocking a little bit. “Could I join you?”

“Are you sure?” Ingo asked. “We are planning on visiting all of Hisui. We will not return to the Highlands for quite a while.”

“I know,” Probopass said. “I haven’t left the Highlands before. There’s not much reason to move as a Nosepass, not to mention it’s slow. But I’ve heard about other areas from the migrating Pokemon and I want to see them. I just… I get nervous sometimes.”

“Ah.” The fire had just about died out by now. Ingo finished it off and covered the remains in dirt. “Then I would be happy for you to join cars with us. Gligar and Machop have taken a liking to you and I am sure they will be thrilled to hear it.”

“They, uh, convinced me to ask,” Probopass rumbled, clearly embarrassed.

“Sounds like them,” Ingo chuckled, then yawned. “It is time to rest my engine. Sorry that there is not enough room in the cave for you too.”

“I like sleeping out here anyway,” Probopass reassured. “I only use the cave if it’s raining.”

“If you insist.” Ingo went over to the cave. “Good night, Probopass.”

“Goodnight, Ingo.”

With that, Ingo entered the tent. The other two Pokemon had almost completely taken over the entire floor. They really had grown so much since they had first coupled cars.

Ingo would need to get a bigger tent soon. And probably another blanket.

For now, he fit himself into the blankets as best he could. Gligar briefly woke up, falling back asleep as soon as he had tucked himself onto Ingo’s chest. Machop slept like the dead, as they usually did.

Ingo couldn’t wait to see their reactions about Probopass joining them in the morning.

-----

As expected, once morning came and the news about Probopass joining them was shared, Gligar and Machop were full of energy. They also refused to leave Probopass’s vicinity, which gave Ingo time to pack up their camp.

The plan was to head a bit more south today. Ingo didn’t want to leave the Highlands quite yet, but he did want to scout out how they would get to the Fieldlands eventually. They also hadn’t seen much of the southern end of the area and, naturally, wanted to explore a little more.

They would probably take a couple days to rest after that. Ingo had to admit he was starting to feel a bit sore from all the walking. That area looked like a nice place to set up a more long-term camp too from what he had seen from a distance.

“When are we gonna leave?” Gligar asked, swooping over and landing on Ingo’s shoulder. “I’m bored.”

“Once Sneasler returns to our station we can depart,” Ingo said. “She said she wanted to conduct us-”

The sound of a flute played in the distance. Ingo couldn’t help but look towards it.

“Boss?” Gligar asked after Ingo didn’t say anything. “Are you being weird again?”

“I believe Sneasler is required elsewhere.” Ingo shook his head. “Sorry, ‘being weird again’?”

“Yeah. It’s when you look at nothing.”

“Are you not hear-”

“Hey!” Sneasler called from the cliff above them. “I got to go help someone. Will you be fine on your own?”

“I heard!” Ingo called “We should be okay to travel these tracks ourselves. Especially now that Probopass has joined us.”

“Alright, I’ll meet you there!”

Sneasler left again as Ingo turned to his group. “Full steam ahead!”

The journey south was mostly uneventful. They did have to run from a Gyarados at the top of a waterfall, but once they managed to get to the bottom, the Magikarp there were fun to watch. Until Gligar got splashed.

“Fuck off,” he hissed at the fish. Machop laughed, either at the swear or Gligar’s misfortune. It was hard to tell.

Ingo knocked him lightly on the head. “Language.”

“But it splashed me,” Gligar whined. “You know I don’t like the water.”

“Yes, but that’s still just a Magikarp,” Ingo said. “It can’t really do much damage.”

“That’s what you think, funny smelling human,” the Magikarp yelled over. “I’m the strongest one here! I can take you all on. Check it out!”

The Magikarp jumped in the air and splashed back into the water. The Splash landed on Ingo and Gligar.

Nothing happened.

Ingo couldn’t quite hold back a snort of laughter as he brushed the water off his coat. “I see…”

“You’re just scared!” the Magikarp boasted. “I know it! I can tell!”

“I could beat you in a battle with my eyes closed!” Gligar shot back, shaking himself dry.

“No you couldn't!”

“Yes I could!”

“Prove it!”

Gligar looked up at Ingo, asking permission before doing something stupid for once.

“Do you want me to conduct you or do you want to do this yourself?” he asked.

Gligar looked back at the Magikarp and squinted. “I got this.”

He then rushed forwards and hovered above the lake. The Magikarp used Splash again to no effect except for getting Gligar a little damp.

Gligar sped towards the Magikarp for a Quick Attack, eyes closed as promised. He missed and landed in the water.

Ingo watched the pair of Pokemon continue to either miss or use moves that didn’t do anything for a while. Machop and Probopass eventually wandered over.

“What’s going on?” Machop asked.

“Gligar is battling this Magikarp,” Ingo said, watching Gligar miss again. “He is, uh, trying his best.”

“Open your eyes!” Machop yelled.

“No!” Gligar yelled back.

“Why not?”

“I’m proving my point!”

“Regretting joining our tracks yet, Probopass?” Ingo teased.

“Absolutely not,” Probopass laughed. “This is the funniest thing I’ve seen in a long time.”

“Gligar is usually better than this,” Machop said. “He’s just being stupid right now.”

“Am not!”

“Are too!”

Ingo just chuckled and leaned back on his hands. He couldn’t help but feel like Machop and Gligar’s bickering was a little familiar.

Eventually, Gligar managed to land a hit, causing the Magikarp to swim away quickly. Gligar returned to the shore and flopped onto the ground like a wet sack of linen.

“I did it,” he grumbled tiredly.

“Bravo, Gligar,” Ingo said, drying him off with his coat. “Maybe next time, keep your eyes open.”

Gligar just huffed.

They continued travelling a little after that, stopping for lunch before entering what looked like a large cave or tunnel system. It turned out to be more so the later, despite the map marking it as Wayward Cave, with a small lake inside it.

As much as he wanted to explore it further, Ingo wanted to rest for a while a lot more. Especially after they ran into an alpha Crobat down one of the tunnels. Probopass hit it with a Rock Slide, which gave them enough of a distraction to get away safely.

That didn’t stop Gligar and Machop from clinging to Ingo as they left the cave. Ingo couldn’t blame them.

Their clinging didn’t last long as they spotted a group of wagons and carts just ahead. They had blue and yellow fabrics and emblems on them, the couple people sitting around wearing matching colours. Gligar and Machop ran off. Ingo had to chase them.

“Pull the breaks!” he called after them. Neither listened.

Gligar reached the group first, causing the person closest to jump. They all ran off, one giving a a shout, as Machop reached them too.

Ingo reached the pair as a blond man, hair covering one side of his face, exited one of the wagons and a Gible appeared in a flash.

A very familiar flash.

Ignoring that for now, Ingo scooped Gligar up, who was shaking a little, and grabbed Machop’s hand. Probopass hovered on their other side.

“There is no need to fight!” Ingo said, a little louder than he meant. “Apologies for my passengers, they are still young and get excited easily.”

The man looked him up and down, his suspicion quickly turned into a smile that didn’t quite reach his eye.

“These two are with you, is that it?” he asked, voice a little too sweet for Ingo’s liking. “And the big one as well, I assume? Then, I’m sorry for reacting like that! Wild Pokemon can be dangerous, you know. Can’t be too safe around here!”

“You smell funny!” the Gible yipped, as was expected at this point.

“Alright, Gible, back you go,” the man said, holding something out in his hand. The Gible vanished in a flash similar to the one before. “I’m Volo of the Ginkgo Guild. Who might you be? You don’t look much like the other Pearl Clan members I’ve seen.”

“My name is Ingo,” he said, going to stick his hand out before moving it to the brim of his hat and replacing it in Machop’s. “I am new to the Pearl Clan.”

“Is that so?” There was a look in Volo’s eyes now, something a little too curious. “How does that happen? They’re not the most open of people from what I’ve seen.”

There was something… off about Volo, something that made him itch under his skin, but Ingo couldn’t place what. It was in his smile, his voice, his eye. From the way he stood to how he placed his hands.

The air around him lingered with a faint feeling of power that was certainly not his.

“I am not sure either,” Ingo lied. “But I was happy to accept.”

Volo’s eye twitched for a moment, before that smile was back. Once again, the words ‘customer service’ passed through Ingo’s mind. He knew it wasn’t whatever that was that led to his distrust in the other man.

“Well, since you’re here, I should do my job,” Volo joked. “Are you looking for anything I could get you?”

Get him? What did merchants have? He probably shouldn’t ask about that if he didn’t want to give the lack of memory stuff away. He wanted Volo knowing as little as possible about him.

But there was one thing that interested him.

“What was that thing that made Gible appear and disappear?” he asked.

Volo brightened and held up the item. It was a ball with red on the top and a wood-like material on the bottom.

Pokeball weren’t supposed to look like that.

What…?

“This is apparently called a Pokeball!” Volo said. “It’s a new invention according to the Professor in Jubilife Village. You can capture Pokemon in them and makes it easy to move with them.”

“Is that so…” Ingo mumbled. He knew that. How did he know that?

“I’ve heard the Diamond Clan doesn’t particularly like them,” Volo continued, “and Warden Deri said they ‘limited a Pokemon’s space’, so I don’t think the Pearl Clan would be that interested either.”

“Like I said, I am new.” Ingo took a step closer. “May I see one?”

“Of course! One moment.” Volo went went over to a cart, returning a moment later with three Pokeballs. He handed them to Ingo. “Here. On the house!”

“Oh, there’s no need for that!” Ingo insisted, stopping himself from grabbing any. “I simply wished to see one. I have no way of repaying you anyway.”

“Then think of it as a free sample.” Volo pushed them closer. “Or a first visit special! I’m sure you’ll need to buy something from us in the future. It’s no worry. Besides, three Pokemon is a lot. Maybe keeping them in the Pokeballs would be better.”

Ingo bristled a little, but still took the Pokeballs. “They will only use them if they want to, but thank you nonetheless.”

“Volo!” another man’s voice came from inside the cart. “Are you giving away the merchandise again?”

“No!” Volo called back. To Ingo he said, “You might what to get a move on.”

“I can give these back,” Ingo said, holding the Pokeballs back out. “I don’t want you to get in trouble on my account.”

“Don’t worry about it.” Volo shooed them away. “Get going!”

“Oh, uh, thank you again!” Ingo said as he and his Pokemon left.

Once they were far enough away from the merchants, Gligar said, “Did you not like that guy?”

“Why do you ask?” Ingo said, spotting a possible place they could set up camp.

“You were acting weird with him,” Machop chimed in.

Ingo took a breath. “There was something… off about him. I could feel it.”

“I didn’t feel anything,” Probopass said.

“Maybe it was just me,” Ingo mumbled. He looked down at the Pokeballs in his hands, then tucked them in his pocket. He’d investigate them more once they found their station.

They found a spot away from the Ginkgo Guild soon after. It was a nice place, surrounded by trees and nearby the river. Ingo would be more than happy to set up here for a little bit.

Ingo also remembered after setting up the tent that they were going to need a bigger one. There wasn’t really any space for Probopass if it started raining. Maybe the merchants had one. He’d have to ask once he got something to pay them back with, and try to avoid Volo.

For now though, Ingo took a break under a tree while the Pokemon went off in search of rocks and wood to make a fire pit. It would be good to have something a little more permanent if they were going to stay here for a few days.

He took one of the Pokeballs out and held it in his hand. It was smaller than Ingo thought it should be. Not by much, but enough to be noticeable. The red part was made of stone. Another thing that didn’t feel right.

He flipped the latch up and down. This wasn’t how it worked either. There was something else that kept the ball closed. Something that let Pokemon enter and exit as they pleased. Could they do that with this one? He hoped they could.

The function matched what his vague memories tried to provide. It held Pokemon, kept them safe, allowed for better travel. It gave them a space that was solely theirs if they needed it.

It was something Ingo knew.

He had used these before, in his past. Those ones had been different, but he was sure he had used Pokeballs before.

Had he partnered with more Pokemon than the one with flames? He must have.

He wished he could remember them. He hoped they were okay.

Ingo didn't remember much about the man in white, but he hoped he was looking after any Pokemon he had left behind.

“Boss!” Machop yelled, knocking Ingo out of his thoughts. “Mission completed!”

Machop came running over and dropped their armful of firewood in from of Ingo. Gligar and Probopass followed behind, Gligar sitting on Probopass’s head with a pile of rocks.

“Where should we put these?” Probopass asked.

Ingo put the Pokeball back in his pocket and helped Machop pick up the firewood. “Over here.”

It took no time at all for a ring to be made. Ingo got a small fire going to test it soon after. He was getting better at starting them.

“Probopass,” Ingo said once the fire could be left alone, “could I ask you a favour?”

“What is it?”

“Gligar, Machop, you two should listen to this too.” Ingo took out a Pokeball as the other two came over. “Like that merchant said, this is a Pokeball. I believe I used them back at my home station, but they were different there. They can help provide a safe place to rest, as well as make transport easier. If we are travelling down a tunnel that is too small for Probopass, for example, he would be able to return to the ball until we got through it.”

“That’s neat,” Gligar chirped.

“It is,” Ingo said. “I would like to ask if any of you would like one, but I wish to test something first. That is where you come in, Probopass.”

“What am I doing?” he asked with a tilt.

“I would like to capture you in one of the Pokeballs,” Ingo explained, “then I want you to try to release yourself. I believe the ones I used in the past allowed for Pokemon to do that, but I am unsure about these ones. I do not want to use them if you have no way of leaving when you wish. If you do not want to keep the Pokeball, I will break it and permanently release you from it.”

Probopass rocked side to side. “Okay. I’ll do it.”

Ingo nodded and held out a Pokeball. “Thank you. Please just touch the ball and don’t do anything. I release you first so you know what it feels like.”

Probopass inched closer, hesitated a moment, then touched the ball.

It bounced out of Ingo’s hand. Then it bounced again on the ground. It bounced a third time, before settling with a small firework.

“Oh! I wasn’t expecting that.” Ingo picked up Probopass’s Pokeball and flipped the latch. Probopass appeared with a flash.

“Woah!” Gligar and Machop both gasped.

“How was that?” Ingo asked.

“Not that bad, actually,” Probopass rumbled. “It was a little strange at first. But once it settled, it was nice. Kind of cozy, really.”

“I wanna try! I wanna try!” Gligar chirped, going for Ingo’s pocket. Ingo held him back.

“We are not done, Gligar, patience,” Ingo said. He looked back at Probopass. “I am going to return you to your ball. Try to release yourself. I will let you out after a few minutes if you cannot get out. Ready?”

“Ready.”

Ingo returned Probopass to his ball, then set it on the ground. They all watched it as it started to shake a little.

They sat there for a minute. Two.

Just as Ingo was about to call it, there was a flash of light and Probopass was out again.

“There we go!’ he said.

“Oh, thank goodness,” Ingo sighed. “I was getting worried.”

“It was a little tricky to figure out, but I think I got it,” Probopass hummed. “One second.”

Probopass returned to their ball and popped out on their own.

“Yeah, I got it.”

Gligar climbed onto Ingo’s shoulder. “Now that that’s done, can I have one?”

“Are you sure?” Ingo asked.

“Yup.” Gligar held on a little tighter. “I’m sticking with you no matter what.”

Ingo gave him a scratch, then took out another Pokeball. “Alright. Here you go. Let me release you the first time, okay?”

“ Okay. ”

Gligar headbutted the ball. He vanished and was successfully caught after a few bounces. Ingo released him.

“ It is comfy in there! ” Gligar chirped.

“I am going to return you so you can practice releasing yourself,” Ingo said. “Ready?”

“ Go for it. ”

Once Gligar was returned and his ball was set on the ground, Ingo turned to Machop. “Would you like a Pokeball too?”

Machop watched Gligar’s ball shake with a small frown.

"You do not need to decide now," Ingo reassured them. "It is okay either way."

Machop grumbled a little, clearly still conflicted. Gligar released finally popped out of his Pokeball.

“ I see what you mean, Probopass, ” he said. “ I’m gonna try again. ”

He vanished again. Machop took a breath and looked up at Ingo.

“ I want one. ”

Ingo took out his last Pokeball as Gligar released himself again. “Same thing as the other two. Let me release you first.”

Machop did the same thing. Ingo released them, then returned them once they were ready. They released themself after a minute.

“Okay,” Ingo sighed. “Everyone is good at that. Did you want me to release you properly, Probopass? I know you were mainly joining us on our travels.”

Probopass hummed, the Mini-Noses spinning slowly. “ Could I keep it? If, uh, I can stay for longer after the travelling. If that’s not pushy, I mean. ”

“I would be happy if you joined our tracks more​ permanently, Probopass,” Ingo smiled.

“ Oh, okay. Thank- ”

“ You’re staying?! ” Gligar screeched, flinging himself at Probopass. “ For good? Yay! ”

Ingo went back to the fire with a chuckle, seeing as it was starting to die down, as Gligar and Machop excitedly chased each other around Probopass. He was just happy to see that they all got along. He also had to admit that Probopass had quickly grown on him and he hadn’t been looking forwards to saying goodbye after their journey around the region.

Hopefully Probopass would want to come to Ingo’s home station if he ever found-

When.

When he found a way home.

He had to keep that Ideal. He had to make it his Truth.

Ingo took a breath. Probopass coming home with him wasn’t something he had to worry about right this moment. Now he just had to worry about resting and making sure everyone was fed.

Might as well make something nice to celebrate Probopass officially joining the team. He already had a fire going.

Chapter Text

Ingo had gotten too comfortable. That was what this had to be. He had gotten too comfortable in the Highlands these past few weeks, had enjoyed himself too much, and now he had to be painfully reminded of everything he had lost.

The Highlands weren’t his home. It didn’t matter how much fun the last couple weeks of exploring them had been. It didn’t matter how almost familiar the high cliffs and deep tunnels felt. It didn’t matter how, even if he didn’t have much to compare it too, the Highlands were his favourite place he had been too.

They weren’t his home station. They couldn’t be his home station.

After a long night of being unable to sleep, Ingo left the tent. They were back in the south end of the Highlands since they were planning on heading out to the Fieldlands in a couple days. He found a tree facing the sunrise a little bit away from camp to sit under. Hopefully the sun would bring some sort of comfort.

Ingo pulled his knees up and wrapped his arms around them. He wanted to go home. Nothing would change that. But he had been in Hisui for a few months now and he was no closer to figuring out where home was.

He didn’t know how to find that information. He just wanted the Truth.

But the Truth wasn’t his. It was…

It was…

He moved his arms up to his knees and pressed his face into them with a whine.

He didn’t know. Why would he?

All he had where his Ideals. It was all he ever had. Ideals without Truth. It wasn’t good. They built off each other, changed each other, provided foundation for each other. They needed their other.

He didn’t even know how he knew that.

“Ingo?” Probopass’s voice came softly from behind him. “Are you okay?”

A shaky wheeze left Ingo’s mouth instead of any words. Instead, he rumbled, “I am fine. Just homesick again.”

“Do you want to head back to the Icelands for a little bit?” Probopass asked. Ingo felt a weight against the side of his foot. Likely a Mini-Nose resting there. “I’m sure the other two won’t mind.”

“Not for there,” Ingo managed. “For the place I was before.”

“Oh…”

They fell silent. Ingo fought against the lump in his throat and stinging in his eyes.

Eventually, Probopass spoke up. “I hope you find a way home one day.”

“I do too­-” Ingo’s whine was cut off by a hiccuping sob. He scrubbed at his face. “I miss it. So mu-uch. I don’t re-remember it. But I miss it. I mi-iss it so much it hur-r-rts.”

Ingo curled into himself further, unable to do much more than muffle his crying. He didn’t want to wake the younger ones. They had already helped him more than they should have had to when he got like this.

He should be used to it by now! His loneliness and homesickness and amnesia weren’t anything new. He should have gotten used to it and not let it get to him as bad as it kept doing so.

The was a pressure on his side. He managed a glance up to see Probopass leaning against him.

“Emotions are weird to me sometimes,” he rumbled, the vibrations going through Ingo in a way he found oddly soothing, “and I know I’m not that cuddly. But you said that you’re hurting and I want to help you however I can.”

Ingo scrubbed his face again. “I should be over this.”

“I don’t think losing your memories is something you get over quickly.” A Mini-Nose tried to worm its way into Ingo’s lap. “And I know you didn’t sleep well last night. I could hear you moving around. Why don’t you just try to rest for now?”

Maybe Probopass had a point.

Ingo took a shaky breath, finally noticing that the first few rays of sunlight had reached them. He leaned more against Probopass and let the Mini-Nose onto his lap, hugging it closer. The cool side of Probopass helped his burning face and the weight from the Mini-Nose helped relax him.

“Okay,” he hummed quietly, letting his eyes close. “Wake me if Gligar and Machop are too much.”

“Will do, Boss.”

Ingo huffed a laugh. “You too?”

“Might as well join in,” Probopass hummed.

Ingo pulled his hat down a little as the sun got brighter, got warmer. Probopass might not be the perfect substitute for his rock in the Icelands, but he was still pretty good at it. They should do this again one afternoon.

-----

The next couple days were spent making sure they had everything they needed for their trip to the Fieldlands. Gligar and Machop had stuck close to Ingo and he wouldn’t be surprised if they could tell he was still recovering from the other morning.

“Aw, heading out already?” Sneasler whined. She had come down to meet up with them before they left, but Ingo wouldn’t be surprised if she ended up coming along for the trip. “Why don’t you stay a little longer?”

Ingo gave her a scratch. “I would, but I promised Warden Deri I would visit her and Lian. You already delivered my letter to them and I would hate to be late. Besides, the plan is to travel around all of Hisui, not just the Highlands.”

Sneasler flicked her feather. “But why would you need to see the rest when you’ve already seen the best place?”

“You are welcome to come along,” he laughed.

“Nah, I should stay here,” she huffed. “I’ll bring you down to the Fieldlands though. And I’m sure you’ll pass through here when you head over to the Mirelands too. I’ll see you then!”

“I look forwards to it!”

“Are we going yet?” Gligar called over from the start of the path.

Ingo chuckled, then fell into his point pose. “All aboard!”

It was well into the afternoon by the time they made it to the Fieldlands. That may of had something to do with the fact they kept stopping and getting sidetracked with anything that caught any of their attentions. Between Ingo’s fascination with Pokemon, Probopass’s excitement to leave the Highlands, and Gligar and Machop just being young, it was a lot.

But eventually, they entered a forest and made it to a lowered clearing with a giant tree in the middle.

“Here’s Grandtree Arena,” Sneasler said. Up to the tree, she called, “Hey! Lord Kleavor! You got a visitor!”

The leaves of the tree rustled. Ingo held Gligar and Machop back.

With a loud thud, a giant Pokemon landed at the base, a similar power as the other Nobles Ingo had met around it. The Pokemon was clearly a Bug-Type and had dark rocks across its face and shoulders. At the end of its arms were two large axes of the same rock.

And being gently held on the flat side of one of the axes was Lian and Goomy.

“Sneas- Ingo! You’re here!” Lian yelled. He slid off the axe and held up his arms. “Come here, Goomy.”

“Sounds like the kid already likes you,” Sneasler snickered.

“I listened to him talk about rocks while his mother was at the Wardens’ Meeting,” Ingo said quietly.

“Yeah, that would do it.” She gave him a light headbutt and headed back towards the Highlands. “See you later!”

“Bye, Sneasler,” he said with a wave. “I wish you safe travels!”

“Ingo! Ingo! Ingo!” Lian called from the bottom of the ledge. “Come down here! Do you need Lord Kleavor’s help?”

“I believe I should be fine, Lian. I have had plenty of practice in the Highlands.” Ingo helped set Machop onto Probopass. “You three meet me down there. Be nice to Lian.”

Ingo slid down the short cliff as Probopass carried Machop down. Gligar swooped down behind them, landing on Ingo and tucking himself under his collar with a quiet growl.

“Woah!” Lian said. His face was a mix of fear and interest as he stared at Probopass. “You got some Pokemon with you now! Are- Are they nice?”

“Probopass is friendly when he isn’t nervous.” Probopass tucked himself behind Ingo with a soft whine. “He is a nervous right now. Does anyone else want to say hello?”

Machop hopped off of Probopass and peeked around Ingo. “Hi.”

Goomy rushed towards them, admittedly very slowly. “Hi hi hi!”

Probopass and Machop jolted backwards. Gligar hissed.

“Goomy, hold on!” Lian cried, scooping the Pokemon up. “They just got here.”

“Gligar, it’s okay,” Ingo hummed, giving him a scratch. “Goomy doesn’t even have teeth.”

Gligar’s growl abruptly stopped. “She doesn’t?”

“Do you have teeth?” Machop called over.

Goomy slipped out of Lian’s arms with a squawk from the boy. “Nope!”

“Oh,” Gligar hummed. Ingo felt him relax a little. “I guess that’s fine. And the big one’s a Noble? He isn’t gonna hurt us, right?”

“I will not,” Lord Kleavor chittered. “You are guests here.”

Ingo tipped his hat at Lord Kleavor with a small bow since Lian was preoccupied with Goomy. He was now sitting on the ground and had his arms around her again.

“If I let go, are you gonna run over?”

“Yes!”

Lian squinted at her. “I don’t think I’m gonna let go actually.”

“I am sure it will be okay to let her come over,” Ingo said. He stepped back and stood next to Probopass. Machop grabbed his coat.

“Are you sure?” Lian asked.

Ingo nodded, placing a hand on Probopass. “I can handle my own Pokemon.”

“Okay. Be nice Goomy.” Lian opened his arms and Goomy sped, again quite slowly, over.

“Hi!” she said once she got to Ingo’s feet. “D’you got any more berries?”

Ingo crouched down, Machop under his coat and clinging to his side, and dug through his pocket. “I bet you’re looking for berries. Here. You can have one.”

Goomy ate the offered Pecha berry in one bite. Ingo laughed, gave her a pet, and stood back up.

“Why don’t you three go hang out while I talk with Lian?” Ingo suggested. He rested a hand on Gligar’s head. “You may stay with me if you wish, but I think you should join them.”

“Let’s go play!” Goomy said, inching away already. “I’m gonna show you my favourite spots to hide and my favourite places to find berries and-”

Goomy continued rambling as Probopass slowly followed her. Not wanting to be left behind, Machop ran over and grabbed onto a Mini-Nose. Gligar grumbled a little.

“Fine,” he huffed, then zipped over to land on top of Probopass.

“You’re really good with Pokemon,” Lian said, suddenly at Ingo’s hip. He jumped in shock, earning a laugh from Lian.

“Sorry, I didn’t notice your approach,” Ingo said, resituating himself. “It is really not that hard. You just need to learn how to understand them. You and Goomy appear to already have such a bond.”

“I’m just good at knowing when she wants to get into trouble,” Lian hummed, “because she’s always getting into trouble.”

“She is young,” Ingo chuckled. “Gligar and Machop are much the same. I am sure you will learn more as you grow up.”

“That’s what Mama says,” he sighed.

“Well, she is correct.” Ingo looked around the clearing. “Where is she, might I ask?”

“Out doing Warden stuff,” Lian hummed, walking back to Lord Kleavor. “I was gonna go too, but Mama said that I had to wait here for you to show up. Oh! I was supposed to introduce you to Lord Kleavor too. I can’t believe I forgot!”

“It is okay,” Ingo chuckled. “I think making sure all our Pokemon were getting along was a little more pressing.”

“No, I gotta get good at this if I’m gonna be a good warden like Mama.” Lian stood under Lord Kleavor, hands on his hips and a serious look on his face. “This is the awesome and powerful Lord Kleavor, Lord of the Woods! Lord Kleavor, this is Ingo.”

“Do I not get a title?” Ingo teased.

“Uh…” Lian paused to think, perking up a moment later. “Lord Kleavor, this is our newest Pearl Clan member, Ingo! Warden Gaeric found him in the snow.”

“I guess that works,” Ingo chuckled. He bowed quickly. “Pleasure to meet you, Lord Kleavor.”

Lord Kleavor dipped his head. “Nice to meet you too. I have heard a lot about you from Lian and Goomy. The little dragon said you smelled funny and I see that she was correct.”

Gligar barked a laugh from the other side of the clearing.

“Lian,” Ingo coughed, “I do not believe I have seen a Kleavor before. Would you mind telling me about them?”

Lian’s eyes shone. “Really?”

Ingo nodded. “I tend to remember small things about Pokemon when I see them, but nothing is coming to me for Lord Kleavor. I would love to learn more.”

Lian jumped in excitement then ran over to sit under the large tree. “Come here! I can tell you everything about Lord Kleavor!”

Ingo joined Lian under the tree, the Noble resting on the other side of Lian. “I would love to hear it.”

Lian wasn’t lying. He really could tell Ingo everything about Kleavors. And here Ingo thought the kid knew a lot about rocks.

The main thing that stuck out to Ingo were that Kleavors were an evolved form of Scythers, Scizors being the other. Ingo could have sworn that a Scyther only evolved into a Scizor, but he clearly wasn’t the expert here. He assumed it was either due to the same reason some Pokemon looked different than he was expecting or he had just outright forgotten them.

Whatever the case, Ingo was just happy to learn about another Pokemon.

As the time went on, the other Pokemon seemed to get tired. Goomy curled up on Lian’s lap, Machop ending up on Ingo’s. Gligar took to his usual place under Ingo’s collar, while Probopass settled next to him. Lian eventually trailed off and fell asleep leaning on Lord Kleavor.

“I was waiting for that,” the Noble rumbled, shifting to make sure Lian was more comfortable.

“Does talking for so long typically tire him out?” Ingo asked quietly.

Lord Kleavor made a surprised sound. “He's been excited for your visit. I don’t think the boy has had a full night’s rest since we got your letter the other day. And you can understand me! Sneasler said you could, but I just couldn’t believe it. Although, having met you myself, it makes sense.”

“I am often told by Pokemon that I ‘smell funny’,” Ingo said. “Which is why Gligar laughed when you said so earlier.”

“It’s funny everyone says it,” Gligar mumbled.

“I thought you were asleep,” Ingo teased with a scratch. Gligar gave a clicking purr.

“It is not just that,” Lord Kleavor said. “It feels as if you have a connection similar to us Nobles.”

“Sneasler said something like that once,” Ingo sighed. “I am afraid I do not know why or what it is.”

“All Nobles of Hisui have a Blessing of Sinnoh,” Lord Kleavor explained. Ingo was pretty sure he had been told this early in his time in Hisui, but he was often a little out of it then. “Nobles like myself have more of that connection. We are the Guardians while the Rides Nobles are the Travellers. We both have important roles to play, but us Guardians require more to fulfill ours.”

Ingo nodded along. There was something in the words that scratched at something in him. Something deeper anything else. Something intrinsic.

“Your presence is protection enough,” he mumbled, unsure where the knowledge came from. “It comes with the power.”

“Indeed it does,” Lord Kleavor rumbled. “Yours is similar, but different in a way I cannot place. It feels more… concentrated, I would say. Like it is supposed to spread over a larger area, but is being contained to your Space.”

Ingo hummed. He knew this. How did he know this? He couldn’t even feel the power inside himself that Lord Kleavor was talking about. All he could feel was the electricity under his skin and the thunder in his chest.

But maybe that was it.

Maybe that was why it built like it did. Maybe that was why he needed Gligar to ground him so often.

This place wasn’t his home station. It wasn’t his. Maybe he had played a similar role as the Nobles of Hisui before he had been derailed.

Of course, there was no way of knowing that unless he could figure out anything from his past.

“Boss?” Gligar chirped. “You okay?”

“I- Yes,” Ingo got out, voice rougher than he expected. “I am fine.

Gligar nuzzled in closer. “It’s okay.”

Ingo took a shaky breath, rubbed his face. He held Gligar a little closer and rumbled softly, “Thank you.”

“Feel free to rest,” Lord Kleavor said, laying onto the ground while being careful of Lian. “Everyone else is and it is such a nice day.”

Ingo leaned against Probopass. He was warm from resting in one of the sunbeams that poked through the leaves. A gentle breeze blew by, soft and peaceful.

“It is a nice day,” Ingo rumbled, letting his eyes close. “Will you wake me when Warden Deri arrives?”

“I shall,” Lord Kleavor said. “Now, please rest. I am sure you had a long journey from the Highlands this morning.”

Despite the part of him that wanted to fight it, there was a louder part of Ingo that was content to spend the rest of the afternoon here in the sun.

Chapter Text

When Ingo woke, it was to the chill of the shade and Gligar landing on his face.

“Huh? What?” Ingo yipped, a few stray sparks travelling to Gligar.

“It’s dinner!” Gligar hopped onto Ingo’s lap. “Come on!”

Ingo blinked a few times, rubbing his face and getting the static out of his sideburns. The sun was low in the sky and, other than Gligar, only Probopass and Lord Kleavor with him still. The later was starting to wake up himself.

“It’s dinner?” Ingo asked after clearing his throat. “Where is everyone?”

“Machop’s with Goomy waiting for dinner,” Gligar said. “Lian’s mom sent Lian to wake you up, but I got here first.”

“Warden Deri’s back?” Ingo looked over at Lord Kleavor. “I thought you were going to wake me?”

“I fell asleep too,” Lord Kleavor rumbled. He started up the tree. “Go enjoy dinner. I shall be continuing my rest in a more comfortable place.”

Ingo huffed a laugh as Lian came into view. “Ingo! Wake up! It’s dinnertime!”

“I am awake, Lian,” Ingo said, putting on his hat and standing up. “Gligar beat you to me.”

“Aw man,” Lian whined. “No fair.”

“Sucks to not have wings,” Gligar snickered, climbing up to Ingo’s shoulder. Ingo poked him.

Probopass rumbled awake. “What’s going on?”

“He is just a quick Pokemon,” Ingo reassured. “You woke up Probopass, if that is any consolation.”

Lian huffed. “I guess. Anyway, Mama said it’s almost dinnertime and to come get you. So, let’s go!”

“Full steam ahead!” Ingo called out of habit.

“What’s that mean?” Lian asked, leading the way out of the arena. Ingo followed, Probopass trailing behind.

Ingo shrugged. “It is just something I like to say before travelling. Something like, ‘let’s go,’ I suppose. I am not entirely sure, but it feels… right.”

Lian hummed. “Do you think it’s something from before you got here?”

“I have to assume,” Ingo sighed. “Unfortunately, I cannot remember.”

“Oh… Sorry for asking.”

“It’s okay.”

Lian was quiet until they could see a tent in a small clearing in the forest, Deri was at the campfire and cooking pot outside. Goomy and Machop were talking by the small table and benches.

“Mama! I got Ingo!” Lian called, running over.

“I see that,” Deri chuckled. She picked at her son’s hair. “You also have more leaves in your hair. How do you keep doing this?”

Lian shrugged with a hum.

“I think that’s all of them,” she said, tossing aside a small twig. “Why don’t you go set the table?”

“Do I have to?” Lian whined.

Deri turned him towards the tent. “Yes, we have a guest. A good warden doesn’t make guests set the table.”

Lian huffed and grumbled something, but still went into the tent.

Gligar hopped off Ingo’s shoulder to join Machop and Goomy as Ingo reached the fire. “Hello, Warden Deri. Thank you for having me and my team for dinner. My apologies for being asleep when you arrived.”

She waved him off. “Don’t worry about! The Highlands can be tiring to travel around and the trip between there and here isn’t always the easiest. Especially not when you got three Pokemon at your heels.”

“Ah, well,” Ingo laughed sheepishly, “I wasn’t the most help either. All four of us kept getting distracted. I think the only reason we made it was due to Sneasler’s guidance. Thank you for keeping an eye on the younger two while I was resting.”

“That was mostly Lian since they were playing with Goomy the whole time,” Deri laughed. “But this all would be new to you, wouldn’t it? Sneasler hasn’t been giving you too much trouble, has she?”

“Not at all! She is quite friendly to me,” Ingo said.

“Is she?”

The door to the tent slammed open, a startled Pokemon cry coming from inside.

“I got the bowls!” Lian cried. “Also, sorry Kricketune.”

“Yeah, yeah,” the Pokemon grumbled, following Lian outside. “I should probably wake up anyway.”

“Bring the Pokemon’s over here,” Deri told Lian. To Ingo, she said, “Do your Pokemon need to eat?”

Ingo gave a short whistle to his team. They looked over. “Who wants what Warden Deri made for dinner?”

Machop and Gligar ran over calling, “Me! Me! Me!”

Probopass buzzed a laugh. “I can handle myself.”

“Just these two,” Ingo chuckled, catching Gligar as he flew into him. “Probopass usually handles himself. While he likes the occasional dinner, he mostly eats minerals. On account of being mostly rock himself. He particularly likes crunchy salt.”

“It that how that works?” Lian asked, handing Ingo a couple bowls

“That is what I have observed and sort of remember.” And had been told by Probopass, but he couldn’t exactly share that.

“Cool.”

Soon enough, dinner was dished out and everyone was eating. Ingo was sitting across the table from Deri and Lian while the Pokemon talked and ate a little bit away.

“This is very good, Warden Deri,” Ingo said after a few bites of the stew. “Bravo!”

“Oh, it’s nothing fancy,” Deri said. “I just needed to use up a few things and make enough food for everyone. I was shocked when your letter said you were bringing three Pokemon. Last time we saw each other you didn’t have any.”

“Ah, yes. I suppose that is true,” Ingo hummed. “Gligar and Machop have been with me for a while now that I forgot you hadn’t met them yet. We met Probopass in the Highlands recently after returning one of their Mini-Noses to him.”

Lian laughed as Deri’s eyes widened.

“I’m beginning to see what Gaeric was talking about,” she said.

“What do you mean?” Ingo asked.

“I don’t think I know a single other person who would do something like that.” Deri ate a bite of stew. “He said you were shockingly unafraid of Pokemon. I just hope that doesn’t come to bite you in the butt.”

Ingo couldn’t help how his grip tightened on his spoon. “It- Uh… I try to be respectful of them. I know to avoid alphas and Zoroarks.”

Deri’s eyes flicked between his missing cuffs and torn hat. She bowed her head. “Ah. I am sorry for bringing it up.”

It was quiet. Ingo had to stop making things awkward.

“What happened to your hat and coat?” Lian asked, either unaware of the tension or wanting it to stop. Unfortunately for him, he had asked the wrong question.

Ingo looked away as Deri said, “Ask a different question, Lian.”

“Why?” he whined.

“I’ll tell you later.”

Lian huffed, but asked, “Uhhh… Did you like the Highlands?”

“I did! Very much so, in fact,” Ingo answered, happily changing to subject. “The tunnels alone were stunning. Not to mention all the Pokemon I got to see there. I mentioned meeting Probopass there.”

“Did you happened to meet the Diamond Clan warden while you were there?” Deri asked.

“I did,” Ingo said, trying to keep his voice level. “Warden Melli is… certainly a character.”

Deri snorted. Lian said, “He’s super annoying.”

“Lian!” Deri scolded. “Don’t say that.”

“What?” the boy protested, folding his arms. “It’s true. I’ve heard out say it too!”

“And I’ve also told you not to repeat it,” she said. “At least try not to say that in front of Warden Melli.”

“Fiiiine,” Lian huffed. He looked back at Ingo. “You gotta tell me about all the rocks you saw there!”

“That does remind me.” Ingo put his spoon down and dug around in his pocket. He pulled out the green stone. “I found this in one of the tunnels and wanted to ask if you knew what it was.”

Lian’s eyes widen as he gasped. “That’s a Thunder Stone! Some Pokemon use it to evolve and they’re super rare! Or at least I can never find any around here.”

Ingo turned the stone around in his hand, watching how the setting sun caught the yellow centre. “Is that so?”

The words clicked into place like how learning about Pokeballs had. Had he needed to find one of these before?

No… That didn’t seem right.

Then what-

“Ingo?” Deri’s voice cut through. “Is everything okay?”

Ingo shook his head, tucking away the stone despite Lian’s disappointment. “Yes. Sorry about that. I think it just… reminded me of something.”

Lian perked back up. “Really? What was it? Did you use one before?”

“I don’t think it was me…” His voice was starting to sound a little far away. Ingo rubbed his eyes. “Sorry, can we change the subject?”

“Is there anything else you liked about the Highlands?” Deri offered, giving Lian a look. “What other Pokemon did you see there?”

Ingo rubbed his face again. “Yes. Pokemon, right. There were these Magikarp we came across one day.”

It was nice, being able to ramble about something. He had definitely done this in the past. Although, he probably had a bit more knowledge then. No matter the case, it was nice to recount his adventures to Lian and Deri until the only light came from the campfire Ingo wanted to get closer to.

But it didn’t take long for Ingo’s words to trail off and the fog to try to take over. The Thunder Stone was still in the back of his mind, vying for his attention, trying to dig up memories far too deep for it to.

“I… I am sorry,” he said, hands starting to feel a little numb now. “I think I need to return to my station for the night.”

“What does that mean?” Lian asked.

“It means it’s bedtime.” Deri handed the long empty dishes off to her Kricketune. “Unless you want to help me with the dishes first?”

“No!” Lian ran off.

Ingo huffed a laugh. “I would offer to help, but I think I only have enough in the tank to pitch my tent… somewhere around here.”

“If there’s enough space, you can do it over there, a bit off from our yurt,” Deri offered, “and don’t worry about the dishes. You’re the guest here.”

“Oh, thank you,” Ingo hummed.

Deri shooed him off. “Go pitch your tent.”

Ingo got most of his tent pitched before he zoned out enough for it to not make sense anymore. Deri ended up finishing it while he gathered Gligar and Machop. He’d have to thank her come morning.

Probopass stayed outside, as he liked to do. Gligar and Machop slept tucked against Ingo’s side, as they liked to do. Ingo couldn’t quite fall asleep yet, as he didn’t like to do. At least the fog had mostly cleared up now that he had had some time to himself.

He ended up fishing the Thunder Stone out of his coat pocket, letting his eyes light up to see better. He knew this stone. He was certain he did. But he was also pretty sure he hadn’t needed one.

Someone else did.

Someone else was looking for one, right?

To evolve…

There was nothing. There was always nothing.

Ingo dropped his hand down with a rumble. “Why can’t I have the Truth?”

There was a rustle. The fabric of the tent moved.

“Hello?” Ingo called as softly as he could, letting his eyes go back to normal. “Is someone there?”

It was silent.

The door moved.

Ingo couldn’t stop the growl in the back of his throat. He shifted to block Gligar and Machop from the entrance the best he could.

Slowly.

Slowly…

It opened.

“Hi!” Goomy said, inching onto the blanket pile. “Whatcha doing?”

Ingo sighed heavily. “Goodness, Goomy. Don’t do that!”

“Do what?”

“Enter like that!” he whispered, letting his eyes glow again. “You scared the daylights out of me.”

“But I wanted to say hi,” she whined.

“You already did when I arrived.” Ingo picked his way out of the blankets trying not to wake the other two. Gligar picked his head up, then flopped back down when he saw Goomy. “It is late. You should be asleep with Lian.”

“But I don’t wanna!”

Ingo lightly pushed Goomy outside, leaning out the door to make sure she went back to her own tent. “And I want to rest my eng-”

Lian was barely visible behind Probopass, who was fast asleep, eyes wide and a hand over his mouth.

“Uhh…” He was toast. “Hello, Lian. Shouldn’t you be in bed?”

“Why are your eyes glowing?” he whispered, poking his head out a little more.

Ingo let his eyes fade. “They are not.”

“They were.”

“No they weren’t.”

Goomy crawled over to Lian. The boy grabbed her, got in front of Ingo, and held her up to him. “Then why were you talking to Goomy?”

“I live alone so I tend to talk to Pokemon a lot.” He had to get out of this.

“It sounded like you could actually understand her!”

“I have three Pokemon. I can make a guess as to what a Pokemon means.”

“It didn’t sound like you were guessing,” Lian said. “Also, there was a growl in your tent.”

“That was Gligar,” Ingo lied through his teeth.

“No, it wasn’t. I’ve heard Gligar growl and it didn’t sound like that.”

“Uh, it was Probopass.”

Ingo winced at the terrible lie. Even in the dark, Lian’s disbelief was clear.

What on Earth was Ingo supposed to do? If he told Lian, he would have to tell Deri too. He didn’t want to ask Lian to keep a secret from his own mother. Then Deri would probably want to tell Irida and then everyone in the Clan would eventually learn and then he’d get kicked out and hated and-

“If you don’t tell me what’s going on, I’ll scream and wake up Mama and Kricketune,” Lian said.

Oh shit.

“No! No, don’t do that,” Ingo said, barely holding back his own volume. He rubbed his face. He was going to have to tell them.

“That what’s going on?” Lian asked again.

Ingo took a breath. “I will tell you in the morning.”

Lian inhaled.

“Wait!” Lian held it. “I promise, I will tell you. However, this is something I want to share with your mother as well. It would be easier to tell you both at the same time.”

Lian huffed his breath out. “Okay. Fine, I guess. But you promise to tell me at breakfast?”

Ingo nodded. “I promise.”

Lian squinted at him, then nodded. “Okay. I’m gonna remind you in the morning too.”

“That is fine. Now, why don’t you and Goomy head to bed?”

“That’s what I was trying to do before Goomy ran off,” Lian huffed walking off. “Goodnight, Ingo!”

“Goodnight, Lian,” he sighed. “Goodnight, Goomy.”

With that, Lian and Goomy crept back into their tent and Ingo returned to his. He almost managed to get back under the blankets without waking anyone up.

“What’s going on?” Gligar clicked, still half-asleep. “Why was Goomy here?”

Ingo pet him gently. “She wanted to say hello. Don’t worry about it.”

Gligar hummed, then fell back asleep. Ingo laid down too and stared at the ceiling. He pressed his hands into his eyes.

He was fucked.

-----

Ingo almost got away before Lian woke up. Not that he was trying all that hard to, but he wasn’t going out of his way to wait for him to wake up.

Then again, that boy would either tell Deri about last night or find Ingo himself.

Which was all to say, Ingo ended up finishing his bowl of rice and egg, his belongings all packed up, with Lian sitting across from him, glaring as he started his own breakfast.

“Any plans on where you’re going next, Ingo?” Deri asked, giving Goomy a berry.

“Not particularly,” Ingo said. He tried not to squirm in his seat. For a kid, Lian really did have a glare. “I am not that certain what lies beyond this forest.”

“We don’t got nothing as extravagant as the cliff in the Highlands, but we do have a few hills,” Deri laughed. “There is this group of people that showed up a year or two a bit more to the east you could visit. They call their settlement Jubilife Village.”

“Maybe I will visit them sometime,” Ingo said. “I don’t see much reason not to.”

“You’ll probably have to leave your Pokemon outside,” she said, looking over at the group as they ate. “They’re more frightened of Pokemon than anyone in the Clan. The ones they keep close are trapped in these things they call Pokeballs and they only let them out if they need them.”

Ingo made sure his Pokeballs were securely in his pocket. No need to get into that right now. “I see.”

Lian squinted at him. Ingo refused to look over.

“Here, let me take that for you,” Deri said, grabbing Ingo’s dishes. “Eat your breakfast, Lian.”

She took the empty bowls back to the tent. Lian leaned across the table.

“Your tent’s all packed up,” he said. “You said you were gonna explain.”

“I will.” Ingo shot back. “I was just in the middle of a conversation when you woke up.”

“Well, now you aren’t.”

Ingo pinched the bridge of his nose. “There’s no way you’re going to let me leave, is there?”

“I’ll scream.”

“Of course you will.”

Deri left the tent and returned to the table. “Lian, if you want to bring Lord Kleavor his offering this morning, then you have to eat.”

“Ingo’s gonna tell us something,” Lian said, taking a huge bite of rice and staring directly at Ingo.

“Is that so?” Deri asked, looking at Ingo in confusion.

Ingo buried his face in his hands. “Yes.”

After a few seconds of Ingo not saying anything, Lian spoke up, “Why were your eyes red last night?”

“Lian!” Deri scolded. “You can’t- I’m sorry about him, Ingo. You don’t have-”

“Warden Deri,” Ingo interrupted. He took a breath, let his eyes glow red, and looked up. “Lian meant this.”

Deri’s mouth opened. Then closed. Then opened again. “What?”

Ingo sighed, letting his eyes go back to normal, as Lian said, “I had to go pee last night and Goomy followed me, but then when we were coming back to bed, she ran over to Ingo’s tent. So, I went over and there was a growl and then Ingo was talking to Goomy and then he stuck his head out his eyes looked like that.”

“He-” Deri looked back at Ingo. He looked away. “You- What?”

“I-” Ingo cleared his throat. “I can explain.”

“Then explain!” Lian whined.

There was a lump in his throat. His hands shook as much as the breath he took.

“I am not… exactly… completely human,” Ingo said, slowly covering his face with his hat.

The table was quiet.

Gligar landed on Ingo’s shoulder. “Why are you telling them? Is this about last night? You said not to worry about it.”

“Because I did not want to worry you,” Ingo mumbled.

Gligar huffed. Lian spoke up, “You did it again! You can understand Pokemon!”

“I can understand Pokemon. I can speak Pokemon. My eyes light up and I can do this.” Ingo moved Gligar off him and let a few sparks dance across his face.

“Woah…” Lian gasped. Deri continued staring.

“And now I am going to leave.” Ingo flattened his sideburns, got up, and headed over to his bag. Gligar landed on his shoulder again. “I understand if this makes you dislike me and I will not bother you again. I betrayed the trust of the Clan and if Lady Irida wants me out, I will do s-”

“Ingo,” Deri said, making him freeze, “wait. Come back.”

He hesitated a moment longer, then grabbed his bag and returned to the bench. Probopass and Machop stood next to him. Ingo stared at the wood grain, unable to get himself to look up at either Deri or Lian.

“What do you mean your not entirely human?” she asked.

“Just that,” Ingo said, voice quiet. “I do not know how or why exactly, but there is a part of me that is Pokemon. Maybe I knew once, but with the memory loss… The knowledge is gone.”

“Right.” Ingo heard her take a breath. “And does anyone else know?”

“Gaeric does,” he answered. “If anyone else knows, they have not informed me of it.”

It was quiet again. Ingo was frozen in place.

He wanted to leave. He should leave. He had lied to the people who were so quick and kind enough to take him in. They would be better off if he just left. Maybe he could become some sort of mountain man and live in the Highlands. Maybe he could even visit Gaeric sometimes.

“Lian, go give Lord Kleavor his offering,” Deri finally said.

“But, Mama,” he whined. “I wan-”

Her voice was stern. “Go, Lian.”

Lian got off the bench and walked off, muttering something under his breath the whole time. When he was farther down the path, Ingo finally became unfrozen.

“I’m going to go,” he mumbled, starting to stand.

“Ingo, look at me,” Deri said, voice stern yet soft in the way only a parent’s could be. “Please.”

Ingo sat back down and looked up. Deri’s face was soft, kind.

“I’m not going to tell Lady Irida about this,” she said.

What?

“What?” he said aloud. “Why?”

“Have you hid anything else?” she asked.

“I also have Pokeballs for my Pokemon,” Ingo blurted. “But I made it clear it wasn’t mandatory and I made sure they know how to enter and exit on their own! I promise, if they were unable to leave as they pleased, I wouldn’t have used them despite how familiar they are to me. Probopass even said that his was cozy and-”

“Ingo, hey,” Deri interrupted. Ingo shut his mouth with a clack. “I admit, I hate the idea of anyone using Pokeballs, but if anyone’s going to be the exception, it’s going to be to be the guy who can understand Pokemon. Oh, Sinnoh above, you can understand Pokemon.”

“Um, yes, I can,” Ingo mumbled as Deri rubbed her face. She looked back up at him with a breath, eyes hard.

“Whatever. This doesn’t change anything,” she settled on. “Besides, Gaeric trusts you enough to call you his friend and I trust the word of my fellow Warden.”

Ingo felt his face heat up. “He told you we are friends?”

Deri snorted a laugh. “Yes, at the dinner when you were sleeping. He mentioned how he liked being able to have a friend to do stuff with now, even if your arrival was less than ideal.”

Ingo surely rivalled a Tamato berry at this point. “R- Right. I, uh, didn’t seem to get that fact through my head until a little bit later myself.”

Deri’s laugh died down after a moment. “I’m going to talk with Lian and tell him he can’t tell anyone about this. This is something for you to share if you want to. I think you should tell Lady Irida about this, but again, your choice. If anything happens, you are welcome to set up your tent here again. I am sure Gaeric will be more than willing to help you too, but it is warmer here and I know you like that. Alright?”

His face was returning to normal, but there were tears in his eyes now. He wiped them away the best he could and said, voice tight, “Alright. Thank you.”

“Don’t mention it.” With that, she slapped her legs and stood up. “You’re free to come to Grandtree Arena before you head out if you want. Otherwise, it was good seeing you and may Sinnoh bless you with safe travels through its space.”

Ingo wiped his eyes again, took a breath. “Thank you. I think I am going to join you so I can properly say goodbye to Lian, but… I need a moment first, I think.”

“Of course.” Deri started to walk off. “Take your time.”

The moment she left earshot, Ingo couldn’t hold back the tears. Machop climbed onto the bench and tucked themself against Ingo’s chest as Gligar nuzzled closer. Probopass set a Mini-Nose on the table next to him. Ingo hugged who he could close.

“It’s fine,” he rumbled quietly. “It’s fine. It’s okay. I’m okay.”

He stayed like that for a while, doing his best to ride through the wave of nausea, of dropping adrenaline, of relief.

That had gone well. Better than well. There were two more people he didn’t have to worry about hiding his Pokemon side from anymore.

And there was a small part of him that couldn’t help but feel that maybe, just maybe, he was wrong about how he might be treated if the rest of his Clan found out.

Chapter Text

It took a few minutes for Ingo to feel put together enough to head over to Grandtree Arena. He had been planning on just saying goodbye to Lian and Lord Kleavor and letting them know he would make sure to visit again before he set out for the Mirelands.

He ended up staying into the afternoon as Lian kept asking for him to translate everything Goomy and Lord Kleavor were saying. Not to mention Ingo giving Lian the few rocks he had gotten for him in the Highlands made the boy start explaining them at length. Then again, Ingo probably should have seen the later coming.

Lian’s excitement was nice and a little bit of a shock. If he had known this was going to be his reaction, maybe he would have told him and Deri sooner.

Then again, maybe not. Telling someone he wasn’t fully human was still hard either way.

Once afternoon came, and Lian had figured out the difference between a few basic words from Goomy and Lord Kleavor, Ingo felt it was time to continue his travels. With some directions from Deri, he and his Pokemon were off.

After only getting slightly lost in the forest, Ingo could finally see the rest of the Fieldlands. They certainly weren’t as exciting as the Highlands at first glace, but maybe there would be some hidden gems. At the very least, the large rocky hill across the river looked interesting.

The Pokemon here were a bit more friendly than the majority of those in the Highlands too. Ingo had even managed to convince the alpha Bibarel to let them use their dam as a bridge without much issue. Although, the rest of the Bidoofs rushing Ingo out of excitement and interest might have had something to do with it.

They had started up the hill, Ingo wanting to set up camp for the night somewhere near the top, but had been promptly chased back down by a group of surprisingly mean Paras. Ingo had thought about running past them, but when the alpha Parasect appeared, he rerouted.

“Now, how are gonna get up there?” Gligar whined, pulling on Ingo’s shoulder. “I wanted to see the top!”

“I do too, but I believe some new tracks are in order,” Ingo said. “Unless you think we can handle that alpha?”

Gligar squinted in thought.

“That was rhetorical. I am not letting you fight that alpha.”

“Come on!” Gligar swooped over to Probopass. “I know Aerial Ace! That should do it. And we got Probopass too!”

“Don’t bring me into this!” Probopass buzzed. “I’m not that good at battling!”

“Gligar, you just learned Aerial Ace last week,” Ingo said, giving him a pat. “We will just go a different way up the hill.”

Gligar huffed, flattening himself onto Probopass’s head. “Fiiiine.”

Machop grabbed onto a Mini-Nose, Probopass bringing them up to Gligar. Machop patted Gligar’s back “It’s okay! This way we can see more of the hill.”

“Not without going past me!” a voice shouted a bit away. There was a Kadabra there, pointing its spoon at them.

“Hello there!” Ingo called back. “We really don’t need to fight. We will be on our way in a moment.”

“We do need to fight, funny smelling human! Hold on, I don’t like yelling.” The Kadabra Teleported closer. Its next words were quieter. “That’s better. I’m going to be the strongest Kadabra ever and you are my next opponent, weird human who seems to understand me!”

Ah, one of these types. Though, it being a Kadabra was a bit of a surprise.

“I see,” Ingo said, holding back a laugh. Up close, it was easy to tell that the Kadabra was young. It probably hadn't been long since it had evolves. “Well then, I suppose I can’t refuse that. Also, my name is Ingo. Who wants to battle?”

Gligar jumped in front of the Kadabra, the other Pokemon startling and jerking back a little. “Me!”

“No, I wanna fight the Probopass,” the Kadabra said, pointing at him. “He’s obviously the strongest one here because he’s the biggest.”

“I am not sure it works like that-”

“Of course it does!”

Ingo couldn’t hold back his chuckle this time, earning a glare from the Kadabra. He turned to Probopass. “Would you like to try a battle?”

Probopass rocked side to side. “Uh… Sure?”

“Alright.” Ingo helped Machop down. “Gligar, come back here. Probopass is accepting the challenge.”

Gligar swooped back and landed on Ingo’s shoulder. “Actually, this might be fun to watch.”

Probopass nervously took Gligar’s spot. The Kadabra came back.

“Haha! Yes!” It pointed its spoon at Probopass. “Prepare to be defeated, mighty Probopass, by me, the mightier Kadabra!”

Ingo took his own pointing pose out of habit. He couldn’t help but notice the starry-eyed look on the Kadabra. “All aboard!”

Energy started to gather around the Kadabra’s spoon as it grabbed it with both hands. “Now you have to face my new, super powerful attack!”

It swung the spoon, an arc of purple energy coming from it. Psycho Cut if Ingo had to guess.

It hit Probopass. It clearly didn’t do much, his defences being too high. It didn’t even crit.

Fortunately for the Kadabra, Probopass was used to play fighting with Gligar and Machop. He fell to the ground.

“Oh, what a hit!” he cried, as he got back up.

The Kadabra perked up. “Wait, really?”

“Yes, an excellent attack!” Ingo chimed in. “Bravo!”

The Kadabra squinted at him, then looked back at Probopass. There was an unease in its stance now. “Okay. I guess this is the part you attack me now.”

“Spark, Probopass,” Ingo called. Probopass started the attack.

“Ah! Wait!” The Kadabra Teleported away. Probopass stopped the attack.

It was quiet.

Kadabra Teleported back. “Uh… You aren’t gonna attack?”

“You left,” Probopass said.

“I’m back now.”

“We don’t wish to battle if you don’t want to either,” Ingo said.

Kadabra curled up a little, voice steadily growing quieter as she said, “No, I do wanna battle. I just… I don’t like getting hit. It hurts.”

“It doesn’t hurt that much!” Gligar chirped. He swooped over near Kadabra. “Hit me! Rock Slide!”

“Maybe a different-” Probopass hit Gligar with a Rock Slide before Ingo could stop him. Kadabra Teleported a few feet away. “-move.”

Gligar scrambled out of the pile of rocks, a little dusty now. “Ow. But I’m fine!”

“Potion or berry?” Ingo sighed, already going through his bag.

“Berry please!”

Ingo tossed one over, Gligar catching it in the air. Kadabra eyed it.

“Would you like one too?” Ingo asked, passing one to Machop and Probopass.

Kadabra twisted her spoon around between her hands. “You’d give me one?”

Ingo took out one more berry and went over to her. He sat down and held it out to her. “I do not see why you should be left out. Here.”

She hesitated a moment, but took the berry and ate it quickly.

Gligar landed on Ingo’s head. “Does this mean we defeated you? Can we pass now?”

“I guess…” Kadabra sat on the ground with a huff. “I should probably just go back to my herd and tell them they were right.”

“Right about what?” Ingo asked.

“They said I shouldn’t try to be a battler,” she mumbled. “They said I’m weak and stuff. So I left. I wanted to prove them wrong, but I keep getting too scared to fight.”

“Correct me if I am wrong, but did you evolve recently?”

Kadabra nodded.

“Then I believe you just need some practice,” Ingo reassured. “Abras are not known for their fighting prowess. You just need to get used to actually being in battles.”

“And how am I supposed to do that?”

“Come with us!” Gligar chirped, jumping onto Kadabra’s head. She Teleported out from under him with a squeak, making Gligar land on the ground. “Oof.”

“Don’t do that to Pokemon you have just met, Gligar,” Ingo chuckled, scooping him up and putting him on his shoulder. “But that would not be a bad idea. I find great enjoyment in battling and would be more than happy to help teach you.”

“Boss is a great teacher,” Gligar added.

“Yeah! Even if he hasn’t taught me Ice Punch yet,” Machop chimed in.

“We are still figuring that one out,” Ingo admitted. “But I do remember saying that was a move for after you evolved.”

“Yeah…” Machop whined.

Kadabra looked between everyone. “You’ll really let me come with you?”

Ingo nodded despite the bit of pressure building behind his eyes. It vanished a moment later.

“Boss will help you get super good at battling,” Gligar said, “and then we can go to your herd and show them they’re wrong!”

“O-Okay then,” Kadabra decided with a nod. “I’ll come. But only if you tell me why you smell funny and your head is weird.”

“Well, the smell is from me not being entirely human. But I think that much is obvious from how we’ve been having a conversation this whole time,” Ingo said. He tilted his head. “But I don’t think I understand what you mean by my head being weird.”

Kadabra waved her spoon around. “I mean it’s weird. It’s kinda empty.”

Not much in its head. Not much at all.

“I arrived in this region a few month ago, suddenly and without any memories,” Ingo said, gripping his arm and trying to ignore those particular tracks. “That may be what you are sensing.”

Kadabra waved her spoon around some more with a hum. “That might be it.”

“If that is all,” Ingo said, standing back up, “then welcome to the team, Kadabra.”

With the expected cheering from Gligar and Machop, Ingo found that this was all familiar in some odd way. Maybe not this exactly, but the concept of travelling around the region and meeting new Pokemon to reach greater heights with.

Whatever the case, Gaeric would surely tease him for having a couple more Pokemon in tow than he did when he left. Sneasler would probably tease him for ending up with another hatchling.

But Ingo couldn’t help but feel like he was still two Pokemon short from a full team.

-----

They ended up getting the top of the hill by the evening. Kadabra had shown them a better path, one that didn’t include bothering those Paras, and got up to the flat area easily.

Ingo had set up camp while the Pokemon tried to teach Kadabra how to take a hit. It didn’t go well, as she continued to Teleport out of the way at the last second. He had to admit, she was really good at timing it. Maybe they could use that to their advantage in battle. Not all the time, since she would get tired, but maybe sometimes on stronger looking hits.

Dinner came and went is the chaotic blur Ingo loved to be a part of. Soon enough, Gligar and Machop were climbing into the tent, Probopass opting to stay outside as usual. Kadabra hovered by the door.

“Is everything okay?” Ingo asked. “You are allowed in if you wish.”

Kadabra looked around. “I’m going in. It’s just… I think there’s something here.”

“Probably just a curious Kricketot,” Ingo said. “I can take a look around before joining, if that would make you feel better.”

“You will?”

Ingo nodded. “Safety checks are of the utmost importance after all.”

“Okay. Thank you,” Kadabra hummed, then entered the tent.

Ingo straightened, gave Probopass a pat, then started a quick look around the area. He didn’t see anything nearby. There was a Ghastly in the distance, but it was far enough away that they wouldn’t need to worry about it.

But as Ingo got to the entrance of the tent, he felt it.

A power.

It was subtle, but it was there. It felt a little like Sneasler’s, distinct and lessened from the Nobles’.

Ingo looked around once more. Other than Probopass, now sleeping, there were no other Pokemon.

“Up here,” a Pokemon snorted.

Ingo moved to look up to the top of the large rock they camped under. Standing on the ridge, was a large white deer. The power came from it.

“Hello!” Ingo called up to it, trying not to wake his own Pokemon. “Are you the Ride Noble of this area? I am afraid I either do not remember what Pokemon you are or I have never seen one like you. My apologies for that.”

“What are you?” it asked.

“My name is Ingo and I am not entirely human.” He moved a little further from the tent to see the Pokemon better. “My passengers are asleep. Could you come down or would I be able to come up?”

The Pokemon jumped off the rock, landing in front of Ingo with a thud. “I am Wyrdeer, Ride Noble of the Obsidian Fieldlands and under the care of the Diamond Clan. What are you doing here?”

“We simply needed a place to stay the night,” Ingo said. He felt like something was pushing against him. “We will be gone by morning. Are you trying to do something to me? If so, can you please stop?”

The pressure ceased. “You’re an odd one. There should be more in your head than there is.”

“I am aware,” Ingo said, jaw tense. Pokemon needed to stop poking around in his head whenever they wanted. “I am missing my memories from before my arrival to Hisui.”

“More than that,” Wyrdeer huffed. “You are missing more than what should be possible. And you smell funny.”

“I am aware.” Ingo barely held back a growl. “I feel it everyday. May my team and I rest here or do we need to move?”

Wyrdeer huffed again, then walked off. “Stay. I was just curious about you. Enjoy your travels.”

Ingo shook his hands out, mumbling, “Damn Psychic-Types. And we’re the vague and cryptic ones?”

Deciding it was far too late to figure out where that thought had come from, and who else was included in ‘we’, Ingo returned to the tent and finally entered. Gligar and Machop were fast asleep, while Kadabra peeked out from under a blanket.

They really did need a bigger tent.

“Comfy under there?” Ingo asked with a chuckle, getting under his own blanket.

“Was there anything there?” she asked quietly.

“Just the Fieldlands’ Ride Noble looking to introduce himself,” Ingo reassured. “Nothing to worry about.”

“Oh, okay.” Kadabra nuzzled further into the blankets. “Goodnight.”

“Goodnight,” Ingo whispered with a pat.

He supposed he would have to get used to at least one Psychic-Type. But it was hard to get annoyed when she was curled up in a blanket as she was.

-----

Their next stop was Jubilife Village. Ingo wanted to see if there was any way he could get a larger tent and, truthfully, he didn’t want to run into Wyrdeer again so soon. Ingo didn’t particularly like his attitude he didn’t want to cause any more tension between the Clans than there already was.

Thankfully, the path to Jubilife was clear. The man on the small wooden bridge they had crossed even gave them directions. Soon enough, Ingo was passing by a small camp and following a trail to the village.

He didn’t miss the looks the men in red uniforms kept giving him and his team. Looks of distrust, bordering on fear.

When they were approaching a wooden gate, Ingo stopped outside of earshot of anyone and said, “Can everyone return to their seats please?”

Gligar and Machop immediately started protesting. Probopass hummed, “Why?”

“Warden Deri mentioned that the people here are more distrustful of Pokemon and I fear she may be correct,” he explained. “I think it would be better for everyone if you remained in your Pokeballs for our duration of our stay here.”

With a few more huffs from the younger ones, everyone went into their Pokeballs. Not having one, Kadabra remained in front of him. She looked nervous.

“As long as you stay with me, I am sure everything will be fine,” Ingo reassured. “We can have our own little adventure ourselves. How does that sound?”

“Okay, I guess,” she hummed and tucked herself under Ingo’s coat the best she could. Ingo couldn’t help but tense.

“Careful with my coat,” he growled more threateningly than he had meant to.

“I will be!” Kadabra squeaked.

Ingo cleared his throat. “Sorry about that. It is dear to me.”

“I know.”

“Psychic-Types,” Ingo chuckled, giving Kadabra a pet.

Ingo managed to get into Jubilife Village with minimal trouble. He was given a little grief about Kadabra, but after promising she would stay by his side, they were let in.

The village immediately scratched at something in the back of Ingo’s mind. Something about the buildings and people and business. He didn’t want to stay too long, but maybe if he could get the rest of his team out for a bit he could stay longer.

Ingo walked down the road, making a mental note to avoid the clothing store when the woman outside of it looked like she wanted to get her hands on his hat. He would have to make sure to visit the general shop here for some supplies. That is, if he could figure out how to get some money.

He also avoided the Ginkgo Guild wagon parked in front of the large brick building. Even if that Volo guy didn’t looked to be there, Ingo didn’t want to risk it.

At the end of the street was another building with some sort of yard in front of it. Even if he couldn’t see exactly what it was from here, Ingo couldn’t help but feel it was exciting.

“Pardon me, sir,” a voice called from behind Ingo. “Is this Kadabra yours?”

Ingo jolted and turned around. Sitting at one of the tables he had walked by sat a man in a white coat, different than his own, and a purple hat. Kadabra was at the end of it, poking her eyes over the edge and looking at the man’s food.

Dumbly, Ingo looked down. Kadabra wasn’t at his side anymore.

“Yes, sorry about that.” Ingo went over and crouched down next to Kadabra. “What are you doing?”

“Looks yummy,” she hummed. She sprung onto the table and pointed her spoon at the man. “You there! I want some of that!”

“Not so fast, passenger,” Ingo said, scooping her off the table. She Teleported out of his hands and to his side with a disappointed huff. “My apologies. I believe she may just be hungry.”

“Not a problem,” the other man chuckled. He held one of the balls of food out to her. “Would you like a mochi?”

Kadabra snatched it up, floating a little higher with a slow spin as she happily munched.

“Thank you for that. My name is Ingo, by the way. I am a member of the Pearl Clan,” he said, sticking out his hand once again. He really needed to stop doing that.

Before he could take it back, the other man took it in his and shook it.

“Pleased to meet you! I’m Professor Laventon,” he said with a bit of a nervous smile. Ingo just stared at their hands. “I didn’t think I’d meet someone who would offer a handshake here.”

“Is that why I keep doing that?”

Laventon let go. “Pardon?”

Ingo cleared his throat, face heating up as he readjusted his hat. “I, uh, keep sticking my hand out to others when I introduce myself instead of bowing. I was unsure why until now.”

“So the Pearl Clan doesn’t shake hands?” Laventon asked. Great, now Ingo was just confusing this guy.

“Absolutely not,” Ingo said. “They value space and only close friends and family can enter each other’s personal space. However, I am, what you may call, a new recruit. It is a long story. Do not worry about it.”

“I see,” Laventon hummed. “I am still curious why you didn’t know what a handshake was despite initiating one.”

“That is the memory loss,” Ingo said flatly. “Pardon me, but I would rather not get into that right now.”

To his credit, Laventon looked apologetic. “Of course, I didn’t mean to pry. What brings you to Jubilife Village?”

“We are travelling around Hisui and I thought I should visit here,” Ingo said, taking to change in topic. “What is that big building down the road?”

Laventon looked over. “That’s the Dojo. It’s part of the Training Grounds for the Security Corps. I’ve heard the Pokemon part of training has been a little touch and go, on account of most people still being a bit hesitant with the creatures.”

Ingo needed to go there now.

“I have been working on a Pokedex, a catalogue of this region’s Pokemon, in order to help dissuade this fear,” Laventon continued. “Of course, Pokemon need to be caught for that to happen and with Pokeballs being such a new invention, no one is all that good with them yet. Myself included. It has been slow going, but I hope it will happen one day.”

“Hold strong to your Ideal and it may yet become the Truth,” Ingo said, not really paying attention anymore.

“What-”

“Do they do Pokemon battles at the Dojo?”

“Um, yes, they do. But-”

Ingo was buzzing. “I would love to hear about your Pokedex sometime, but I need to be going. Come on, Kadabra!”

“Bye?” Laventon called as Ingo rushed down the rest of the road, Kadabra at his heels.

Chapter Text

Ingo arrived at the Training Grounds, excitement buzzing just under his skin. And probably a few sparks under his coat too, but those were out of sight.

The area sat on a small hill and was fenced off. Probably for the best. The building was probably nice, but Ingo was too focused on the ground in front of him. The lines and wooden markers formed a court that he felt he had seen dozens of times before.

A battlefield.

“Hey there, stranger!” someone called. Ingo jolted and looked up to see a tall woman in red standing in front of the building. “What brings you to the Training Grounds?”

Ingo rushed over, Kadabra hiding behind his back. “Hello! My name is Ingo and I heard you do Pokemon battles here. I understand I am not a member of the, uh… I believe it was the Security Corps? But I would like to know if it was possible to join a battle? I understand if not, I am sure you are very busy.”

The woman laughed loudly. “Slow down there!”

Ingo felt his face burn as he pulled his hat down. “My apologies. I am simply excited.”

“I can tell!” she laughed again. “I love it! It’s been a slow day today and I’d love to have a battle. Name’s Zisu, by the way, head of the Security Corps.”

“Bravo!” Ingo clapped. “It is a pleasure to meet you Zisu! I cannot remember the last time I had a proper battle not against a wild Pokemon, so you may have to walk me through it at the start.”

“I’m sure it wasn’t that long ago,” Zisu said, going to stand at one end of the field. “Go stand at the other end.”

Ingo did as he was told. “I have some memory loss. I legitimately cannot remember, but I feel as though I have done this before.”

“Sorry to hear that.” She took out a Pokeball with a grin. “Let’s hope this battle helps!”

Ingo shook his hands out quickly, hoping the few stray sparks weren't noticeable across the field. He looked back at Kadabra. “Would you like to start?”

She ducked lower. “No.”

“No worries.” Ingo grabbed Gligar’s Pokeball, his shaking the most. “Let me know if you want to join.”

“I thought the Clans didn’t like Pokeballs,” Zisu said.

“I’m a new comer,” Ingo said, not wanting to get into explanations now.

“Fair enough!” Zisu rolled her shoulder and clasped her hands in front of her chest, Pokeball between them. “Let’s battle!”

Letting muscle memory take over, Ingo turned and held Gligar’s Pokeball up as he looked over his collar. This was right. He’d done this before. He should say something.

Zisu threw out her Pokemon. A Murkrow appeared with an excited squawk, “Let’s go!”

The moment passed. the words weren’t quite coming anyway. Instead, he called out, “All aboard!”

He spun as he threw out Gligar, coat flaring out. He ended the motion with a point with his other hand on the brim of his hat. He took a breath. He could feel the static in his hair.

This was right.

“Oh shit? Let’s go!” Gligar chirped, flipping in the air. “An actual battle! Nice!”

“Hey,” Murkrow cawed, “why does your human smell funny?”

Ingo, already expecting Murkrow’s comment, would have to overlook Gligar’s swear this time. “Quick Attack, please!”

“Oh yeah.” Gligar rushed forwards. “I’ll tell you later!”

“You catch on quick!” Zisu said. “Try out Icy Wind, Murkrow!”

Ingo’s call for Gligar to dodge died in his throat, mind trying to run off but stalling on its tracks. Murkrows knew Icy Wind? That didn’t seem right. Or was it something else?

Gligar got hit with a cry. He didn’t faint, but he was already close to it.

“Sorry about that, Gligar,” Ingo said, shaking his head.

“Is everything okay over there?” Zisu asked.

“Yes, sorry. Memory stuff.” Ingo rubbed his face. “I didn’t think Murkrows knew Icy Wind.”

“They don’t normally,” Zisu said, pride in her voice. “I’ve been teaching him it! It’s good to see he’s finally gotten the hang of it.”

There was something there, teaching Pokemon moves they otherwise wouldn’t know. He’d have to think about it later. “I see. I will have to ask you about that after the battle. Aerial Ace!”

Gligar’s move hit, but Murkrow’s next Night Slash ended up making Gligar rush back to Ingo. Ingo gave him a scratch as he tucked himself under is collar.

“Probopass, all aboard!” Ingo called, throwing out the Pokemon. “Hit him with Rock Slide!”

“Aw, man,” Probopass grumbled, Mini-Noses spinning anxiously. “Please hit.”

Rock Slide, unfortunately, missed. The Mini-Noses spun a little faster.

“Night Slash, strong style!” Zisu called.

What?

Murkrow’s Night Slash started off slower than the one before. Maybe…

“Try another Rock Slide, Probopass,” Ingo said. “Quick!”

Probopass launched another attack, this one hitting, before Murkrow’s finished his. However, the Night Slash hit harder than Ingo had expected.

“What was that?” he yelled, unable to hold his volume back in his excitement.

“You don’t know about move styles?” Zisu asked.

“I do not!” Ingo laughed. “Tell me after the battle! I want to be surprised if you use more!”

“Okay!” Zisu laughed back.

“Spark!” Ingo called before Zisu could say anything else.

Probopass let loose a Spark, taking Murkrow down. He perked up a bit.

“I think I’m starting to see Gligar and Machop’s excitement with battles,” he rumbled.

“Bravo, Probopass!” Ingo couldn’t help but cheer as Zisu returned Murkrow. She released an Ambipom.

Ingo felt Kadabra lean against his back, a bit of a buzz of energy coming from her.

“Would you like in?” Ingo asked.

Kadabra hummed as she watched the battle for a moment. Probopass got hit by a Fire Punch.

“Yeah,” she settled on. “I wanna try.”

“Alright then, full steam ahead.” To Probopass, Ingo called, “Return to the station, Probopass! Kadabra, you’re up!”

Probopass zipped over to Ingo’s side as Kadabra Teleported to the field.

“Now you will face me!” Kadabra called, pointing at Ambipom. “The strongest member of our team!”

“Do you think she’ll actually take a hit this time?” Gligar asked.

“I think she can to it,” Probopass added.

“We will just have to see,” Ingo said quietly, blocking his mouth from Zisu by rubbing his chin. Louder he called, “Psycho Cut, Kadabra!”

Her first attempt didn’t work, not getting any energy behind her swing. She quickly recovered and sent an actual Psycho Cut at Ambipom.

“Rock Smash!” Zisu grimaced, saying under her breath, “Wait, shit, it’s the other way.”

Maybe this could be good for her.

Ingo saw the telltale energy of Teleport start up. “Kadabra!”

She looked back. He held his arms up, forearms in front of his face.

“Arms up! You got this!”

Kadabra looked back at Ambipom, the other Pokemon rushing towards her. She put her arms up like Ingo had and closed her eyes with a whine.

Ambipom hit her. She flinched backwards, shaking out her arms, but didn’t Teleport away. “Owwww!”

“Super bravo, Kadabra!” Ingo cheered loudly alongside Probopass and Gligar. “I knew you could do it! Bravo!”

“What are you cheering about?” Zisu laughed.

“Kadabra took a hit!” Ingo clapped. “She has been working on that and I am proud to see her achieve it!”

“Good for you, Kadabra! I guess my mix up was good for something!” Zisu said, returning Ambipom. “Let’s try out something else, huh? How about my newest recruit?”

“I’ll take on anything!” Kadabra said with a spin and what Ingo could only describe as a maniacal laugh. Good to see taking one hit wasn’t already going to her head.

Zisu released a new Pokemon. It was small, white and red fur like fog around it. Ingo’s breath caught.

There was a pop as Kadabra Teleported behind him. “Except ghosts.”

Ingo was shaking. He could only stare at the little Pokemon, a Zorua, something in the back of his mind told him.

They evolved into Zoroarks.

“What’s wrong with your head?” the Zorua yipped with a head tilt. “It’s empty.”

“Ingo?” Zisu’s voice was distant. “Are you okay?”

“I-” The words escaped him. His jaw was tense. “It’s-”

Kadabra whined. Probopass leaned against him. Gligar hissed. All Ingo could do was stare and shake, stuck somewhere between fear and anger. All he could hear was his heart pounding in his ears. His chest hurt.

The Zorua started to shift.

Ingo turned away, pulling his hat down. He didn’t want to see that face get stolen again. He didn’t want to lose control of the sparks he could already feel being directed to Gligar. Not here. Not now.

“Zorua! No!” Zisu called. He heard footsteps and a light tap on a snout. “Bad. I told you not to turn into people.”

“But he’s weird!” the Zorua protested. “I wanna see why.”

“Leave Boss alone!” Gligar hissed.

“You’re going back in your Pokeball for a bit, sorry.” There was a click and a flash. “I’m sorry about that, Ingo. I should have warned you about Zorua. I know they don’t have the best reputation, but I promise he’s sweetie.”

Finally able to catch his breath with the taste of sparks in his tongue, Ingo let himself sit down next to Probopass. Kadabra moved to his other side. He heard a Pokeball release. Machop was in his lap.

“No, I…” Ingo took one more breath, ignoring the others filling Machop in on what happened. “I had a run in with some Zoroarks a bit ago. They were not kind.”

“I’m sorry.” Zisu sat down, keeping her distance at Gligar’s low growl. “You’ve got quite the protective team there.”

“Yes, they are,” Ingo said quietly. “If only I had them then.”

“Ah.”

The silence was awkward, to say the least. Ingo wanted to say something, anything, to make it a little more bearable, but couldn’t get his words to work.

“Do you want to know about move styles?” Zisu asked, clearly thinking the same thing as Ingo.

He nodded. “Yes, please.”

He just wanted to think about literally anything else.

And the battle had otherwise been so nice.

-----

Zisu was a lot of fun to talk with once Ingo got over his reaction to her Zorua. She was good at teaching Pokemon moves, something Ingo felt like had a proper title that he couldn’t think of. He would have to ask her for some help teaching Machop Ice Punch if he needed it. After they evolved though. Ingo didn’t need them running around with that move yet.

Styles were another thing that greatly interested Ingo and something he was certain he hadn’t encountered before. Strong moves, like what Murkrow had done, hit hard but slow. Meanwhile agile moves were weaker, but hit fast. Ingo couldn’t help but be entranced with how they could change the tracks of a battle.

Ingo ended up saying bye to Zisu a little bit after, having run out of conversation topics. Not to mention Gligar and Machop starting to get antsy. He promised to return at some point. There was no way he was going to avoid Jubilife now that he knew there was at least one person here he could battle.

The rest of the Village was mainly just houses. There were also some fields near by the Training Grounds and some pastures on the other side, but Ingo didn’t want to go bother the farmers and if there were Pokemon in the pastures, they were hiding.

He ended up at a different gate than the one he entered. According to the guard at the entrance, there was a small beach and dock at the end of the path. With nothing better to do, Ingo decided to follow it down.

It was a short walk to the beach and the little hut near by it, but one Ingo didn’t mind. It was quiet here, peaceful in a way he hadn’t found much of between the groups of Pokemon in the Fieldlands.

He moved to the log under a tree, listening to the waves washing softly up onto the sand. A few Starly in the distance chirped together, trying to make a plan to get some food from the field in Jubilife. The smell of the sea filled the air.

And a Pichu on the shore trying to chase down the Pokemon that flew far above them.

“I’m not sure you can reach those quite yet, little one,” Ingo chuckled.

“That’s what I keep telling him.”

“Ah!” Ingo jumped away from the log next to him. There was a girl a few years older than Lian sitting there and laughing at him.

He cleared his throat. “My apologies, I didn’t see you there. I take it that is your Pichu?”

The girl nodded. “Yeah. He wanted to run around, but the people in Jubilife are kinda scared of him.”

“I understand,” Ingo hummed. “The people of the Pearl Clan were a little nervous of Gligar when he first coupled cars.”

“What?”

“When he joined the team.”

“Why’d you say it like that?” the girl snorted.

“I say a lot of things oddly,” Ingo sighed. “I am not originally from Hisui.”

The girl sighed too, looking out over the water. “Me neither.”

“I see.”

It was quite again, until Pichu ran over to them. He stopped at Ingo’s foot and lightly zapped it.

“Hey! Why do you smell funny?” he squeaked.

Ingo crouched down and offered a hand. “Hello there. Would you like some Pokemon to play with? If that is okay with you, miss?”

“That’s fine,” she said, “and my name’s Akari.”

“My name is Ingo.” He tipped his hat at her. “Pleasure to meet you.”

Akari giggled a little as Ingo let the rest of his Pokemon out of their balls. It didn’t take long for them all to start playing on the beach.

“May I sit here?” Ingo asked, sitting at the other side of the log at Akari’s nod.

After a couple minutes, Akari said, “I thought I heard the Diamond and Pearl Clans didn’t like Pokeballs.”

“Like I said, I am not from Hisui originally.” He took out Gligar’s and turned it in his hand. “Pokeballs are something I used in the past, so I would like to continue to use them when I can.”

“Does your Kadabra have one?”

“She does not.” Ingo wiped a smudge off the ball before returning it to his pocket. “She joined us after I was given some Pokeballs for the other three.”

“Do you know how to make them?” she asked, holding up an Apricorn.

Ingo felt his face brighten. “I must admit, I never really thought about where they came from. I suppose it only makes sense that they are handmade.”

Akari laughed. “Man, you’re weird.”

“I am aware,” Ingo laughed back.

“Here.” Akari gave him the apricorn and a Tumblestone. “I can show you how to make them. Do you have a knife?”

It took a while for Ingo to finally get the hang of making Pokeballs. Thankfully, he had picked up a few Tumblestones and Akari had plenty of Apricorns. But by the time the sun was beginning to set, he had gotten the hang of it and had a small pile to show for his efforts.

The Pokemon had tired themselves out during that time too. Pichu was sleeping against Akari’s leg while Ingo’s Pokemon were piled up behind him. Gligar had unsurprisingly taken his spot under his collar.

“You know, I’m not technically supposed to show anyone outside of the Village how to make these,” Akari said.

“Why did you show me then?” Ingo asked. “I do not want you getting in trouble on my account.”

Akari shrugged. “I won’t get in trouble if you don’t tell anyone. Besides, it’s a stupid rule. Sure, you can buy them, but I think it’s nice to be able to make the ball your Pokemon is in.”

Ingo finished the Pokeball he was working on and looked it over. It was a little lumpy and had a few scratches from where his knife had slipped, but it was something he had made with his own hands. It was something unique.

It was something that was his and his Pokemon’s alone.

“I get it.” Ingo started tidying up his things. “I should get going if I am to find a place to set up camp before it gets late. Thank you for the lesson, Miss Akari. Do you want the Pokeballs I made? I used your materials after all.”

Akari waved him off. “Keep them. It’s fine. I can always get more.”

“Very well.” Ingo tucked the balls into his bag and stood up. “Would you like me to conduct you back to Jubilife or will you be staying here longer?”

“I’m gonna watch the sunset.” Akari shimmied a little, getting comfortable. “I can get back on my own.”

“Very well.” Ingo gave her a little bow. “Have a good night, Miss Akari. I hope our tracks cross again.”

“Bye!”

Ingo set off back to the Fieldlands. At least there were more easily available spots to set up camp there than the Highlands.

Sure enough, by the time the tent was pitched and the fire lit, it was dark out. Machop and Kadabra were quick to fall asleep after dinner. Probopass had settled next to the tent while Gligar was on Ingo’s lap, half-asleep himself.

“I meant to see if I could get a bigger tent,” Ingo groaned. “Sorry, Probopass.”

“It’s fine,” Probopass hummed. “I like sleeping outside.”

“I know, but what if it rains?”

“I have a Pokeball now. I can spend the night in there.”

“I guess,” Ingo huffed. “I would still like to give you the option to stay inside with us. I will need to add that to the schedule tomorrow.”

Ingo laid on his back, looking up at the stars above. It was still a shock how many there were. Gaeric had made fun of him for being so surprised at the number when he had first seen the night sky in the Icelands. It didn’t stop him from enjoying them when he could.

He needed to figure out what to do next in their travels. Getting a bigger tent was a must. The only reason Kadabra fit was because the other two were small. Ingo wasn't certain when or if they wanted to evolve, but he wanted to make sure they would all fit if they did. Not to mention if he somehow ended up with more Pokemon on the team. Knowing him, that was a high possibility.

There were a few places he wanted to check out in the Fieldlands too. There was a lake on the map that looked interesting. There was also a marking for a small tunnel he wanted to check out. He also wanted to battle Zisu again, hopefully without the Zorua incident this time. Maybe there were some other people in Jubilife that would want to battle too.

Eventually he would make his way back up to visit Deri and Lian again before heading off to the Crimson Mirelands. He’d visit Calaba and Ursaluna there, but anything else he’d figure out once he got there.

Maybe he should see if he could get a notebook next time he was in Jubilife.

“Hey, Boss?” Gligar chirped with a yawn, bringing Ingo out of his head as he stuck his face over his. “Can I ask you something?”

“Of course,” Ingo rumbled.

“Can I have one of the Pokeballs you made?”

Ingo sat up. With a scratch and a small kiss to Gligar’s head, he said, “Of course you can. I was going to ask the team about that tomorrow when I asked Kadabra if she wanted a ball.”

He dug out Gligar’s current Pokeball and opened it as far as the hinge let it. He paused. “This might feel odd. Ready?”

Gligar braced himself. “Ready.”

With a bit of extra force, Ingo snapped the ball in half and tucked the pieces away as Gligar shook himself out. He took out one of the first Pokeballs he had made. it was covered in scratches and not quite sphere shaped. “Is this one good?”

Gligar didn’t answer, just tapped the ball and let himself be caught. Ingo huffed a laugh when Gligar popped back out and curled up under his collar.

“It’s perfect,” Gligar chirped quietly.

“Alright, bedtime.” Ingo put out what remained of the fire and entered the tent, patting Probopass as he passed.

Today was a good day.

Chapter Text

Ingo spent a couple weeks exploring the Fieldlands. It wasn’t as good as the Highlands, but he could admit that it was also nice here. More level and a bit warmer at the very least.

After not being able to find a larger tent between the shop and the Ginkgo Guild wagon, he had gathered the courage to ask Anthe at the clothing store to extend his tent. She immediately started asking about if Ingo wanted his coat and hat repaired or replaced too. Even if he had ended up being a little impolite with her, he managed to hold back his bulk of his anger until after they left the Village.

At least everyone could comfortably fit in the tent now.

Kadabra got a Pokeball. She was quick to figure out how to enter and leave herself with the help of the other three. Machop and Probopass also opted for Pokeballs Ingo had made. It, admittedly, made him tear up.

The tunnel was short, but nice all the same. They spend a couple days in the area, Ingo liking to simply sit in the cave for a while. There was something about it that felt right, in the shade, in the way the sounds echoed, even in the slight chill. It was a nice place to relax for a little bit.

The lake was interesting. The small island with a rock on it in the middle even more so. Kadabra had taken him there to investigate. Ingo had lasted all of fifteen seconds before asking to leave. Much like the temple atop the mountain, the area was not his.

He battled Zisu a few more times, winning as much as he lost. Each battle was more thrilling than the last. Each tried to dig up forgotten memories. Each brought a few more words to mind, words that brought him power.

She had even given him a rope holster like the one she wore to keep the team's Pokeballs at his hip. That felt right. That was where they belonged, safe at his side and under his coat.

But it was time to continue to the Mirelands now. The later half of Summer was underway and Ingo wanted to make it back to the Icelands before winter. He’d rather spend as little of it outside as possible.

Seeing as it was likely the easiest way to the Mirelands, Ingo returned to Deri to ask if she could summon Sneasler for him. He had wanted to visit her and Lian once more before leaving the Fieldlands. They had ended up staying the night at Deri’s insistence and Lian’s excitement.

Once morning came, Deri called for Sneasler and Ingo and the team were off.

There was something about travelling that Ingo was starting to find familiar. It felt especially strong when they ended up passing through a section of the Highlands Ingo was familiar with and ended up leading Sneasler to one of the caves he had enjoyed.

“I think I did something like this before,” he hummed once they were back on track to the Mirelands.

“Like what?” Sneasler huffed. “Watch your step.”

“Travel. Lead others on their tracks.” Ingo slid down the small cliff. “Conduct, I think is the word I am looking for.”

“Do you think maybe you were a guide in the past?” Sneasler gave a short yowl at Machop and Gligar, who were starting to veer off the path ahead of them. “Hey!”

They didn’t listen.

“Passengers! Back on track!” Ingo barked. The pair jumped and scrambled back onto the path.

Sneasler snickered. “And they say they aren’t your kits.”

“To be fair, they never said they weren’t my kits,” Ingo chuckled. “Just that they weren’t kits.”

“I guess so,” Sneasler hummed. “Where’s Probopass?”

“He is resting in his Pokeball,” Ingo said, running a thumb over it. “Kadabra is too. I don’t think she slept that well last night.”

Sneasler paused, bending down to sniff them. She wrinkled her nose and stood back up. “Seems kinda cramped.”

“I have been informed they are cozy,” Ingo said.

Starting to walk again, Sneasler huffed, “Well, as long as you don’t put me in one of those.”

“I was not planning on to,” Ingo reassured. “You have more important things to do than come along with us anyway.”

“I wouldn’t mind tagging along,” Sneasler hummed quietly. She probably didn’t think he had heard her.

“What was that?” Ingo asked. He couldn’t help his smirk.

Sneasler squinted at him, then batted at him lightly. “Knock it off!”

Ingo laughed, doing his best to fend off her claws without getting poisoned. Getting his hat knocked off ended their play fight.

He scooped it back up, lightly whacking her with it before putting it on. “I wouldn’t mind you coming along myself.”

“Yeah, well, like you said, I’ve got stuff to do in the Highlands,” Sneasler sighed. “But you mentioned a Kadabra? Did you pick up another kit?”

“Probopass is definitely older than the rest,” Ingo chuckled, “but I cannot deny that Kadabra is on the younger side. She has a lot of spunk, but is just starting to learn how to take a hit during battle. She’s only managed to take not very effective ones so far. I forgot you didn’t know about her yet. I will have to introduce you to her once she wakes.”

“Can’t wai-”

“Hey Boss!” Gligar interrupted. “Watch this!”

Gligar dug into the ground. With a wiggle and a flick of his tail, he launched a ball of mud towards them. It flew past them harmlessly as Sneasler leaned to the side.

Mud Bomb. They’d been working on the move recently, but Gligar hadn’t been able to get it. The ball always crumbled before he could launch it.

But this time, it had worked.

“Bravo, Gligar!” Ingo cheered with a clap. “Super bravo! That was an excellent Mud Bomb!”

Gligar swooped over with an excited screech. Ingo caught him with a spin before tossing him back towards Machop. The two ran ahead again.

“No wonder he calls you ‘Dad’,” Sneasler teased with a nudge.

Ingo hid his brightening face behind his hat. “He was quite young when we coupled cars, you know this. And while I do love the rest of my team, there is… something else about the bond Gligar and I share that isn’t there with the rest. It doesn’t make those bonds any less, just… different. You know?”

Sneasler huffed a small and fond laugh. “He’s your kit.”

Ahead, Gligar tried to launch himself into one of the higher up tree branches. He missed and fell back to the ground, landing on his face. It was muddy when he glared at Machop laughing at him.

Ingo chuckled, smile soft. “He’s my hatchling.”

-----

They reached the Mirelands as evening approached. Ingo’s first impression was that it looked like he would end up with mud in his shoes the whole time he was here, but he was willing to give the place a chance.

They had only just arrived when a large brown Pokemon came walking up to them, a similar power as Sneasler’s to it. Calaba was on its back.

“I was wondering what Ursaluna was smelling,” Calaba chucked a she slid down. “Welcome to the Crimson Mirelands, Ingo. It’s good to see you again. I hope you haven’t been getting lost in these vast spaces.”

“It is good to see you too, Warden Calaba,” Ingo said with a small bow. “No need to worry about us getting lost either, I have been given some maps for the major areas of Hisui and Sneasler here has been an excellent guide between them.”

“That is good to hear,” Calaba hummed. “You don’t pass through the Highlands to get to the Coastlands from here, but I’m sure Ursaluna will be happy to help once you set off.”

“Yeah,” Ursaluna snuffed.

The distant sound of a flute drifted across the air.

“I may have to take you up on that later,” Ingo said, “and I believe someone is looking for you, Sneasler. I look forward to seeing you again.”

“You’ll have to tell me about your adventures then,” Sneasler yipped, headbutting him lightly.

“One more scratch for the road?” Ingo chuckled, giving her a scratch before she walked off. “Bye, Sneasler!”

“See ya!”

“I assume you heard her call?” Calaba said, getting back onto Ursaluna.

“Yes, did you not?” Ingo asked. “Is that something I should be concerned about?”

“Don’t worry about it.” Calaba had a small smile. She nudged Ursaluna to turn around. “You and your group can come to my yurt for dinner. Feel free to set up your tent nearby as well.”

“Oh, thank you!”

“Least I can do.” Calaba and Ursaluna started walking off. “Now, get your little group there and let’s go.”

“All aboard!”

Ursaluna kept his pace slow enough for Ingo and his Pokemon to keep up with, which was especially nice since Ingo had three of them clinging to him by the time they reached Calaba’s site.

“It’s a wonder you’re able to keep track of them all,” Calaba said as Ingo readjusted his hold on Machop. The little Pokemon had long fallen asleep, only adding to their weight. “Not to mention carry them.”

“I am only really carrying Machop,” Ingo said. “Gligar has found a good spot on my shoulders to lay while Kadabra is holding on a floating. She is simply being pulled along. Probopass is older and takes care of himself for the most part. Although, I do not think I could carry him if I tried. I will carry a Mini-Nose on occasion if one is feeling clingy.”

“Still.” Calaba slid off Ursaluna and gave him a pat. “Not an easy feat. It’s something to be proud of.”

“Nonsense,” Ingo said, finding a good spot to set Machop down. “It’s only a few Pokemon.”

Calaba gave him a look, then huffed a laugh as she went towards her tent. “You really are something else.”

Before Ingo could ask what that meant, Machop woke up with a whine and clung onto him. He rubbed their head, softly saying, “Hey, it’s okay. Sorry for waking you. I just need to set up the tent and you can rest there, okay?”

Machop whined a little more, then vanished in a flash as they returned to their ball.

“Or you can rest there,” Ingo mumbled. He stood back up and turned to Calaba. “Is there anything I can do to help?”

“What was that?” she asked instead, brows furrowed. “Where did Machop go?”

Oh, he was going to get in trouble.

“Well, uh, they and Gligar did a lot of playing around on our way here and they wanted to continue resting their engine,” Ingo rambled. “When I put them down, I accidentally woke them up and they were upset about that.”

“And the flash?” Calaba asked shortly.

“Yes, that. Um…” There was no way out of this. “They returned to their Pokeball. I promise they like it in there. I wouldn’t use them if they didn’t.”

Calaba squinted at him. Ingo stood up a little straighter, clenching his hands behind his back. He wasn’t about to outright say he could understand Pokemon, but there was a chance she already knew it. Maybe that would help right now.

“I’ve seen those Galaxy Team people use them,” she said. “They catch Pokemon in them, limit their space. Why isn’t this the same?”

“Because I made sure my Pokemon knew how to release themselves,” Ingo quickly said. “Also, Machop returned completely of their own volition. I do not force my Pokemon to remain in them, I promise. Their Pokeballs are simply another space they can go to. I can prove it! Gligar, are you awake?”

Gligar picked his head up as Calaba continued to watch him. He felt a little like a kid about to be grounded, whatever that meant.

“Gligar, can you please show Warden Calaba that you can enter and exit your Pokeball whenever you like?” Ingo asked, taking out Gligar’s Pokeball.

“Yeah, sure,” Gligar squeaked with a yawn, then returned to his ball. He released himself a moment later, returning to Ingo’s shoulders quickly. “There.”

“I promise, I am not keeping them in their Pokeballs against their wills,” Ingo reiterated. “I wouldn’t even use them if they couldn’t leave on their own.”

“Fine,” Calaba huffed. “I trust you more than those Galaxy Team folks anyway. Go start the fire while I get some ingredients for dinner. You’re still welcome to pitch your tent here too.”

She entered her tent. Ingo released a breath he hadn’t realized he was holding. It was fine.

Despite the rocky start, dinner and setting up the tent went smoothly. Machop had even woken up once the food was ready. Even if they did immediately enter Ingo’s tent once they were done.

“Sleepy one, aren’t they?” Calaba chuckled.

“Not usually,” Ingo hummed, watching Gligar follow them in. “Maybe they overdid it today. I just hope they aren’t sick.”

“I can look them over in the morning,” Calaba offered. “I’m more of a human healer than a Pokemon one, but I can figure out some things.”

“Thank you, Warden Calaba.” Gligar flew out of the tent again and started talking with Probopass. Ingo would have to ask if that was important later. “Hopefully they are just tired today.”

“Maybe they’re growing.” Calaba poked the fire, added one more log. “I remember way back when Ursaluna was just a Teddiursa, he slept a lot before he evolved into a Ursaring.”

“That is true,” Ursaluna huffed. “They could be getting ready to evolve.”

“Really?” he mumbled.

He knew Machop was getting stronger, getting older. He also knew that Pokemon lines with three stages in their lines tended to have their first evolution early. Usually.

He had seen Machop growing. They were certainly heavier than when they had first met. Even if they weren’t, it was clear how much time had passed with how Gligar had gotten bigger.

Goodness, Gligar had grown so much.

“They’re growing up,” Ingo said gently. He wiped his eyes. “Sorry, I think that just hit me. That they are growing up. Gligar too.”

Calaba laughed softly. “You never get used to that. Every time I visit the Settlement, one of the children is taller than me or someone who I used to patch up as a kid has a baby of their own. It was the same with Ursaluna. I raised him alongside his mother, the previous Ride Noble. He used to fit in my basket.”

“Gligar used to fit under my scarf,” Ingo laughed.

“Sneasler fit in my basket when she was young too,” Calaba hummed. “She would bug for rides when she would visit with Koya and her father, the Ride Noble before her.”

“Koya?” Ingo asked. “Was he Sneasler’s warden?”

Calaba nodded with a sigh. “He was indeed. He was a dear friend of mine and Lady Irida’s grandfather as well. A lot of the Clan thought she was going to follow his footsteps and become Lady Sneasler’s warden after he passed. But I knew she wouldn’t. I could see it in her, the ability to lead and the care she has for her people. Koya saw it too. He was the one who nominated her for the role, even if he never told anyone else that.”

“I see.” Ingo poked at the fire a little, tossing in a couple of nearby twigs. “I may not be the best judge, having no real reference point, but I believe Lady Irida to be doing an excellent job of leader. I would also like to offer my condolences for Koya.”

“Thank you, but it’s okay,” Calaba said. “He passed a while ago now, peacefully in his sleep might I add. Which, frankly, was a bit of a shock considering his penchant for climbing. He was still doing it regularly when he was pushing 90.”

“I am glad he passed peacefully,” Ingo hummed, “but the climbing is quite impressive.”

Calaba laughed. “That would only encourage him.”

It wasn’t too much longer before Calaba ended up going to bed. Ingo stayed by the fire for a while, watching the flames dance as it grew darker. Kadabra came over and sat next to him.

“Why do you like the fire so much?” she asked. “You feel… calmer with it.”

“Are you poking around in my head again?” Ingo teased.

“No!” she huffed. “Your emotions are just always right at the surface. It’s hard to not feel them.”

“Huh. My apologies if that bothers you.”

“It doesn’t. It’s nice.” Kadabra leaned against him. “But what about the fire?”

Ingo shrugged. “It is warm. It reminds me of something.”

Kadabra hummed.

They sat quietly for a couple minutes before Ingo asked, “Do you know if something is wrong with Machop?”

“They’re thinking about something. I don’t know what though.” She got up, lightly nudged Ingo. “I don’t like picking through heads that aren’t mine.”

“I was just teasing,” Ingo chuckled, giving her quick scratch. “But I thank you for that.”

Kadabra shifted side to side. “I mean… I- I could try to look. In your head. For memories, I mean. If you want.”

Ingo looked back at the fire, took a breath. “Let me think about it.”

“I didn’t mean right now, just that it’s an option.” She floated away. “I’m going to sleep now. Goodnight, Boss.”

“Goodnight, Kadabra,” Ingo hummed.

Would that work? He was pretty sure his memories were still somewhere in his head. He could feel things try to surface on occasion, or would remember things before forgetting them again. Could Kadabra be able to find them and let him actually remember his past?

Could he finally have the Truth?

“So, you can understand Pokemon,” Ursaluna rumbled, interrupting Ingo’s thoughts. “Your Pokemon were telling me about it, but it was a little hard to believe.”

“Ah, yes, I can,” Ingo said with a small sitting bow. “I am uncertain if Warden Calaba knows about me being not entirely human and I don’t like bringing it up to other humans. Apologies for not properly addressing you prior, but it is good to finally meet you.”

“It is fine.” Ursaluna yawned and curled up. “Has anyone else told you that you feel strange? Almost like a Noble if I had to describe it.”

“Other Nobles have mentioned that,” Ingo sighed. “Lord Kleavor said that for the Nobles of this land it is because of Sinnoh. I do not believe that is the case for me.”

“You are right, it is something different for you,” he huffed. “Something far off and human. You would have to ask another Noble about it. Being a Ride Noble, I do not utilize it as much. The Lady of the Ridge is north of here. Just follow the river and you’ll eventually reach her arena. While she is under the care of the Diamond Clan, she may be able to tell you more.”

“Perhaps that will be our next stop,” Ingo said. With a groan, he stood and stretched. “I believe it is about time for me to return to my station. But may I ask you one more thing first?”

“You may.”

“Why did Warden Calaba ask if I could hear Sneasler’s call? Is that not a normal thing?”

Ursaluna shuffled a little bit. “I take it Sneasler hasn’t said anything about it?”

“She asked if I could hear it once, but never said if that meant anything,” Ingo said. “Is it something I should be worried about?”

“It is not something to worry about, but it is something Sneasler should explain herself,” Ursaluna huffed. “She is likely just being stubborn again.”

“I will keep that in mind,” Ingo said. He never could get the answers he wanted. “Have a good night, Ursaluna.”

“You as well.” Ursaluna sniffed. "Also, are you aware you smell funny?"

Ingo sighed, "Yes. Yes, I am aware of that."

The fire was put out before Ingo returned to his tent, patting Probopass as he passed him at the entrance.

The other three Pokemon were fast asleep. All curled around each other, it was easy to see how much Machop and Gligar had grown since he had met them.

Wasn’t that something?

With a soft chuckle, Ingo joined them in the pile of blankets. He quickly kicked them off, it being too humid for them to be comfortable.

Ingo really liked the warmth here, but the humidity was going to kill him.

But maybe it would bring a storm.

He hoped it did.

Chapter Text

Lady Lilligant was a lot more north than Ursaluna had made it sound. It ended up taking them a couple days to finally reach her. The Mirelands rivalled the Highlands in traversability, but what it lacked in cliffs it made up for in bogs.

Ingo did not like the bogs.

He did not like how the Pokemon there all seemed to want to throw mud at him. He did not like how his shoes had a perpetual layer of the gunk stuck to the soles. He did not like how sticky the heat was here.

It just felt mean. He was finally somewhere warm, and it wasn’t even enjoyable. How did Calaba live here?

Ingo had tied his coat around his waist about an hour into the trip north. However, it didn’t like staying there. It was also long enough to start dragging on the ground once it started to slip, but it was the best option he had right now. Even if he had to readjust it every few minutes and he had a couple of small, but thankfully easy to repair, rips by the end of the day.

But eventually come one afternoon, Ingo and his Pokemon were climbing up some stairs to Brava Arena, as Ingo’s map called it.

He reached the top of the stairs panting and fanning himself with his hat. No one was around.

“He- Hello?” Ingo called out, still trying to catch his breath. “Anyone here? Gligar, can you- you…”

“On it, Boss,” Gligar chirped before swooping off.

“Thank you.”

“There’s definitely a Pokemon around here,” Kadabra hummed. “I don’t sense any humans though.”

“Maybe that means her warden is away,” Ingo mumbled. He barely wanted to meet a Noble in this state, much less another human.

By the time Ingo put his hat back on and fixed his coat again, Gligar came rushing back to his shoulder.

“Found her!”

With a wave of power, a Pokemon danced across the ridge of the arena. She came to a stop in front of them. The flower on her head brought the name Lilligant to mind, but she looked very different than he was expecting.

“Who are you?” she asked, looking down at them. “And why do you smell funny?”

“Hello, there. My name is Ingo,” Ingo said with a bow. “I take it you are the Lady of the Ridge? Is your warden around?”

“I don’t know why some Pearl Clan member would want to see her, but she won’t be here again until this evening.” The Pokemon did a spin. “I can call for her. Can any of you tell your weird human that?”

“No need, I can understand you just fine,” Ingo said. She froze mid-spin. “You are the one I wished to speak with anyway. Also, may I ask if you are a Lilligant?”

Slowly, the Pokemon faced them again. She bent down and put her face into Ingo’s. “You really are a strange one.”

Ingo took a step back. “So I’ve been told.”

Gligar gave a low growl. The Noble finally stood upright again, humming, “Is that anyway to treat a Noble, little pest? First you wake me, now you growl. What company you keep… Ingo? Was that it?”

“Yes,” he said flatly. He was quickly starting to regret coming here. “Gligar is just protective and likes his space. Please do not take offence.”

With a huff and another spin, she said, “I guess I won’t this time. To answer your foolish question, I am, in fact, a Lilligant. Being stuck in the Icelands does you Pearl Clan people a disservice. Most of you never get to see plants as wonderful as mine. You should have recognized me.”

“In my defence, I am new to Hisui and have memory problems,” Ingo said, scratching Gligar in hopes to calm him down a little. “I believe Lilligants look different wherever I am from.”

“Worse probably,” Lady Lilligant said. “Is that all you wanted to talk about?”

“It was not,” Ingo said, holding back a huff. “I wanted to ask about the Blessing of Sinnoh all Nobles have. I have been informed I may have something that feels similar and I would like to know more if I could.”

Lady Lilligant just danced around some more. Gligar’s tail flicked restlessly as Machop grabbed Ingo’s coat.

“Lady Lilligant?” Ingo called over. “Can you help me?”

“You have a Blessing, but don’t even know from whom?” she hummed with a twirl. “Is that it?”

“Or something close to,” Ingo added.

Lady Lilligant came to a sudden stop right in front of the group. Pollen poofed off her, landing on everyone.

Probopass shook a little. Machop shook a lot as they wiped their face. Kadabra sneezed, Teleporting a few feet back and leaving a pile of pollen to fall to the ground where she was. Gligar fell with a hiss as he tried to get the pollen off himself.

Ingo just wiped his face, flicking the sweat and pollen off his hand, and took a slow breath. He just wanted to leave.

“Disgraceful,” Lady Lilligant said.

“Again, I have memory problems,” Ingo rumbled.

“Hardly an excuse,” she hummed, going back to dancing around the arena. “You aren’t from here and can’t even figure out how to leave. I am sure you have duties and you are neglecting them. You should return to your domain and leave Hisui to its Nobles.”

Ingo bit back a growl. This was a Noble, one not even of the Pearl Clan. He didn’t want to start anything after just being welcomed to the Clan not long ago.

He couldn’t help the few sparks that jumped off him or how his eyes flashed.

“That is the end station,” Ingo said, forcing his voice to be level. “Goodbye.”

Lady Lilligant just hummed and twirled around, completely ignoring their departure.

With a bit of help from Kadabra Teleporting them across the river, they found an area far enough away from Brava Arena and flat enough for them to set up camp.

“She fucking sucked,” Gligar chirped as Ingo tossed his bag to the ground.

“Language,” Ingo huffed, “but you are right. Also, please don’t let anyone else hear you say that. She is still a Noble.”

“It’s not like any other humans understand me,” Gligar grumbled.

“I don’t care,” Ingo snapped. He took a breath. “Sorry. The heat is getting to me.”

“I thought you liked heat?” Kadabra quietly chimed in.

Ingo started fanning himself with his hat again. “Not when it’s this sticky.”

“That makes sense,” Kadabra hummed. “Should we still make a fire?”

“Yes.” He dug his water out of his bag, hand shaking where he gripped the container. “Just a small one. It would make me feel better.”

“Okay.” She started floating away. “We can find some firewood if you want to stay here.”

Psychic-Types.

Gligar attached himself to Ingo’s shoulder. “I’m staying with you.”

“Gligar, I love you, but I need some space right now,” Ingo said, putting his hat back on and tossing his water on his bag.

“But-”

“Go with them. Please.”

Gligar huffed and swooped off. “Don’t do anything dumb.”

Ingo waited a couple minutes for his Pokemon to get far enough away. His hands shook with how hard he clenched them. There was a growl in his throat and static crackled in his ears.

His vision turned red.

The roar that exploded from Ingo scattered whatever Pokemon were in the area and likely hurt the closer ones a little. He wasn’t paying attention. All he could focus on was the anger that had finally boiled over.

He kicked a rock hard enough to hurt if it wasn’t for his shoes. It zipped into the nearby forest, electricity trailing from it, and hit a tree with a loud crack. A limb fell to the ground with a creak and a thud.

“FUCK!” Ingo roared. “Fuck this heat! Fuck this mud! Fuck this land!”

He went to kick another rock, only to step on his coat. He ripped it off and threw it onto his bag.

“Why the fuck am I here?” he continued. An arc of lightning jumped from him to the ground. “I am not supposed to be here!”

Another rock. Another crack. Another broken branch.

“I just want some answers!”

Another arc of lightning.

“I JUST WANT THE TRUTH!”

That’s what it all boiled down to. He was left with nothing but his Ideals. He would hold them tight, he knew he could, but Ideals without Truth wasn’t good. It left him unmoored and frustrated. With nothing to help support his Ideal, it was beginning to feel like it would run him into the ground.

Usually he could fight the feeling off. He’d spend some time with his Pokemon and feel better by the end of the day. But ever since they had entered the Mirelands, nothing was working. Every breath coated his lungs in mildew. The mud stuck to his shoes and his coat dragged on the ground. His clothes clung like a second skin. He couldn’t stop the frustration from building and building and building.

Lady Lilligant shoving everything he had forgotten in his face finally sent him over the edge.

He had just wanted some simple answers. He just wanted to know a little bit about himself.

He just wanted a name.

A name for the power in him. A name for the Pokemon he was. A name for his home station.

A name for the man who looked like him. A name for the flame wielding Pokemon.

He just wanted his family.

“Boss!”

Gligar collided into him with a loud crack. Ingo felt the rest of the electricity in him drain away.

“Gli- Gligar,” he got out, suddenly light-headed. He swayed, then fell to a sit. “Sorry, I- Sorry…”

Kadabra and Machop dropped their firewood in a pile and joined Ingo, pressing to either side of him.

“Felling better?” Kadabra hummed.

“A bit,” Ingo sighed. “Sorry if I scared any of you.”

“You were loud,” Machop said as Probopass came around Ingo’s back. “But, I would be upset too.”

“We’re here for you,” Probopass rumbled. “We’ll get you home one day.”

Ingo leaned back against him with a shaky sigh. “Thank you. I love you all. I-”

Everyone pressed in closer as Ingo’s voice broke, as his gasp turned into a sob, as the tears finally fell.

He had family here. Even if it was small and a bit eclectic, they were his family all the same.

-----

They stayed in that area for a couple days as Ingo tried to recover. It was slow going as the Mirelands continued to annoy and drain him.

Hopefully the Coastlands would be better than this.

The decision to cut their Mirelands visit short was unanimous. Maybe they would explore a little more on their way back through, but for now they were headed back to Calaba’s tent. Ingo wanted to say goodbye for now and ask for some directions to the Coastlands.

One night after a particularly annoying day of travel that ended with getting nailed by a Crogunk’s Mud Bomb, Ingo decided he couldn’t take it anymore.

“Kadabra,” he said, after dinner had wrapped up, “I am taking you up on your offer.”

It wasn’t a shock that Kadabra knew what he was talking about. She took a slow breath. “Okay. Meet me in the tent.”

Ingo put out the fire and did just that. The other three were already inside, Probopass having spent the last few night inside too, and getting ready for bed.

“What’s going on?” Machop yawn.

“I’m going to see if I can help find some of Boss’s memories,” Kadabra hummed. “Lay down.”

“You’re what?” Gligar chirped. “You can do that?”

“We are about to see.” Ingo laid down, watching as Kadabra floated into view above him.

“Is it safe?” Gligar asked.

Ingo wasn’t sure himself. He didn’t want to worry Gligar, but not saying anything probably wouldn’t help either.

“I’m mostly using Hypnosis,” Kadabra thankfully answered. She rolled her spoon between her hands. “If this doesn’t work, he’ll probably just fall asleep.”

Gligar huffed. “Fine.”

“Okay,” Kadabra hummed, holding her spoon to Ingo’s face. “Just follow the light.”

Her spoon lit up. An afterimage followed it as she moved it in circles.

As he traced the path, the effects were immediate.

He couldn’t feel his hands, his feet. The numbness travelled through his limbs, into his chest, up his face.

“Follow the light.”

His vision tunnelled. There was only the light.

Circling, circling, circling. Drawing him closer.

Follow the light.

Everything went dark.

He’s in the Fieldlands, team by his side. They’re trying to get up the hill they stand at the foot of.

A voice shouts in the distance. He looks over to see a Kadabra pointing at them with her spoon-

Follow the light.

He’s in the Highlands, at the top of the mountain, in a temple that isn’t his.

He doesn’t want to be here. He’s been asked to investigate the rift that hangs heavy above his head. He looks at it, scrambles back at the crack of lightning, at the sparks of gold-

Follow the light.

He’s in Gaeric’s tent. He’s sore and bruised and frozen to his core.

But Gaeric calls him a friend. He has a friend who knows he isn’t all human and accepts him just the same.

He looks up at his friend, at the small fire between them-

Follow the light.

He’s cold. That’s all there is. Cold and pain and blood.

Ice and snow and an emptiness in his chest.

The sun glitters off it all-

Follow the light.

He’s in a room. It’s moving. Something flickers rhythmically past the windows.

A man is next to him. A mirror in white. Someone trusted and dear to him.

The man looks over at him. He smiles warm and wide-

Follow the light.

He’s in a cave. There’s a chill and it’s full of ice, but for once he doesn’t mind. They are here for someone important after all.

It had been forcibly woken, made to fight. It had just wanted rest.

Its eyes close peacefully as the man he sits next to blows into hands cupped around its face. He makes a gentle flame-

Follow the light.

He’s on a bench. There’s a teen next to him, as he expects him to be. They’re waiting for someone in front of a building.

Their friend runs out the door. She’s covered in dirt, but her laugh rings loud with excitement.

She shoves a small piece of metal in their face. The sun reflects off-

Follow the light.

The trees tower over head. He lays on his stomach.

A small candle sits eye-level with him. She’s upset.

He offers a hand, some words of reassurance. Her little flame grows-

Follow the light.

There is conflict. There is always conflict. It has to stop.

They turn to their pair. On this Truth, on this Ideal, they can agree.

Their pair looks back, eyes hot and blue-

Follow the light.

Burning. Its burning. Burning and flames and sparks and ice.

It pulls away. It has to. Has to tear free. There is conflict down to its very soul.

And burning-

There was no light

“Boss! Boss, come on!”

Ingo took a sharp breath. He couldn’t help his roar of pain.

His right side was on fire. It was being torn away. He was being ripped apart, ripped to shreds, and there was nothing he could do.

“Boss, hold on!” Machop was on his chest, trying to hold him down. “Gligar’s getting Warden Calaba!”

Ingo kicked in a panic, roared again. There was nothing but pain, pain, pain. He was sparking and flailing. He wanted to stay together. He wanted to tear away.

“I’m sorry. I’m sorry. I’m sorry.” Kadabra was hiding in the corner, Probopass with her. Ingo just wanted the pain to stop.

“Dad!” Another weight joined Machop’s. Gligar nuzzled into Ingo’s neck. “I’m back. It’s gonna be okay.”

Ingo just whined loudly. There wasn’t much else he could do.

“Sinnoh above,” another voice said. “Alright. Bibarel, take over for Machop.”

The pressure was off his chest. He was still burning, still being ripped apart. He tried to claw at his right, claw off his right. He needed it to stop.

A mound of fur stopped him.

“Ingo, hey,” Bibarel chittered. “Take a breath.”

“Can’t,” he whined, trying to claw again. He was stopped with a warning nip. “It hurts. It burns.”

He was starting to tire. Ingo could feel it through the pain. His kicking has slowed. The sparks had gone down. He felt heavy. Soon all he would be able to do was lay there in pain and let himself be slowly torn apart.

“I’m trusting you not to choke on this,” the voice from before said, Calaba. It was Calaba.

His mouth filled with a berry paste. Ingo couldn’t tell what was in it, but it could be trusted if it was from Calaba. He somehow managed to swallow it without choking.

Everything felt calmer within a few seconds. His right arm still hurt, sore and spasming a little, but it didn’t burn anymore. It wasn’t being ripped off his body.

“Better?” Bibarel chittered.

“I’m still sore,” Ingo weakly rumbled back.

“Tell that to Calaba.”

He froze.

Shit.

“How are you feeling, Ingo?” Calaba asked.

“Um, better. My arm is still sore,” Ingo got out, voice rough. He didn’t look at her. He couldn’t. Not after all that. Not with how he finally noticed everything was red and he couldn't stop his eyes from glowing.

“Do you think you can sit up?” she asked.

“If Bibarel gets off me.” His voice was getting quieter with every word.

Bibarel got off him. Ingo sat up, holding Gligar close with his left arm. He couldn’t move his right yet.

Kadabra was still in the corner of the tent, whining softly and curled up.

Ingo made sure Gligar was hanging on around his neck, then opened his arm up. “Kadabra, come here.”

“No,” she whined, further hiding behind Probopass. “It’s my fault.”

“It’s okay,” Ingo reassured. Either Calaba already knew about him or she had figured it out. “I do not blame you for my derailment. I think there was a turn in the tracks that led us to a station neither of us were expecting. So, please, come here.”

Slowly, with her eyes glued to the floor, Kadabra floated over. Ingo hugged her close, pressed a soft kiss to the top of her head. She curled up a little more and tucked herself closer with a soft whine.

“Now,” Calaba spoke up again, “care to explain what happened?”

Ingo took a slow breath. He couldn’t look up from the floor either.

“You know I am not wholly human.” It wasn’t a question.

“Ever since you arrived,” she said. “I treated you after all.”

“Right.” He swallowed roughly. “Did you tell Lady Irida?”

“No.” Calaba said it with such certainty. “My patients’ business is their own. If you want her to know, that is up to you.”

Ingo curled up a little more around Kadabra. “Okay. Thank you.”

It was quiet, until Calaba asked again, a little softer this time, “What happened?”

“Kadabra wanted to help,” he mumbled. “She thought she would be able to realign a few memories on to their tracks. It was working a little, I think. I remembered a moving room, the man in white’s smile. Something large and hurting. There was a childhood friend and a small candle.”

Ingo’s next breath was shaky. His following words even more so.

“But there was more,” he got out. His arm started to burn again. “A Truth. An Ideal. Conflict, burning, sparks. Tearing. It hurt more than I can describe.”

Calaba moved to his right side. “May I enter your space and check over your arm?”

Ingo nodded. “I cannot move it.”

“That is alright, but I will need to touch your coat to get it off,” she said. “I know you’re protective of it. I will be gentle.”

“Okay,” he whispered. “Thank you.”

Slowly, Calaba worked Ingo’s arm free of his coat and rolled his shirt sleeve up to the elbow. Ingo closed his eyes tight. He didn’t want to see it, see the blisters and burns and rip­ping and-

“It looks alright to me,” Calaba said. “You could probably eat a bit more, but it’s uninjured.”

That made Ingo look over. Sure enough, it was fine. The red flickered away from his vision.

“Your eyes are back to normal,” Calaba said, gently putting his arm down. “Let me see.”

It was silent as Calaba did her check over of him. She was methodical in a way that showed her years of experience. She even made time to gently treat Machop with a Potion. Ingo would have to apologize for hurting them. At least his own pain had just about left, even if he still couldn’t move his arm.

“You don’t appear to have any injuries,” she said, moving to the entrance of the tent. “You said, Kadabra was poking around in your head? My guess is that she hit the memory of a previous injury and you were made to experience it again.”

“I’m sorry,” Kadabra whined.

“It’s okay,” Ingo said softly, petting her. To Calaba, he said, “I believe you may be right. It felt… old.”

Calaba just hummed as she began to pack up her things. She set a couple Lum berries aside. “These are for you. In case something like that happens again.”

“I am sorry I lied,” Ingo blurted, eyes starting to burn. “I did not want to. I promise. I was unsure what the Truth would lead to, so I clung to the Ideal of hiding it. An Ideal that is quickly becoming more difficult to hold to as the Truth continues to come out.”

“There is more to you than meets the eye,” she said simply, “but the same can be said about anyone. You’re just a little more electric than most. Whatever the case, you are as much a member of the Pearl Clan as any other.”

“Really?” He couldn’t get above a whisper.

Calaba nodded. “You have done nothing but help us since your arrival, even if it came from a sense of repayment. You are kind and resilient and strong. I am proud and happy to call you a Clan member.”

Tears finally fell. The rest of his Pokemon, as well as Bibarel, came in close as Ingo cried. Calaba left the tent, giving him some space.

He would be okay here in Hisui. He had people, a community, who wanted to help him. There were some who knew about him and still wanted him happy and safe. He had somewhere to call home.

And while it wasn’t his home station, it could still be a home nonetheless.

Chapter Text

It took a while for Ingo to finally calm down. His Pokemon had fallen asleep by then, Gligar having needed some coaxing to and refusing to leave his spot around Ingo’s neck. Bibarel had left the tent once she was sure Ingo was okay.

He could hear a small fire crackling outside, see it’s light through the crack of the flap of the door. Ursaluna’s breathing could be made out too, slow and steady huffs just outside. Calaba must still be here.

He should let her know he was feeling a little better now. He should thank her for her help.

The fire cracked loudly.

Ingo wanted something so badly right now and the fire was the closest thing he could think of.

He managed to extract himself from his Pokemon, even getting Gligar to curl up with Machop in his sleep. If Gligar woke up, he’d yell at him, but Ingo just wanted him to rest and a few minutes with Calaba.

The night air was cooler than Ingo thought it was going to be. Still sticky, but cooler. He sat down near the fire, enjoying its warmth as he always did. Calaba sat nearby, Bibarel at her side.

The stars were as numerous here as they were in the Fieldlands. That was nice at least.

“Gaeric told me the sky surprised you,” Calaba said softly. “That you didn’t think it would be so bright.”

Ingo huffed a laugh. “When did he mention that?”

“During the dinner after the spring Wardens’ meeting.” She moved something by the fire. Ingo looked over to see she was preparing some tea. “I came around to see how you were settling, but you were already asleep by then. And while at the table with the rest of the wardens at that.”

“Oh, well, uh…” Ingo stammered, face quickly heating up, “I just- There was something relaxing about the people and the noise. Warden Palina’s Growlithe was quite warm as well.”

“I’m just teasing you,” Calaba chuckled. “They were going to wake you, but I told them not to. You looked like you needed the rest.”

“Ah, well…” Ingo pressed his hands together. “I probably did. I was not sleeping well during that time.”

“How about now?”

“A lot better since I coupled cars with Gligar,” he said, “and everyone else really. I have found I like having others nearby.”

“That’s good to hear. You look better than you did then too. A bit more alive.” Calaba filled a cup and held it out to Ingo. “Tea?”

“No thank you, Warden Calaba,” Ingo sighed. “I can’t believe I am saying this, but it is too hot.”

Calaba huffed a laugh as she took her cup back. “Now that is a surprise. I thought you’d like it out here.”

“To tell the Truth, I hate it here,” he groaned, rubbing his face. “This is not a good heat. Heat shouldn’t be wet.”

“I suppose you do have a point there. Besides, the Mirelands are certainly not everyone’s favourite,” Calaba hummed. She took a sip of tea. “What kind of heat do you like?”

“The heat of the sun,” Ingo said, looking back up at the night sky. “The heat of a fire. The heat of being close to a loved one. Something soft. Something warm…”

Calaba hummed. “You say things sometimes that make you sounds like you’re my age. Are you sure you aren’t as old as everyone thinks you are?”

“No,” Ingo said with a laugh. “While I may not know my exact age, I am sure I am not that old.”

“I’m just teasing,” Calaba chuckled.

He couldn’t help his small smile. “I know.”

The air felt a bit lighter as they let a silence fall between them. When Ingo leaned over to add a little bit more wood to the fire, Calaba asked, “How’s the arm?”

He sat back again, flexing his right hand a little. “Still a bit stiff, but it no longer hurts. I can move it again at least.”

“That’s good. That’s good,” Calaba hummed.

“Sorry for disturbing you tonight,” Ingo sighed. “I am sure coming to fix my mistake was not on your schedule for the night.”

“It wasn’t.” Calaba took a sip of tea. “But that’s the job of a warden. Especially that of a Ride Noble. You need to be ready to help those lost in the space you take care of.”

“I was hardly lost,” he mumbled. “Just made a dumb track change.”

“Don’t give me that,” she said shortly. “You are a part of the Clan as well. I can always make time to help a fellow Pearl Clan member. Besides, with how panicked Gligar was, I couldn’t possibly ignore him.”

“Oh.” Ingo took a breath. “I’ll have to apologize for scaring him. I’ll have to apologize to all of them. It was stupid for me to have Kadabra try that.”

“They won’t blame you,” Bibarel chirped. “They know how much your situation bothers you. They love you. Gligar even calls you ‘Dad’.”

Ingo huffed a laugh. “He does indeed.”

“Who does what?” Calaba asked.

“Bibarel was just giving me some reassurance,” Ingo explained, “and said that Gligar calls me ‘Dad’. But he tends to get embarrassed about calling me that, so he usually calls me ‘Boss’. That particular moniker has caught on with the rest of the team too.”

Calaba chucked. “Interesting. And I must say, Gligar calling you ‘Dad’ doesn’t surprise me. It’s obvious even to me how much that little Pokemon cares for you.”

“I care for him too,” Ingo said softly, with a small smile. “He’s my hatch- er, my boy.”

They fell quiet again, Ingo’s face burning a little bit as Calaba’s chuckle. Only the sounds of the fire and the occasional distant Pokemon filled the air between them. Which Ingo would take since calling Gligar his ‘hatchling’ to another human was a little embarrassing. It wasn’t exactly the most human term for what he meant.

Eventually, once Ingo had gotten over himself, Calaba broke the silence. “How long are you planning on staying in the Mirelands?”

“We are planning on heading out actually,” Ingo sighed. “We were making our way to you for some directions.”

“I see.” Calaba finished off her tea and began packing up. “I wouldn’t blame you for leaving so soon, but maybe give the east part of the Mirelands a try. It’s still a bit muggy over there, but there’s less mud.”

Ingo hummed. “Maybe we’ll try that. I think it may be the mud that has been the tipping point for the most part.”

A few minutes later, Calaba was packed up again and waking Ursaluna. She climbed up onto his back, Bibarel slipping behind her back for some extra support.

“Thank you again, Warden Calaba. If we don’t decide to visit the east, we will likely be by sometime tomorrow for those directions,” Ingo said, standing next to Ursaluna. He gave him and Bibarel a quick scratch. “Thank you to you two as well.”

“You’re very welcome,” Calaba said. “Make sure you get some rest tonight.”

“I will.”

With that, the trio left. Ingo stayed by the fire for a little longer before putting it out and returning to his tent.

Thankfully no one had woken up. They were probably all exhausted from their evening. He was too if he was being honest.

Ingo was quick to curl up with them and quicker to fall asleep.

-----

They ended up deciding to try the east of the Mirelands at Calaba’s suggestion. Worst case, they could go back to their original plan. But one more day in the Mirelands wasn’t going to hurt them.

Once they got there, Ingo had to admit, it was a bit nicer than the rest.

It was mostly trees here. Not enough to make a forest like the one they had gone through in the Fieldlands, but enough to provide some shade from the sun. It made the mugginess more bearable.

The Pokemon here were a little bit nicer too. Other than the few alphas, most of the Pokemon were either shy or curious of them. As long as they remained away from a couple spots, they could do whatever they wanted.

And just as Calaba said, there was much less mud.

They all decided that staying for a little bit longer was a good idea.

Ingo was glad for it. He knew that his travels probably weren’t going to all be as perfect as the Highlands, but it was nice that he didn’t outright hate the Mirelands anymore. He did want to visit Calaba more, maybe see if he could help her out with something. Despite everyone telling him he didn’t have to help as much as he did, he liked it.

The Pokemon were enjoying themselves too. Machop and Gligar were bouncing off each other as they always did. Machop tended to crash at the end of the day, but Ingo couldn’t blame them. A growing Pokemon needed their rest.

Probopass was actually getting more involved in battles too, something Ingo was downright thrilled about. He still tended to sit out of most of them, but he was more willing to join a battle. If he could beat Gligar or Machop to them that was.

Even Kadabra was getting better at taking hits. She still Teleported and hid behind Ingo if it was something that she was scared of, usually the Ghosts that came out at night or if certain Bugs came too close, but she was taking more than she ran from now. Unless it was super effective moves.

All in all, they were having a surprisingly good time in the Mirelands now.

Today was also a shockingly nice day. Ingo could see dark clouds in the distance, but they probably wouldn’t reach them for a while. He could only hope that they would reach them.

He wanted a storm.

He didn’t know why, but he was getting used to that feeling. It was getting easier to just go along with those urges when he could. Even if they didn’t usually lead to new memories, they helped him feel a little more like himself.

Like laying on a rock in the sun. That was always nice. And Probopass made for a good makeshift rock when he couldn’t find a flat one. He liked the sun too, so it was a win-win in Ingo’s books.

So naturally, it was when Ingo and Probopass were enjoying the sun, the other three off doing something in the distance, that Ingo felt something lightly tap his foot. Probably a Mini-Nose. He blinked his eyes open with a hum.

At his feet was a tiny Tangela. It looked at him, then waddled in a circle.

“Hi!” it said. “What are you two?”

“Uh, Hello,” Ingo said, trying to get his brain to catch up as he sat more upright. “I am Ingo and this is Probopass. Are you lost?”

The Tangela looked around. “Yeah! Why do you smell funny?”

“I am part Pokemon,” Ingo said. It was becoming habit at this point. “Would you like some help finding your way home?”

“Nope! I’m ’sploring!”

“Oh, well, we are too,” Ingo said. He glanced at Probopass, who tilted a little. “Would you like to come along with us for today?”

“Okay!” The Tangela waddled in front of Probopass. It wiggled some vines at him. “Uppies?”

Ingo couldn’t help his laugh as Probopass helped the Tangela climb onto his head. He stood up and gave Tangela a pat. “You’re just a little one, aren’t you?”

“I am!” The Tangela wrapped its vines around Ingo’s hand. “I’m the smallest of the propagations.”

“Is that so?” Ingo didn’t want to assume the worst, but the Tangela didn’t seem old enough to be on its own yet. Then again, what did he know about Grass-Types? “Why are you out here all alone then?”

“’Sploring!”

“Right,” Ingo chuckled, tugging his hand a little. “May I have my hand back?”

The Tangela shifted a little, then quietly asked, “Can I keep it for a little bit?”

He sighed, small smile on his face. “Well then, I suppose I am stuck here. Anywhere in particular you want to go?”

“Uhhh… I don’t know. I’ve never been asked that.” The Tangela looked around, eventually landing on where the other Pokemon were playing. “Can we go that way? I don’t know what those guys are!”

“You are in luck,” Ingo said, leading the group to them. “Those are our companions. The yellow one is Kadabra, the purple one is Gligar, and the one who keeps throwing him is Machop.”

“Okay!”

When they reached the group, Ingo’s hand was freed so the Tangela could wave at the other three. They all rushed over.

“Hi!” the Tangela said. “I’m ’sploring with you today! I’m a Tangela!”

Kadabra and Machop immediately started investigating the Tangela. The prior tapping it with her spoon, earning a giggle, and the later riding a Mini-Nose up to be level with it. Tangela gasped, then tried to attach itself to another Mini-Nose. Gligar clung to Ingo’s shoulder, a low growl in his throat.

“Hey, Gligar,” Ingo said softly, turning a bit away from the group, “it’s okay.”

Gligar just shifted to glare at the Tangela from over Ingo’s other shoulder. It didn’t notice.

Ingo ran a hand down Gligar’s head, hoping to relax him a bit. “The Tangela said it was lost. While it does not want to go home yet, I am sure it will by the end of the day. It looks young.”

The growl lessened as Gligar looked at Ingo. “It’s lost?”

Ingo nodded.

“So, uh,” Gligar stammered, “we should help it, right?”

“We will,” Ingo assured him. “It just wants to explore first, then we will help it get home. Alright? And like I said, it looks quite young. I highly doubt it will do anything to harm us.”

Gligar looked at the Tangela again, who was hanging off a Mini-Nose now. He huffed and went back to his normal spot on Ingo’s shoulder. “Fine.”

Ingo gave him one more scratch behind the ears. “Thank you.”

“Hey! I wanna try that!” the Tangela cried reaching over to Ingo. It’s vines barely touched Ingo’s arm before Gligar hissed. Ingo couldn’t help his own low growl as he jerked away.

“Don’t touch!” Gligar hissed.

The Tangela looked at the ground, pulling its vines closer. Ingo cleared his throat and gave her a pat.

“Sorry, little one,” he said softly. “Gligar is protective of his spot and I do not like anyone I have just met touching my coat. But I forgive you this time because you did not know.”

The Tangela dropped from the Mini-Nose and started waddling off. “No… It’s fine. I can go…”

Ingo really didn’t want to assume the worst, but it was getting harder not to.

“You do not need to depart,” he said, moving around to its front. “It was just a simple mistake.”

It looked up at him with wide eyes. “Really?”

Ingo crouched down. “Like I said, you didn’t know. You may stay with us. We are all ‘’sploring’ as you say.”

A couple of vines covered the Tangela’s face for a second, before it removed them and said, “Okay! I can still ride on Probopass though, right? I’ve never gotten uppies for that long before!”

“You will have to ask him,” Ingo chuckled.

A Mini-Nose landed next to the Tangela. Probopass rumbled, “All aboard.”

With a small giggle, the Tangela grabbed on again and was lifted away.

Their exploring went as well as it could have, even if they did get chased off by some Paras again. Ingo still couldn’t figure out why they were always so hostile.

Gligar was still hesitant of the Tangela, growling at it anytime it wandered too close to Ingo for his liking. Thankfully, the rest of the Pokemon seemed to like her. Or they also noticed how small she was too.

As Ingo expected, it only took another hour or so before the Tangela started asking if they could help it get home. He was quick to agree, even if they did end up back where all the mud was.

“I think it’s over there?” the Tangela said from above them. Kadabra was carrying them and floating high enough to see further out. “It’s a little hard to tell now. I was flying really fast when I came over here last time.”

Ingo paused in his tracks. “Flying?”

“Yeah,” the Tangela hummed as Kadabra lowered them. “In the air.”

“Why were you in the air?” Ingo asked.

It just whined and looked away.

It was extremely hard not to assume the worst now.

He gave the Tangela a little pat. “It is okay. You do not have to say. But I bet this mode of transit is much better.”

It wiggled a little. “It is.”

A little while later, and after they had trudged past a huge mud pit, Ingo spotted a giant Tangrowth a little bit away. It thankfully didn’t see them when it turned, revealing it was, in fact, an alpha.

“That’s my parent!” the Tangela chimed, wiggling free of Kadabra’s hold. It started rolling off. “Come on, Ingoboss! You should meet them!”

“Are you sure that is a good idea?” Ingo called after it. “And my name is just Ingo.”

The Tangela stopped and looked back at him. “Yeah! You’re so cool and they’re gonna think that too!”

Ingo sighed. “Okay, I am right behind you.”

“Yay!” The Tangela rolled off again.

“Everyone to their seats for this,” Ingo said as he started walking. “I do not want to frighten the Tangrowth. If something happens, I will call on you for help.”

Kadabra and Probopass returned to their balls with little issue. Machop needed a quick hug and a promise to be careful before returning to theirs. Gligar refused.

“I’ll stay right here,” he bartered. “I won’t move at all.”

“That is fine,” Ingo said. “Your Aerial Ace will be a good distraction if we need it. But please, be quiet and don’t move unless something happens.”

“Okay.”

They reached the Tangrowth soon after. The Tangela ran up to it, shouting, “Hi! I’m back!”

“Why?”

The Tangela stopped in its tracks, wilting a little. “’cause… ’cause I… I dunno… Wanted to come home… Show you this cool Justingo I found…”

“You found a freak, is what you did,” it rumbled, “and I already told you, this is no home of yours.”

So it was the worst.

“Excuse me?” Ingo cut in, a low growl starting to build.

He was ignored.

“Take that freak and leave,” the Tangrowth rumbled, “or do you need me to throw you out again?”

“No… I don’t like the throwing…” the Tangela mumbled, shuffling back to Ingo’s feet. “I can go. If I find something cool, can I come back?”

“No.”

Alright, that was it.

Ingo grabbed Tangela, earning a squeak from her, and shoved her under his coat. No matter what happened right now, she would be safe there.

Surprisingly, it was Gligar that snarled at the Tangrowth first, “What the fuck is wrong with you?”

“Nothing?” the Tangrowth huffed. “That is the pruned. It isn’t worth the energy when the other propagations will thrive better.”

“She’s still a living creature,” Ingo hissed. “She still deserves a family.”

The Tangrowth lumbered closer. It towered over Ingo, red eyes glowing down at him. “And why should I listen to some freak like you?”

Ingo lit his own eyes up and snarled back, “Because I protect my own.”

An energy began to swirl around the Tangrowth. Ingo should probably get out of here before he got hurt.

Instead, he covered what he hoped were Tangela’s ears and rumbled, “Gligar, cover your ears.”

He saw Gligar’s ears pin down from the corner of his eye. The Tangrowth’s energy continued to grow, unmistakably the beginnings of Hyper Beam.

The growl in Ingo’s chest grew louder and louder. It travelled up his throat until it couldn’t be held back anymore.

Ingo roared loud. The Hyper Beam went off course as the Tangrowth stumbled.

“I protect my own,” Ingo hissed again despite his sore throat.

The Tangrowth shook itself out, then rumbled, “Very well. If you want that drain, the take it. It’s your problem now.”

“She is not a problem,” Ingo hissed once more, then stormed off.

They found somewhere not too far off from Calaba’s tent to set up for the night, seeing they still needed to ask for some directions to the Coastlands and it was starting to get late anyway. Ingo also didn’t think introducing someone new to Tangela after that was a good idea. She was still clinging to him under his coat after all.

The other Pokemon were released once they got there, Probopass and Kadabra setting off to find some firewood once Ingo told everyone that Tangela was staying with them. Machop and Gligar hung around Tangela once he got her off his side so he could set up the tent. She was still clearly upset, but looked to be doing a bit better with them.

Soon, the tent was set up, the fire started, and dinner made. Tangela sat next to Ingo, vines shifting around the whole time. Gligar was on her other side as he kept trying to comfort her. At least he seemed to like her now.

It as only after dinner was finished that Tangela finally spoke up.

“You don’t hafta look after me,” she mumbled. “I can… probably figure it out on my own.”

“If you Truly wish to depart, then I will not stop you,” Ingo sighed. He gently picked Tangela up and placed her on his lap, facing him. “But you are more than welcome to stay with us.”

Tangela looked down and wiggled a little. “I dunno… I’m not much help. That’s why my vegetation didn’t like me. And they said I was annoying.”

Gligar climbed up to Ingo’s shoulder. “That doesn’t matter! When I first met Boss, I wasn’t that strong and now I know Mud Bomb! If anyone’s mean to you, I’ll get them with that! And Machop’s super annoying, but we aren’t gonna toss them out.”

Across their campsite, Machop gasped. “Hey! I’m not annoying! You’re annoying!”

Ingo couldn’t help his chuckle as Tangela looked up at him with wide eyes. “Really? I thought you didn’t like me.”

Gligar’s tail flicked as he tucked his head under Ingo’s collar. “Well, I- Uh… It was just- Um… That Tangrowth was mean and uh…”

“I think he just needed some time to warm up to you,” Ingo said, scratching under Gligar’s chin. “He can be quite protective.”

“We protect our own,” Gligar mumbled. “That’s what you taught me.”

Ingo chuckled. “I suppose I did.”

“So… I can stay?” Tangela asked quietly.

“Of course you can,” Ingo said softly.

Tangela whined and pressed herself into Ingo’s stomach, vines wrapping around him. He hugged her back, Gligar landing on her too.

It took a little bit for Tangela to get everything out of her system. Ingo wouldn’t have been surprised if there was more she was upset about than just getting kicked out of her vegetation.

It would likely take her some time to work through everything, especially with her being so young, but at least she had a proper team now, a proper family. They would help her through it.

Eventually, the fire started to die down and Tangela had fallen asleep in Ingo’s lap. Careful not to wake her up, he got Gligar off her and stood. Probopass helped put out the fire, then everyone went to bed.

Ingo didn’t fall asleep right away, wanting to make sure Tangela was properly asleep first. She was on his chest where Gligar normally slept. Gligar had instead taken up residence tucked under his arm and against his side. Machop had their back pressed to Ingo’s other side, while Kadabra hovered just above the ground at his feet. Probopass had come in tonight, claiming it looked like rain, and was sitting in the corner near her.

Their breathing filled the tent. Ingo felt more at home than he ever had before.

He was also suddenly aware of the fact he had gained more Pokemon than he thought he thought he was going to during this trip. He didn’t think he was going to get any.

How did he end up with three more?

The Clan was going to kill him.

Ingo groaned.

Gaeric was going to make so much fun of him.

Yet he wouldn’t trade any of them for the world.

Gaeric was still going to tease him for it though.

Chapter Text

With little else to do in the Mirelands, Ingo and the team were finally on track to travel to the Coastlands. They just needed some directions and they would be on their way.

Ingo had explained Pokeballs to Tangela, the other’s helping to demonstrate them, to see if she wanted one. She immediately accepted the moment he took out the ball and was clearly having a lot of fun entering and exiting as they made their way to Calaba’s.

They finally found her about mid-day, resting at the table outside her tent with Bibarel despite not being there the first time they looked. Tangela ran over as soon as she saw her.

“Hi! I’m Tangela! What are you?” she cried, tumbling to a stop at Calaba’s feet. Calaba looked a little worried, until she spotted Ingo and the rest of the team.

“I take it this little one is with you?” she chuckled, helping Tangela back to her feet.

“Ah, yes she is.” Ingo caught up and crouched next to Tangela. “This is Warden Calaba. I told you we were looking for her. Also, the word you should be using ‘who’ instead of ‘what’.”

Tangela blinked at him. “But you’re an Ingoboss and she’s a Warencababa.”

“Warden Calaba,” Ingo repeated slower.

“Warencababa.” Tangela repeated.

“Warden Calaba,” Bibarel chirped.

“Oh! Warden Calaba!” Tangela spun back to Ingo. “Why didn’t you just say that?”

Ingo sighed. “Apologies, Warden Calaba. She is quite young and still learning… everything, I suppose. And I am just remembering you would not have understood a word of what she said. I have not had much human interaction during my travels.”

“It’s alright,” Calaba laughed, giving Tangela a pat. “Besides, I’m used to little ones. How has Ingo been treating you?”

“He’s cool!” Tangela warbled. “Look what I can do!”

She returned to her Pokeball. Calaba shot him a look as Tangela released herself again.

“He’s got you in one of those too, I see,” she said flatly.

“But as you can see, she can enter and exit as she wishes,” Ingo quickly cut in. “She’s been doing it all morning. She thinks it’s a game.”

Calaba huffed, but thankfully put that topic aside as Machop came running over for pets. “Was there a reason for this visit or did you just wish to check in? I am happy to make some tea.”

“Ah yes, there is a reason.” Ingo dug out his map and spread it across the table. “We have decided to continue our journey to the Cobalt Coastlands. However, this map is not particularly good at showing us how to get there. I was hoping you could provide some extra directions.”

Calaba looked over the map with a hum. “You’re right, this is not the best map for getting to the Coastlands. It won’t do you much good out there either. Who gave you this?”

“Elder Sakuma, I believe.”

“I’m going to have to give her a piece of my mind next time I see her.”

Ingo jolted. “Oh really, there is no need for that!”

“She knows you aren’t from here, not to mention the memory loss.” Calaba folded up the map and returned. “She should have found a better one or given you a separate one for the Coastlands. You will have to ask if Palina has an extra one once you get there.”

Ingo tucked his map away. “I will keep that in mind. But how am I getting over there?”

“Ursaluna can take you there.” She pulled out her flute. “He wandered off a bit ago, but I wouldn’t be shocked if he’s just napping somewhere.”

Before Ingo could say anything else, Calaba played a tune on her flute. It sounded similar to the one he kept hearing to call Sneasler, but a few notes were different.

There was also something off about it.

“Alright, he should be on his way.” Calaba looked at him, brow furrowed slightly. “Is everything okay?”

Ingo pulled himself out of his staring. “Yes, sorry. That was just a different tune than Sneasler’s, which makes sense now that I am saying it aloud.”

“It was a bit flat,” Calaba hummed, “is that it?”

“Yes, I would say that. Not that your playing was bad!” Ingo immediately corrected.

“Don’t worry, I thought you would think that,” Calaba laughed. “But I think you and Sneasler need to have a talk.”

“About what?” Ingo asked.

“You probably know better than I that Pokemon are smarter than some give them credit for,” Calaba said. “I’m sure she already knows, but is just being stubborn. I would tell you myself, but since you can understand Pokemon, I think it would be better for her to tell you instead. I wouldn’t want to overstep.”

“Okay?”

“You there!” Kadabra cried, zipping past the corner of Ingo’s eye. “I’m super strong now and you’re going to battle me!”

Ingo turned to see Kadabra pointing her spoon at Ursaluna, who must have just arrived. He got up and went over with a huff of a laugh. “Kadabra, you cannot battle Ursaluna.”

“Why noooot?” she whined, drooping a little.

“Because he is a Ride Noble.” Ingo scratched under her chin. “You are getting quite strong, but Nobles are above alphas. I do not want you getting hurt.”

“Fiiiine,” she huffed. “Can I battle a normal Ursaluna if we see one?”

“You may battle an Ursaring,” Ingo compromised.

“An alpha?”

“No.”

“Ugh!” Kadabra floated off with a groan.

“Glad to see she’s feeling better,” Calaba said, coming over. “You as well might I add.”

“Yes, all of us are,” Ingo said. “Thank you again for your help that night. As well as the suggestion to visit the west of the Mirelands. That is where we met up with Tangela.”

“You’re very welcome.” Calaba gave Ursaluna a pat. “Alright, I’m sure you all want to get out of here. Ursaluna, they’re heading for the Coastlands. Mind to take them over?”

“I can do that,” he huffed.

“Good.” With another pat, Calaba went back to her seat. “Tell Palina I say hello and watch out for the weather. It’s looking like rain over that way.”

“I will keep an eye out.” To the team, Ingo called, “All aboard! Now boarding for the Cobalt Coastlands!”

Everyone was quick to find their seats. Probopass opted for his Pokeball, while Kadabra said she could keep up fine. Gligar landed on Ingo’s shoulder, Tangela held onto Kadabra, and Machop sat on Ursaluna in front of Ingo.

With one more final goodbye to Calaba and Bibarel, they were off.

It took a lot less time for them to travel through the Mirelands with Ursaluna. At first, Ingo had chocked it up to the Pokemon being better suited for the mud and was moving faster than he could. But when Kadabra started falling behind and had to Teleport to keep up, it was clear there was something else going on.

“How are you going so fast?” Ingo asked, as Kadabra set down Tangela and caught her breath.

“It is part of being a Ride Noble,” Ursaluna rumbled as Tangela climbed onto his head. “Is that where you’re sitting, little cub?”

Tangela wiggled. “Yeah!”

Kadabra returned to her Pokeball. “What do you mean?”

“The Blessing of Sinnoh manifests itself in different ways between Nobles and Ride Nobles,” Ursaluna said as he started walking again. “It allows for Ride Nobles to travel these vast lands with ease. Space becomes a little more malleable when we fulfill our duties. It allows for easier travel.”

“I see…”

Now that he was looking for it, Ingo could see a slight, almost warping effect as they moved. In the edges of his vision, there was an unnatural shifting that threatened to give him a head ache if he focused on it for too long.

So, he didn’t and focused on making sure Tangela wasn’t about to fall off instead.

By late afternoon, they had left the Mirelands and were almost at the Coastlands. However, Calaba was right about the weather. The clouds were getting darker and Ingo could faintly smell rain on the air.

Ursaluna stopped before they reached the Coastlands, though Ingo could see the ocean on the horizon.

“Hate to do this,” Ursaluna rumbled. “But I need to be heading back now. I’m being called.”

“Really?” Ingo said, sliding to the ground. “I didn’t hear anything.”

“You wouldn’t,” Ursaluna said. “It is my call after all.”

Ingo helped Machop down as Probopass and Kadabra released themselves. “I can hear Sneasler’s.”

“That is something you will need to talk to her about.”

“I’ll have to ask next time I see her,” Ingo sighed. He scooped Tangela up. “Thank you for getting us this far. I believe we will be able to make it on our own now.”

“Just follow this trail and you will reach the Coastlands.” Ursaluna turned around with a huff. “But I would find some shelter before it rains if I were you. As long as you don’t lose sight of the ocean, you will not get lost.”

“Noted.” Ingo waved as Ursaluna began to walk off. “Goodbye!”

“Goodbye,” Ursaluna called back, “And may Sinnoh bless you with safe travels through its Space.”

They set off again, following the trail. Except for Probopass, who was a little slower than the others and liked staying with Ingo anyway, the Pokemon had all run ahead again. It helped burn off some of their energy and they didn’t usually stray too far off track.

Ingo had also taken to grabbing some firewood as they walked. If it was going to rain, he wanted a fire. Well, he always wanted a fire, but he especially wanted one in the rain. He just hoped they could find some shelter first.

It was getting closer. He could tell. The sky was only getting darker. There was an energy in the air. It was honestly a shock it hadn’t started raining already.

Up ahead, Gligar shook his head quickly.

“Everything okay up there?” Ingo called over.

“I think I felt a raindrop!” Gligar called back.

“I wouldn’t be surprised,” Ingo said. “Perhaps we should consi-”

A sound cut him off. It was distant at first, but rolling and drawing ever closer.

Thunder.

He couldn’t help his laugh, light and breathy with excitement. “It’s going to storm. Oh, it’s going to storm!”

He could feel it now, saturating the air. The trees smelled like rain and clouds were rolling in and the air was alight with static.

It was going to storm and Ingo couldn’t wait.

Gligar landed on his shoulder. “If it’s gonna storm, can we go hide somewhere? I don’t know why you’re so excited, but I don’t like the rain.”

Ingo shook himself, trying to focus on the matter at hand again. He couldn’t help his small smile and the static in his hair. “Yes, that is what I was saying. I’m likely excited due to the Electric-Typing, but I would still like to remain dry.”

Something landed on his hand. Kadabra shook herself.

“We should get moving.”

The rain started to pick up as they tried to find a suitable place to take shelter. Probopass was quick to return to his ball, while Gligar tucked himself under Ingo’s collar. Ingo tucked his armful of firewood under his coat, trying it keep it as dry as possible.

“Wait, I’m gonna look over there,” Kadabra said before Teleporting away. She reappeared a moment later. “Found a cave! I don’t have enough energy to Teleport everyone there, but it isn’t too far.”

“Lead the w-”

Crack!

They all jumped as lighting struck down the path from them, loud and angry thunder following immediately afterwards.

The rain picked up even more. It came down in sheets thick enough that Ingo could barely see his hand in front of his face.

“FULL STEAM AHEAD!” Ingo yelled.

Kadabra zipped off as Gligar returned to his ball. Ingo wrapped the end of his coat around the wood as best he could. Machop was at his heels holding Tangela above their head. Tangela seemed to just be having fun in the rain, her vines wiggling around.

The reached the cave Kadabra had found quickly, all stumbling inside. Kadabra and Machop sat down as they caught their breath. Ingo fully collapsed onto his back, legs and chest on fire. The firewood scattered, but was thankfully only a bit damp.

“Yay! Rain!” Tangela’s voice came from just outside the cave. “Come play!”

At least someone was having fun.

“I think- I’m going- going to- throw up,” Ingo panted. He coughed a few times.

Machop’s face appeared above him once the coughing fit was finished. “Weak.”

“I’m not a- a Fighting-Type!” he got out, poking their nose. “I do not ha- have your stamina.”

Machop giggled a little before running off. “I’m coming, Tangela!”

Ingo pulled himself upright with a groan a little bit later. Kadabra hovered closer.

“Sorry I couldn’t Teleport everyone over here,” she said. “It was a bit far for joint Teleports.”

“It’s okay,” Ingo reassured with a pet. “A little rain isn’t going to hurt us. Look at those two after all.”

Machop and Tangela were dancing around in the rain and getting covered in mud.

“You two aren’t coming in here until that mud is off you!” Ingo called out to them.

“Okay!” they called back.

He released Gligar and Probopass. Probopass quickly found a corner to settle in while Gligar landed on Ingo’s shoulder.

“Bleck!” Gligar jumped off. “You’re soaked. I’m staying with Probopass.”

Ingo wrung out his hat with a chuckle. “Whatever makes you happy.”

Once his hat and coat were wrung out the best he could, Ingo set them on Probopass to dry better. He took off his tunic as well, leaving him in his underlayer. That was soaked too, but it should dry quickly.

It took a little bit, but Ingo got a small fire going. Gligar and Probopass came closer, Gligar still refusing to sit on Ingo since he was a bit damp. He leaned against Ingo’s leg and let him pet him instead.

In the warmth of the fire, lightning and thunder in the air, family around him, Ingo felt good. Despite the storm raging outside, or maybe because of it, there was a calming feeling of peace in the small cave they had found.

Maybe it would be strange to some, but Ingo felt like Fire and Lighting made a wonderful pair.

Oh well, he was already the Clan weirdo.

-----

Ingo fully understood why everyone kept telling him that he would like the Coastlands.

The bulk of storm was quick to finish, but it continued raining into the night with the occasional distant rumble of thunder. They had ended up setting up camp in the cave and heading out in the morning.

And now they were here and Ingo already loved it.

It wasn’t as good as the Highlands, the Coastlands not a scratching the same itch they did, but he couldn’t deny that it was close. The was warm here. Not the sticky warmth of the Mirelands, but a drier one that was counteracted nicely by the breeze from the ocean.

He wasn’t exactly excited about getting around, Sneasler not being here to help with the cliffs and all, but it would certainly be a fun place to visit for the last leg of his travels. Though, Ingo wouldn’t be surprised if he ended up staying in the Highlands for part of the fall before heading back to the Icelands.

Truthfully, he wasn’t looking forwards to returning to the Icelands for the coldest part of the year. But where else was he supposed to go? He didn’t exactly have a permanent space anywhere else. He would just have to stock up on what he could and wait it out. He wouldn’t be the most help to the Clan during then, but he didn’t think anyone really expected him to either; everyone knew how awful he was with the cold.

But he wasn’t going to worry about that now! He still had at least a few more weeks before it started to cool and he was going to spend them in the warmth here.

There was one issue though.

“Team, I have just realized I have no idea where Warden Palina’s station is,” he said as they were heading towards the beach.

Gligar swooped over. He grabbed Ingo’s collar in his feet and tugged. “Worry about that later! I wanna go in the sand!”

“Water! Water! Water!” Tangela chanted, speeding up.

Machop ran over to Ingo. “Race you to the beach, Gligar.”

“You’re on!”

They zipped off, only for Kadabra to Teleport to the water ahead of them. She shouted, “I beat you two!”

“Cheater!” they both shouted back.

“I am the most powerful! Haha-” A particularly rough wave splashed her feet a little. She Teleported higher. “Ah!”

Probopass gave Ingo a nudge. “I think visiting Warden Palina can wait a little longer.”

“I think so too,” Ingo chuckled, giving them a pat. “Besides, after the Mirelands, a beach day wouldn’t hurt.”

By the time Ingo had made it to the shore, everyone was already playing. Gligar was nothing more than a moving lump in the sand while Machop kept trying to dig them out. Tangela had rolled directly into the ocean, Kadabra thankfully bringing her back to shore if she floated out too far.

“What’s your plan?” Ingo asked Probopass as he looked for a place to sit.

“I might follow Gligar’s lead and dig myself a little place to sit,” Probopass hummed. “I know the Mini-Noses are going to get covered in bits from the sand. What about you?”

Ingo was planing on just enjoying the sun and seeing if any of his Pokemon wanted him to join in their games.

But then he spotted a really nice looking rock.

“I am going to lay on that rock,” Ingo said, already moving towards it and ignoring Probopass’s chuckle.

The rock was good. Warm to the touch and comfortably flat. It was a little small, but Ingo would overlook that if it meant he could properly relax after everything in the Mirelands.

He couldn’t stop the rumble in his chest from growing as he rolled to this back and pulled his hat over his eyes. Nor did he want to either. Not when it only relaxed him more and sounded like the gentle roll of thunder.

“Hey!”

Ingo jerked with a snort. “I’m up! I am awake!”

Gligar, now laying across Ingo’s stomach and chest with his coat pulled over him, grumbled a little and nuzzled closer. Ingo fixed his hat and scrubbed the last bits of sleep from his eyes.

Probopass was sitting nearby. Kadabra, Machop, and Tangela were piled together at Ingo’s feet, Tangela on Ingo’s legs. Probopass was sitting near them and providing a bit of shade. All of them were napping.

How long had he been lying here?

“Hi!”

Ingo looked to his side to see three Spheals sitting next to them. They all stared at him.

“You smell funny!” one said.

“And you sounded funny!” another said.

“And you were purring!” the third said.

“It’s not purring,” Ingo said on what felt like habit.

“You’re weird,” the first Spheal said.

“I have been informed of this many times by this lot,” Ingo chuckled. “Does anyone want lunch?”

Surprisingly, no one stirred.

“Hm, I guess it’s still nap time,” Ingo hummed. Not that he was complaining. He pulled his hat over his face again. “Would you three like to join?”

“Sure!”

“Do not touch my coat and hat, please,” he rumbled.

“Okay!”

He may have only just arrived, but the Coastlands were already shaping up to be one of the best stops on Ingo’s travels.

Chapter Text

“Is that you, Ingo?”

“Huh? What?” Ingo mumbled, failing at sitting up. There was a weight on him heavier than just Gligar.

“I know Spheals are friendly, but I’ve never seen this before,” the voice from before laughed.

Ingo got a hand free and fixed his hat. Palina was looking down at him with a smile.

“What are you doing down there?” she asked.

“I found a nice rock,” Ingo said, still groggy.

Palina laughed again “What?”

He lightly slapped his face a couple times, trying to properly wake up. “Sorry, Warden Palina, in case it was not obvious, I just woke up. It is quite nice here. I was not sure where your station was and we ended up having a beach day.”

“I knew you’d like it here.” Palina tilted her head. “But what do you mean by ‘we’?”

“Oh! You wouldn’t know. Some Pokemon have joined cars with me!”

“‘Joined cars’?”

“Joined me on my travels.”

Ingo tried to sit up, only to stop when he finally noticed what the extra weight on him was. The three Spheals from before were on his legs, more surrounding them. Gligar, Machop, and Tangela had all piled up on his chest with Probopass and Kadabra on opposite sides.

“I know this looks like a lot, but the Spheals are not with me,” Ingo said.

“I assumed,” Palina chuckled. “I think Gaeric told me about Gligar and Machop.”

“Wake up, passengers!” Ingo called, hefting himself to sit up. “Nap time is over!”

Machop, Gligar, and Tangela all tumbled into the pile of Spheals, sending everyone scattering with varying protests. Except from Tangela and some Spheals, who just giggled at it all.

It didn’t take long for Ingo to extract himself from the remaining pile and introduce the team to Palina. They all liked her well enough, even if Gligar was being protective again. They remained on the beach for lunch when Ingo said they hadn’t had any yet and Machop started bugging him for a snack.

“Where is Growlithe?” Ingo asked, passing a few berries to the remaining Spheals. “I was looking forwards to seeing him again. Even if I do not need to use him as a heater here.”

“He’s with Lord Arcanine and his son,” Palina said. “He and the lord’s son are friends, so they like to spend the day on Firespit Island sometimes.”

“Would you be willing to take me there while I am visiting? I have already met the rest of the Clan’s Nobles. I would like to meet Lord Arcanine as well.”

“Of course!”

They continued to chat about what had happened since the communal dinner, mostly about how Ingo was faring in his journey around Hisui. Palina listened for the most part, even if her attention kept drifting towards the ocean.

“We did get caught in that storm, but it wasn’t too bad. I quite liked the lightning myself,” Ingo said as Palina looked away again. He followed her her gaze. “What are you looking at?”

Palina jumped. “Nothing!”

“Really?” He spotted a large Pokemon swimming in the distance. “What is that Pokemon out there? I do not believe I have seen one before.”

“Nothing!” she squeaked, waving her hands in front of Ingo’s face. “It’s nothing! Just the Diamond Clan’s Ride Noble here, Basculegion.”

Ingo leaned back, resting a hand on Gligar at his growl. He couldn’t help but notice the slight flush in Palina’s face. “Uh, okay.”

Palina stood up suddenly. “We should get going if you want to meet Lord Arcanine and get back to the mainland before it gets too late. It’s good that Basculegion is nearby since we’ll need their help to get to Firespit Island. Unless you feel like swimming.”

“I would prefer not to swim, Warden Palina,” Ingo chuckled, standing up as well. “I do not think I could even make it that far. Lead the wa-”

A snap of energy forced Ingo’s attention to the land behind them. A giant bubble sat a little ways up the hill, only visible from the faint rainbows swirling across its surface.

“What is that, Warden Palina?” Ingo asked, voice distant in his ears. He already had a feeling of what it was.

“Oh, I’ve been seeing those bubbles pop up around the little islands,” she said. “I’ve been wanting to investigate them, but I can’t get to them fast enough. They were mentioned- Ingo?!”

He walked towards it. He didn’t want to. He had to know.

He stopped at the edge of the bubble, Palina and the team at his heels.

“What is going on?” she asked. “Are you okay?”

“Passengers, please return to your seats,” Ingo said. He cut off the round of protests with a glare over his shoulder. “Seats.”

Everyone but Gligar returned to their Pokeballs.

“Ingo, what is going on?” Palina said, stepping closer. “Where did your Pokemon go?”

“I will explain later.” He looked back at the bubble’s wall. “Gligar, you too.”

“No,” he chirped.

“Seat. Now,” Ingo shot back, barely able to keep the growl form his voice.

Gligar glared at him, but returned to his ball with a huff.

“I need to see what this is, Warden Palina,” he said. “I don’t know why, but I do.”

“Then wait out here,” Palina urged. “I’m the warden here. That means I’m supposed to be watching out for you.”

“I am sorry about this then.”

Ingo stepped through the wall.

“Ingo! Do-”

There was little resistance, only a slight push through a thin membrane and he was on the other side. There were no Pokemon in the perimeter of the bubble. The light that came through was dim and refracted on the ground like it had passed through water.

There was pressure in the air that was familiar in the worst way.

“-out of here!” Palina yelled, coming into the bubble after him. “It’s dangerous. Irida’s letter said that Warden Melli told you that!”

“I need to know what-”

There was a gust of wind strong enough to blow Ingo’s hat away if he hadn’t grabbed it. Everything darkened as deep purple, almost black, clouds swirled and covered the walls like a storm.

The top of the dome had a blindingly bright crack.

A crack in the sky.

The same as the Rift.

Run.

"Warden Palina, get down," Ingo said, crouching into the grass near them.

"This can’t be good," Palina mumbled as she came to stand next to him. "What's going on?"

"I don't know." He was fighting off the growl and panic in his voice. "But you need to get down."

Palina crouched next to him just as there was a pop from nearby. A Flareon appeared.

It paced around, flames flickering on its fur as it growled. It’s eyes darted around, every step was tense.

Fight. Run.

He shook his head. He had to stay focused.

But the energy in the air wanted his attention. It wanted him to panic, to run, to fight.

"Ingo?" Palina whispered. "Are you okay?"

"This way," he whispered back. He led them behind a nearby rock, trying to keep his breathing level.

With another pop, the Flareon vanished. A Rhydon and a Mr. Mime appeared a second later. Both looked as agitated as the Flareon.

Palina was saying something. He couldn't hear her over the steady wind around them, the rushing in his ears, the buzzing under his skin.

Run. Run, danger-

Ingo shook himself again, a little harder this time and with a soft growl. He couldn't stop his vision from flickering. He turned away from Palina when it settled on red.

"Ingo?"

"I'm fine."

Shit.

Those weren't human words.

Run, danger, RUN!

"What was that?" Palina whispered harshly. “Ingo, what are you doing?”

His heart was in his ears and his breathing fast and there was static in his hair. His arm shook as he pressed his hand against the rock.

He was going to have to tell her. They had to get out of here first, but he had to tell her. It had gone over well enough with the other people he had told. That gave him a little bit of hope.

Would he really luck out again?

Fight. Run.

Ingo forced a proper breath. It hurt his chest and tasted like ozone.

“We need. To leave,” he ground out. He couldn’t stop himself from shaking his head again as the buzzing suddenly spiked.

“We do,” Palina said, “and you’re going to ex-”

A high pitched screech cut her off. They both looked up to see a Magneton above them, panicking with electricity charging around it.

It was about to attack.

Danger! FIGHT!

Ingo leapt up and hugged it to his chest. It was either him or Palina, and he was the one with the resistance. The Glameow was already out of the bag either way.

The attack burned in his chest. His arms tensed and jaw clenched painfully.

A moment later, it stopped and Ingo tossed the Magneton away the best he could. It spun with a wordless and angry buzz. Ingo hissed back at it.

“Ingo!” Palina appeared at his side. “Are you okay? Can you move?”

“Time to go,” he growled, grabbing her hand and pulling her towards the wall. He couldn’t find it in him to care about how human his words were anymore.

They reached the wall of clouds. The Magneton screeched again. Ingo pushed through.

There was no resistance to the wall expect for a pressure that felt like a quick gust of wind. The Magneton’s screech was cut off abruptly. Ingo’s vision went back to normal.

It was scarily peaceful outside the bubble that sat behind them.

“What in Sinnoh’s name was all that?!” Palina cried, yanking her hand back. “The growling and- and your eyes! And that Pokemon! Oh, Sinnoh, that Pokemon got you. Are you okay? Should I call for Warden Calaba?”

“I’ll- I’ll be okay,” Ingo got out, chest sore but head clearing up. He swallowed back a brief wave of nausea and turned towards the bubble. “This is how I arrived, I think.”

“Are you- What?”

“I saw something like this for a moment,” Ingo said, voice a little shaky, a little distant. “Then. On a cliff. In the cold. I felt it then too.”

The bubbled swirled in front of them, began to flicker.

Palina spoke up, “We should tell Irida if it’s possible for people to come through them then.”

“That is unnecessary,” Ingo said. “I don’t think humans can come through.”

“You just said you think you got here through a bubble!”

Even he could taste the Truth, sharp and metallic on his tongue. “Only Pokemon can go through.”

“How-”

The Magneton from before burst from the wall as it disappeared behind it, purple wisps scattering to the wind.

Just as it had before.

The Magneton remained.

“What?” it buzzed, drifting to a stop above their heads. “Where am I?”

Oh.

“How did I get here?”

Oh no.

“It’s that Pokemon from before,” Palina said, unaware of Ingo’s building dread. “I haven’t seen one like that before.”

“Magneton,” Ingo’s mouth said of its own accord. “It is the middle evolution between Magnemite and Magnezone.”

“How do you know that?”

“No idea.”

The Magneton buzzed again, growing increasingly more frantic, “Where am I?!”

“Warden Palina, I promise I will explain myself,” Ingo said, still watching the Magneton. “But may I help this Pokemon first? It is panicked and lost. I believe I may be able to help it, at least a little.”

Palina watched the Magneton zip around a little more. She nodded and moved away a few steps. “Go ahead.”

“Thank you.” Up to the Magneton, he called, “Magneton! It is okay!”

The Magneton dropped down to his level, still sparking and buzzing. He could feel a magnetic pull, similar to Probopass’s, coming from it. “No, it’s not! I don’t know where I am, and I don’t know how I got here, and you feel weird and smell funny. I don’t know what’s going on…”

“I know. I want to help you,” Ingo said. “You are in the region called Hisui, specifically the Cobalt Coastlands. Does any of that sound familiar?”

“No…” the Magneton whined.

“Perhaps I can help you return home,” he continued softly. “Where did you come from?”

The Magneton froze, then vibrated terribly. Ingo could see the sparks flying from it, feel the pull getting stronger.

“I- I don’t know,” it whined. It drifted lower, a few small stones starting to move towards it. “I don’t know! Why don’t I know?!”

So, that was the case.

Ingo knelt down despite the stiffness starting in his back. “I know this is scary and I know you have just met me. But please, trust that I want to help you.”

Magneton lowered further, shook some more.

“I want to go home!” they buzzed, a few sparks flying off them. They drooped, finally touching the ground with a whine. “I just want to go home…”

“I know the feeling.” Ingo reached out a hand. He slowly laid it on Magneton and rubbed them gently. “Truly, I do. I am deeply sorry about your derailment. I believe the same thing happened to me. If you would like, you may stay with me and my team until we can find a way for the two of us to return to our home stations.”

Magneton looked up, eyes still sad, but a little bit hopeful. “Really?”

“Yup.”

Magneton whined again, a small charge buzzing between their magnets, as they leaned closer into Ingo. He gathered them in his arms and stood back up.

There was still one more conversation to be had, but he was sore and needed a potion.

“Warden Palina,” Ingo said, turning to face her, “may I ask we find somewhere we may rest before I explain myself. I am sorry I keep prolonging it.”

Palina took a slow breath. She nodded. “That may be for the best. I can wait a little longer. Do you have what you need to treat your injury?”

“I believe I do. It will not take long.”

“Okay. There’s a spot around here I like to camp at occasionally. Follow me.” With that Palina walked off. Ingo followed, holding Magneton close as they whined softly.

As promised, it was a short walk to a flat area under some trees. A couple Tangela came over to investigate, but wandered off quickly. Maybe Ingo would see if Tangela would want to play with them later.

He sat on the ground with a groan. “I will just be a couple minutes, Warden Palina.”

She sat down too, a little bit away to give him some space. “Take your time.”

“I need to put you down, Magneton,” Ingo said softly. “Just for a little bit. Okay?”

Magneton whined, but drifted out of his arms. They settled on the ground next to him. Ingo gave them a pet before digging a potion out of his bag.

“Is the Magneton hurt?” Palina asked. Ingo glanced at them.

“I’m fine,” Magneton mumbled.

“They are uninjured.” Ingo popped the lid open. “This is for me.”

“I didn’t think potions worked on people.”

Ingo sighed and scooped a bit of the potion on his fingers. “They do not.”

Not wanting to take his shirt off right now, and assuming Palina also would prefer he didn’t do that, he reached under it and put the potion on his chest the best he could. It would work for now. He could always apply another one later.

Once the potion was finished, Ingo had no reason to keep stalling. Not that he was doing so intentionally.

“I think it is pretty obvious by now,” Ingo said, gently placing Magneton back on his lap, “but I am not entirely human. There is a part of me that is Pokemon.”

Palina was quiet. Ingo couldn’t look up from the ground.

“I can understand Pokemon,” he continued, the quiet getting to him again. “I can talk like them. You saw my eyes and how I was able to take Magneton’s attack.”

“I attacked you?” Magneton buzzed quietly.

Ingo pet them. “Yes, but you were panicked. It was not your fault. I also have Electric resistance, so it did not hurt me too much. I will be fine by morning.”

“Sorry…” Magneton whined softly.

“The other Wardens, as well as Lian, know,” Ingo got out. “If anyone else does, I have not been informed. Any questions?”

Palina was quiet for a moment, then asked, “Where did your Pokemon go?”

“Pokeballs.” Ingo took out Gligar’s to show her. “I know that Warden Deri and Warden Calaba do not like them, but I promise I gave my Pokemon a choice and they can enter and exit as they please. I have also been informed that they are cozy.”

On cue, Gligar released himself.

“I don’t care what you say, Dad, I’m staying out now,” he chirped. His eyes landed on Magneton with a growl. “Get off.”

“Sorry,” Magneton whined, shrinking into Ingo more.

“Gligar, it is okay,” Ingo reassured. “Magneton is staying with us for now.”

“Why?” he asked, still glaring at Magneton with a low growl.

“Because they are in the same situation as I am.”

Gligar’s growl cut off as he looked up at Ingo with wide eyes. “They are?”

“I just appeared here,” Magneton squeaked out. “I wanna go home. I don’t know where it is.”

“Oh.” Gligar crept forwards, coming to a rest on Ingo’s knee and pressing his head to Magneton. “I’m sorry I growled. I didn’t know. Like Boss said, you can stay with us.”

Magneton buzzed a little. “Didn’t you just call him ‘Dad’?”

“No,” Gligar huffed.

“I am sorry for not sharing any of this sooner,” Ingo said, leaving the Pokemon to their conversation and finally making himself look up at Palina. She was looking away, eyes downcast. “I was afraid of what the Truth would bring. I still am really. I had nothing but the Pearl Clan when I first arrived. If I lost your people’s trust-”

“Our people,” Palina interrupted, voice firm. She looked up at him, eyes fiery and determined. “You are part of the Clan now. They are our people.”

Ingo swallowed past the lump in his throat. “Of course. My apologies.”

“This doesn’t change anything either,” she continued. “I saw it for myself. No matter the circumstances, you are a kind and caring person that wants to protect those around him. The Clan is lucky to have welcomed you.”

Ingo’s next breath was shaky. “Thank you.”

“Now,” Palina huffed, standing up and brushing her legs off, “it’s a bit late for a proper visit to Lord Arcanine and you should rest after what happened today. I am going to my yurt and will return in the morning if you still wish to visit my lord.”

“I do,” Ingo said. “But I believe you are right about waiting until tomorrow. I will see you then, and thank you again.”

Palina bowed. “Of course. Until then.”

She walked off, soon turning into a tunnel in the cliffside Ingo hadn’t noticed before. He’d have to remember that for later.

Once he could get Magneton and Gligar off his lap, Ingo would set up camp, start a fire, introduce everyone else to Magneton. He would apply another potion, more effectively this time, and properly rest for the night.

But for a few more minutes, he would comfort Magneton a bit more and be relieved that another person had taken the Truth about him well.

Chapter Text

Magneton ended up falling asleep in Ingo’s lap as evening rolled around. As loathe as he was to move them, Ingo needed to set up camp. He set them aside, thankfully not waking them.

“I’ll stay with them, Boss,” Gligar chirped, curling up with Magneton.

“I was going to ask,” Ingo said, giving Gligar a quick scratch. “Thank you.”

He gave them some space and released the rest of the team. After assuring them everything was okay, and informing them about Magneton, Kadabra, Tangela, and Machop went off to find some firewood. Probopass joined Gligar and Magneton, hoping his magnetism would be some comfort to Magneton.

By the time Ingo had gotten the tent set up, Magneton had woken up and was talking quietly with Probopass and Gligar. Ingo went over to the group.

“How are you feeling?” he asked, crouching down. “Do you want to join us for dinner?”

“I… I don’t know,” Magneton buzzed. “I’m not that hungry. I’m just… kinda tired.”

“That is okay,” Ingo reassured. “You may still sit with me if you would like, or I can conduct you to the tent.”

“That means guide you,” Gligar filled in.

“I knew that,” Magneton mumbled.

“That is good to hear,” Ingo said. “If I say something you do not understand, feel free to ask about it. I tend to say odd things sometimes.”

“Like what?”

“A common one is ‘coupled cars’,” he said, “as well as telling others to ‘stay behind the yellow line’.”

“That just means, like, joined up, right?” Magneton buzzed. “And the other one means to stand back.”

Ingo blinked. “Uh, yes, that’s right.”

“That’s not all that weird.” Magneton shrunk a little at Probopass and Gligar’s staring. “Right?”

“I have yet to meet someone who understands the metaphors I use without a little bit of explanation, human or Pokemon,” Ingo explained. “I don’t fully remember where they come from myself.”

“Oh…” They curled in on themself a little. “I don’t know where they come from either. Sorry…”

“It is okay, I promise.” Ingo offered a hand. “I do not expect you to do anything other than focus on recovering. I know that it may take a while to feel comfortable here, but I am here to help you. Now, where would you like to rest?”

“Um… Can I- Can I stay with you?” Magneton buzzed quietly.

“Of course.”

The others arrived with some firewood not long after. Magneton stayed attached to Ingo’s side as he build a fire and started dinner. Once Ingo had introduced them to the other three, Magneton seemed to be feeling a bit better. They even drifted a little bit away when Tangela wanted to show them a small flower patch she had found.

Dinner finished cooking and was served to everyone. Magneton ended up by Ingo’s side again, but they managed a few bites at least.

Night continued to fall, leaving the only light their little fire. The Pokemon started to trail into the tent. Ingo applied another potion when it started to hurt a bit to breathe. He would probably be fine come morning without it, the lightning marks were already mostly faded, but he’d rather not go to bed sore if he could help it. He could always make more potions.

Eventually, it was only him and Magneton by the fire. Everyone else had gone to bed.

“Woah…” Magneton buzzed quietly.

Ingo glanced over to them, then followed their gaze up to the night sky with a chuckle.

“Like the stars?” he asked.

“I don’t think I’ve ever seen this many,” they buzzed, still quiet. “It’s pretty.”

“I think so too,” Ingo hummed. “I do not believe there are this many at my home station either. It is nice to see them every night.”

Magneton drooped a little. “I guess I will too. I’m stuck here now.”

Ingo sighed, then put his shirt and coat back on. He tucked Magneton closer, under his coat. “We will find our way back to our home stations, I promise you that. If we hold this Ideal strong enough, one day it will become the Truth.”

Magneton squinted at him.

“What?”

“I… I’m not sure,” they admitted, then turned towards the tent. “I’m going to go to bed now. Goodnight, Ingo.”

“One last thing before bed, Magneton,” Ingo said, digging into his bag. “Oh, this is the last one. I guess that makes sense. Somehow. Six Pokemon is… enough. A full team…”

“Last one of what?” Magneton asked, hovering a little closer.

Ingo shook his head and pulled the Pokeball out. “The Pokeballs I made. The rest of the team has their own, but you do not need to have one. It is your choice. They-”

“Keep you safe,” Magneton buzzed, squinting at the ball. “They help you team up with humans.”

“Yes, exactly,” Ingo said.

“This one looks weird,” they continued quietly. “They’re supposed to be… different.”

“That is because these ones are handmade,” Ingo explained. “But I thought the same thing when I first saw them. Would you like to use this one?”

Magneton was quick to tap the ball and let themself be caught. Ingo let them out with a laugh.

“I guess that means yes.”

“I don’t think I’ve had one before,” Magneton buzzed, swaying side to side in thought. “I think I’ve just seen them around. But it’s nice in there.”

“That is good to hear. Would you like to try releasing yourself on your own?”

“Yeah, hold on.”

Magneton returned to their ball, popping back out a couple moments later.

“Already a pro, I see,” Ingo chuckled.

“You made it easy,” Magneton said.

“While that may be due to my inexperience, that is really good to hear.” Ingo tucked Magneton’s ball with the rest of the team’s. “I would prefer it to be easy for you all to enter and exit as you please.”

Magneton buzzed some more, floating a little higher. “I’ve, uh, been thinking.”

“About what?” Ingo asked with a head tilt.

“About a lot of things,” they said. “But mainly your hat. The picture on it…”

Ingo took his hat off and looked at the badge on it. The edges of it were starting to get a little scuffed, but otherwise it was holding up pretty well.

“I am not sure what it means,” Ingo said, giving it a quick polish with his sleeve, “but I feel that it is important and I wear it with pride. Even if I cannot remember why.”

“It looks familiar.”

Ingo shot his head towards Magneton. “It does?”

Magneton bobbed. “Yeah, I just… I don’t know why though. Sorry.”

Ingo returned his hat with a sigh. “It is okay. I am sure we will figure what it means one day.”

“Do you think…” They trailed off.

“Do I think what?” Ingo had a guess, but didn’t want to assume.

Magneton turned around with a buzz. “Never mind, it’s silly.”

“Do I think our home stations are one and the same?” he asked gently.

Magneton bobbed a little, a small confirmation.

“I would like that,” Ingo hummed, “very much. Verrrry much…”

That wasn’t how he said it. Those were someone else’s words.

Nothing came to mind, but a warmth grew in his chest.

That was enough for tonight.

“I’d like that too,” Magneton buzzed. “But why’d you say it like that, though?”

“I am unsure,” Ingo admitted. “But it felt nice.”

It wasn’t long afterwards that Ingo put out the remains of the fire and he and Magneton went to bed.

As much as he wished Magneton hadn’t ended up here like him, it was nice that someone could understand his struggles with his homesickness and memory loss. In turn, he would do his best to make sure Magneton never felt as alone as he had in those early days.

And he Truly hoped their home station was the same.

That would be nice.

-----

By the time Palina met back up with them in the morning, Ingo had packed up camp and most of the team was raring to go. Magneton was still tucked to his side, having taken residence under his coat, but everyone else was playing around or yelling about going back to the beach.

While their final stop wasn’t the beach, they still ended up there as they waited for Basculegion to show up. Ingo could see Firespit Island in the distance and there was honestly no way he was going to swim that far.

“And you regularly swim out there?” Ingo asked.

“Yes,” Palina chuckled. “Usually only one way though. Just that is enough of a work out on it’s own.”

“Still impressive.” Ingo gave a small applause. “Bravo!”

Palina chucked again. “Good to see you’re doing better too. How is your chest feeling?”

“Good as new. A potion or two does wonders.” Ingo hummed. “It is disappointing that they do not work on regular humans.”

“Sorry again,” Magneton buzzed quietly.

Ingo gave them a pat. “I already told you, I do not blame you. Besides, it was an excellent attack! You have promise if you ever want to take up battling like the rest of the team. Except for Tangela right now. She’s a bit young still and the last play battle she tried, she got distracted by a rock. It was, admittedly, a nice rock though.”

Magneton buzzed a laugh as Palina said, “Oh! There’s Basculegion. And they got Iscan with them. Oh, Sinnoh.”

“What? Who is Iscan?” Ingo asked, watching Basculegion approach the coastline with someone on the seat on their back.

Palina tightened the knot of her bandana and wiped her hands on her shorts. Her voice was a few octaves higher when she mumbled, “It’s fine. I should have expected him to be with Basculegion. He was probably out fishing and decided to tag along back to shore. It’s fine.”

“Is everything okay?” Ingo asked.

Palina jumped a little. “Just fine! Iscan is Basculegion’s warden. He’s friendly, but a bit shy. You might want to call back your Pokemon.”

“Good idea.” To the beach, Ingo called. “Behind the yellow line, please! Warden Iscan and Basculegion are arriving at the station!”

Everyone but Tangela came scurrying back to Ingo just as Basculegion got close enough for Iscan to come ashore. Ingo followed Palina to the sand to grab Tangela.

“Hi!” Tangela said up to Iscan, who crouched down to meet her. “What are you?”

“Hey, little guy, what are you doing so close to the water?” Iscan said, giving her a pat.

“I like water!”

“She is with me,” Ingo chuckled, crouching down to Tangela. “Hello there. My name is Ingo. I am new to the Pearl Clan.”

“Nice to, uh, meet you,” Iscan stammered. Ingo probably should have let Palina introduce him. “I- I am Iscan, warden of Basculegion.”

“Hi, Iscan!” Palina chimed up as she came over. “I’m taking Ingo to meet Lord Arcanine.”

Iscan stood up with a smile. “Palina, hi. Good to see you again!”

There was still a nervousness between the pair, Ingo could tell. What he couldn’t tell was why. They seemed friendly with each other and if he was remembering what Gaeric had told him, she had been warden here for a couple years at this point. Surely there was no need to be nervous.

Yet that didn’t stop the subtle buzz under his skin and the sense he had seen someone act like this before.

“Ready to go, Ingo?” Palina asked, jolting Ingo out of his head.

“Hm? Oh, yes.” He stood up, Tangela giving a small squeal in delight as she was picked up. “I am ready to depart! It was nice meeting you, Warden Iscan.”

“Uh, you too!” Iscan scratched his face. “I live over on Aipom Hill. Feel free to- to visit sometime. If you want to, I guess.”

“Maybe I will,” Ingo said. “I will be at this station for at least a few more weeks.”

“‘At this station’?” Iscan mumbled to himself.

“I think we should be heading out now!” Palina cut in with a nervous laugh. “Growlithe has been with the Lord and his son for a couple days now and I bet he’s either missing me or causing a ruckus over there.”

“Oh, yeah! Tell them all I say hi,” Iscan said. “Have fun!”

“You too!” Palina winced. “I mean, uh, I’ll see you later!”

Iscan chuckled a little. “See you later!”

The moment Iscan was out of sight, Palina covered her face with a groan. “‘You too’? Sinnoh, I’m an idiot.”

“Is everything okay, Warden Palina?” Ingo asked.

She uncovered her face with a huff and walked over to Basculegion. “It’s fine. Don’t tell anyone about that.”

“Uh, okay?”

“She likes him,” Basculegion said to Probopass next to them as Ingo walked into the water. “Iscan likes her too, but they’re both too awkward to notice.”

Ingo had assumed as m- “Oh! I understand now.”

“Understand what?” Palina asked, climbing into the chair. “Basculegion, what are you saying? Ingo can understand you.”

Basculegion looked over at Ingo. “You can?”

“Indeed I can, Basculegion,” Ingo laughed.

The wisps of Basculegion’s tail flickered. “Oops. Don’t tell her I said that.”

“I will not,” Ingo snickered.

Palina’s face brightened. “What are you talking about? Actually, I don’t want to know. Get on here, we’re going to Firespit Island.”

Everyone but Gligar returned to their Pokeballs, there not being enough room for everyone too fit. Gligar hung onto Ingo’s shoulder as he normally did. He ended up returning to his ball about halfway into the trip once the spray from the ocean got too much for him.

Soon, they arrived at the island. Ingo could already feel the heat as he stepped ashore. There was something mingled into it that pulled at Ingo in a way he couldn’t place.

“Here we are!” Palina said, coming up next to him. “If we just follow that path, we’ll be at Lord Arcanine’s seat in no time at all. There’s a few Pokemon around here, but they keep their distance.”

“It is nice here,” Ingo hummed. “Warm.”

“I thought you’d like that,” Palina said with a small laugh. She started down the path. “Let’s go!”

“Full steam ahead!” Ingo called, going to follow her.

“Ingo,” Basculegion called, making him stop and turn back, “one thing. Real quick.”

“Yes?”

Basculegion flicked their tail. “We are Ghost-Type. Souls are well known to us. There are many bonds attached to yours. We hope you find your distant ones again one day.”

Ingo swallowed, took a breath. “Thank you.”

“We hope to see you again,” Basculegion said, turning back to the ocean, “and may Sinnoh bless the Time you spend here.”

With that, they swam off. Ingo took another moment, then caught up with Palina.

“What was that about?” she asked as they started walking.

“Nothing,” Ingo said. “Just some well wishes that I find my home station one day.”

Before she could say anything else, Palina was interrupted by some barking and two Growlithes running around the bend of the path

“Palina! Palina!” The larger Growlithe in front barked. “You’re back! And you brought funny smelling guy!”

Palina crouched down, catching Growlithe in her arms. The other stood back, tail wagging as he waited his turn.

“Hi there, you two!” she laughed. The first Growlithe jumped away to let his friend have a turn. “I bet you two smelled us coming, didn’t you?”

Growlithe came over to Ingo. He crouched down to stop him from jumping. “Hello again, Growlithe! My name is Ingo, not ’funny smelling guy’.”

Palina snorted, the other Growlithe coming over to Ingo as well. “He thinks you smell funny?”

“Every Pokemon does,” Ingo huffed with a laugh. “How are you two doing? I do not believe I have met one of you before.”

“My dad’s Lord Arcanine!” the smaller Growlithe yipped. “I’m gonna be the next Lord when I grow up!”

“Really?” Ingo gave them each one more pat, then stood up. “That is quite the goal! I wish you the best on your tracks.”

“You gotta meet Dad!” Growlithe barked, running back the way he came. “Come on!”

“They’re energetic, huh?” Ingo chuckled.

“They always are,” Palina said with a smile. She continued down the trail. “I hope they’re heading over to Lord Arcanine.”

“I believe they are. The Lord’s son said he wanted me to meet him,” Ingo said.

Sure enough, they met back up with the Growlithes running around a large Arcanine, who was trying to get them to slow down enough to tell him what they were so excited about. Even ignoring his size, the power coming from the Pokemon made it clear that this was Lord Arcanine.

There was a sudden lump in Ingo’s throat.

It was warm and there was a power swirling in the air, interlaced in the heat. It hit Ingo with a nostalgia he couldn’t remember, but could feel so clearly. It ached in his chest, crawled up his throat, burned in his eyes.

Palina was helping heard up the Growlithes and introducing Ingo to Lord Arcanine. He barely heard it.

Lord Arcanine’s face was in his with a gentle and concerned grumble, “Are you alright?”

“I don’t know,” Ingo whined with a shuddering breath.

Lord Arcanine laid on the ground and nosed Ingo lightly. “You may share Space with me, if that would help.”

Ingo, shaking and hurting, fell to his knees and hugged Lord Arcanine close. “I’m sorry. I- I don’t know what ha- happened.”

“It is okay,” Lord Arcanine rumbled. “Palina told me you are not from here. I can feel it myself. But you are part of the Clan that cares for me, so I wish to provide what Space for comfort I can.”

The warmth and the power and the fluff he held was different. Even if he couldn’t remember what it all reminded him of, he knew it was different than this.

But was close enough.

“I miss you,” Ingo whined between tears. “I love you. I miss you.”

He didn’t know who he missed, who he loved. He hoped they knew. He hoped that somewhere, somehow, they knew.

When Ingo finally managed to pull himself away from Lord Arcanine, he felt like a wrung out rag. He wiped his face and moved his stiff legs to sit on the ground properly.

Gligar was on his shoulder, head under his collar. He must have released himself at some point. “Are you okay, Boss?”

“I am better,” Ingo said quietly, giving him a scratch. Up to Lord Arcanine, he said, “Apologies for breaking down like that. I am unsure as to what came over me.”

Lord Arcanine rested his head next to Ingo as the Growlithes and Palina came over. “I told you, it is okay. The power you have is different than the Blessing of Sinnoh, but I can still feel the connections. Connections that are an integral part of it, of you, yet severed all the same.”

Ingo probably would have started crying again if he had anything left in the tank. He leaned a little more against Lord Arcanine.

“Feeling a bit better, Ingo?” Palina asked, sitting down by Lord Arcanine’s nose.

“A little.” He pulled his hat down. “My apologies you had to see that.”

“Don’t worry about it,” she reassured. She ran a hand down Lord Arcanine’s snout. “I’m just glad that Lord Arcanine could help.”

Ingo gave Lord Arcanine a pet too. No need to say that it was something about him that had caused it all in the first place. It wasn’t his fault after all. He was just close enough. “I as well.”

“You are welcome back anytime,” Lord Arcanine rumbled. “I am more happy to share my Space if it will bring you comfort. You may not be from here, but the Pearl Clan has taken you in. I speak for all the Clan’s Nobles when I say that we care for the people of the Pearl Clan. That includes you.”

Ingo swallowed roughly. “Thank you.”

“Hey!” Palina’s Growlithe yipped, jumping into Ingo’s lap. “Do you wanna see a cool rock?”

The Lord’s son jumped closer too, causing Gligar to growl quietly. “Yeah! Come see the cool rock!”

Ingo gave Gligar a scratch and huffed a laugh. “I do like cool rocks. Alright, show me where it is.”

The Growlithes ran off, immediately getting distracted and starting to chase each other around. Ingo got to his feet with a quiet groan. He was stiff after all that.

“Thank you for bringing me to meet Lord Arcanine, Warden Palina,” Ingo said with a bow. “I think I needed that.”

“No problem,” she said, standing up too. “Now, what’s this about a rock?”

“The Growlithes want to show me a ‘cool rock’, as they’ve put it,” Ingo chuckled. “Which, I must admit, interests me greatly.”

“Oh, I know what rock they like,” Palina laughed. “I don’t know what they find so interesting about it.”

“It’s a good rock,” Lord Arcanine huffed. “It’s smooth and large enough to curl up on with a friend. At least, if you’re a Growlithe.”

“Oh, I love a flat rock,” Ingo said, causing Palina to chuckle.

“Come oooon!” the Growlithes whined.

Ingo fixed his hat and patted down his coat. “I believe that is last call, Warden Palina. All aboard!”

He would have to take Lord Arcanine up on his offer sometime. It was nice here.

Chapter Text

In the few weeks they spent in the Coastlands, Ingo could tell that fall was approaching. Even out here the air was cooling and some leaves on the trees were starting to change colour. They would have to head back to the Icelands soon.

He didn’t want to head back to the Icelands. Especially not during the Winter. But it was either hole up in his sturdy tent that had a stove or continue camping outside, likely in the Coastlands since it would still be the warmest place around. While Ingo didn’t hate the idea of staying in the Coastlands, he couldn’t deny how much more he wanted to sleep in an actual bed again and have a proper heat source he could keep going over night.

So, they decided they would spend a few more days in the Coastlands before heading back to the Settlement and preparing for winter. Although, they would likely spend a bit of time in the Highlands for a bit before that.

Having seen the rest of Hisui now, Ingo could confidently say that the Highlands were his favourite area and he wanted to spend what time he could there. He also wanted to meet up with Sneasler again too.

He had some things to ask her and, Truthfully, he just wanted to see his friend again. He wanted to tell her about everything that had happened after they parted ways in the Mirelands and introduce her to Tangela and Magneton. She’d probably tease him a bit for the newest additions, especially with Tangela being so young, but that was what friends were for.

It was refreshing and familiar, Sneasler’s jokes and teasing. Ingo couldn’t help but to play along. There was a part of him that thought maybe he should treat the Ride Noble with a bit more respect, but Sneasler didn’t mind his actions. So, neither would he.

But that would have to wait a little longer. Today, while a bit cooler, was yet another beach day.

The beach had quickly become the team’s favourite spot to play. Ingo couldn’t exactly blame them. The breeze was nice and there was plenty of space for everyone to do what they liked.

Tangela and Kadabra liked the water, even with the chill. Magneton and Probopass combed the beach for anything magnetic. Gligar buried himself in the sand, popping out occasionally trying to scare anyone nearby.

Machop liked tossing rocks into the ocean. They would try to get the biggest splash or practice skipping rocks ever since Ingo had taught them how to.

But today they were sitting a little bit off from the group, knees pulled up and tail slowly swishing in the sand. They had spent the past few days a little out of it.

There was something on Machop’s mind, Ingo could tell that much.

He didn’t want to pry, but he wanted Machop to know he was there if they wanted to talk. He assumed Machop already knew that, but he just wanted to be sure. He knew that sometimes it didn’t hurt to be reminded.

Ingo went over and sat next to Machop. He followed their gaze over to a group of Machokes and Machops on the far side of the beach. They were throwing stones into the ocean, likely playing a similar game as Machop liked to do.

After another moment of quiet watching, Ingo asked, “How are you doing?”

Machop jumped a little. “Good! I’m fine!”

“Really?” Ingo asked with a head tilt. “Because it looks like you’re stalling somewhere on your tracks.”

It was Machop’s turn to tilt their head. “What?”

“It looks like something is bothering you. Do you want to talk about it?” Ingo clarified. “I will take no as an answer. Just know that I am here for you.”

Machop squirmed a little, looking back towards the group of Machokes and Machops.

“I… um…” they trailed off. “I wanna talk. Yeah…”

“Take your time.”

Machop flopped onto their back. “I dunno if I wanna evolve.”

Ah. It made sense that Machop hadn’t come to him. It wasn’t like humans evolved. Still, he wanted to help them however he could.

“Then do not,” Ingo settled on. “That choice is ultimately up to you.”

They flailed a little “It’s not that easy though! I wanna get stronger and learn more moves and that means I should evolve. But- But-”

Ingo watched as they covered their face and grumbled.

“Take your time,” he reminded, giving them a light pet before leaning back on his hands. “I will wait as long as you need.”

Machop kicked their feet, then sat up after another moment. They tucked themself into Ingo’s side and buried their face into their knees.

“I dunno…” Machop mumbled as Ingo wrapped his coat around them. “I think I’m scared.”

“That is okay,” Ingo hummed. “Evolution is a big change. I think it’s good to pull the breaks a little and think it over.”

“Yeah?” Machop asked quietly.

Ingo nodded. “Yup. And since you have two evolutions, I think it’s even more important. This way, when the possibility of evolving comes around again, you will already know what to expect.”

“I don’t know if I wanna evolve a second time,” Machop hummed.

“Well, it is probably not a good idea to evolve twice in such a short period of time anyway,” Ingo said. He was pretty sure there was some other condition for that to even happen, but that wasn’t important right now. “Don’t worry about those tracks yet. Focus on the ones ahead of you right now.”

Machop just hummed again. A few moments of quiet passed before they asked, “If I don’t evolve, will you still teach me Ice Punch?”

“I will, but only when you’re a bit older,” Ingo assured. “Maybe once spring comes around again we will work on it. Or even during the winter if we are able to get somewhere with more space than out tent. We might also need to get Captain Zisu’s help with it though. I believe she may have more expertise on those tracks than I do. I mostly like battling.”

“You do like battling,” Machop laughed. They took a breath, then looked back up. “Okay. I like Captain Zisu and her team. They’re strong.”

Ingo patted Machop with a small laugh. They snuggled in a little closer, looking back towards the Machokes.

“Do you want to see if you can spend some time with them?” Ingo asked. “Maybe that will help you.”

After a moment of hesitation, Machop nodded and stood up. “Okay. I will.”

Ingo gave them a smile. “Go have fun. I will call you went it’s lunch.”

Machop rushed forwards and crushed Ingo with a hug. “I love you, Boss.”

“I love you too, Machop,” he wheezed, “but you are crushing my ribs.”

Machop let go with a laugh. “Weak.”

“Again, not a Fighting-Type,” Ingo laughed. He shooed Machop off. “Go play!”

Machop ran off, quickly becoming part of the other Machops’ rock throwing game. Ingo watched with a smile as they tried to show the other Machops how to skip the rocks.

Then Gligar zipped over his shoulder.

Ingo caught him by the tail and yanked him back. “Pull the breaks, passenger. You don’t have a ticket.”

“But I wanna play with Machop!” Gligar whined. “I’m good at throwing rocks too!”

“I know, but Machop needs some space right now,” Ingo said. “They are working something out.”

Gligar crawled up to Ingo’s shoulder with a quiet chitter. “Is it about evolving?”

“How did you know that?”

“We were talking about it the other night,” Gligar chirped. “They asked if I wanted to evolve. I said I do eventually, but we gotta find a Razor Fang first. Which is gonna take forever. But I don’t wanna evolve yet, so we got plenty of time to find one!”

Ingo managed to not suspiciously grab his bag. “I will have to keep that in mind. I am also glad to know that Machop feels comfortable talking about their worries with the rest of the team.”

Gligar nodded. “Yup! They already talked to Probopass and Kadabra about it too! Though, I don’t think Kadabra was much help. Apparently, evolving the first time is a normal part of growing up for her. The second time is more of a choice.”

“Interesting,” Ingo hummed. He couldn’t help but wonder if there was a way he could tell that professor in Jubilife about that without giving too much about himself away. He did like the man’s Pokedex idea. “Well, I just hope they are able to figure everything out.”

“Me too,” Gligar clicked softly. He gave Ingo a quick nuzzle, then wiggled a bit. “Alright, I’m going back in the sand.”

Ingo laughed as Gligar leapt into the sand and quickly buried himself again. A lump of sand started moving towards where Machop was playing.

“You still do not have a ticket, Gligar,” he called over.

The lump of sand froze, then moved the other way towards Probopass and Magneton.

Lunch came around a little bit later. Ingo got the rest of the team situated before whistling for Machop. They waved back, got tackled by the other Machops, then said their goodbyes and ran over.

“Hi, Boss!” Machop called, a little out of breath once they reached them. Gligar swooped over and landed on their head. “Hi, Gligar!”

“Did you have fun?” Gligar asked, flopping bonelessly as Machop pushed him off their face. “I wanted to go play too, but Boss said I couldn’t go.”

“You two have all afternoon to play.” Ingo held Machop’s portion of lunch out. “But please refuel before that.”

Machop was quick to take their lunch and scarf it down. Gligar ended up swooping off again when Tangela and Kadabra called him over.

“Feeling a bit better?” Ingo asked, moving to sit next to Machop.

Machop nodded, tucking themself under Ingo’s coat as they ate their last berry. “Yeah, I think so. The Machokes said I was really strong!”

“Is that so?” Ingo gave them a squeeze.

“Uh-huh!” Machop leaned a little closer. “They said I could probably evolve whenever I wanted to too. Even if I am younger than any of them when they evolved.”

“So, have you arrived at your station?”

Machop hummed a little. “I think I wanna wait some more. I don’t wanna be big yet. It looks fun and I wanna get stronger, but I like being little right now.”

“You just like getting picked up,” Ingo teased with a poke.

Machop giggled and batted his hand away. “Yeaaaah. But I also like fitting under your coat. It’s cozy and safe.”

“I do my best,” Ingo hummed. “Will you let me know when you are ready to evolve?”

“Yup!” Machop nodded. “I, uh, I want you to be there for it. In case I get nervous about it again.”

Ingo gave them a small kiss on the head and rumbled, “Of course I will be there.”

Machop lightly headbutted him back with a small and happy hum.

-----

Ingo couldn’t deny it anymore. It was officially fall and time to start wrapping up his travels. As much as he wanted to stay out for longer, he needed to prepare for winter.

But a few days in the Highlands wouldn’t hurt anyone.

After saying their goodbyes to Palina, the Growlithes, and Lord Arcanine, Ingo and the team made their way back to the Mirelands. It was, admittedly, a little less muggy now, but Ingo didn’t really want to stay for too long. They spent the night by Calaba’s tent and she called for Sneasler in the morning.

She arrived, and after another quick round of goodbyes, they set off. The moment they left Calaba and Ursaluna’s line of sight, Sneasler scooped Ingo up in her arms.

“Ah!” Ingo yipped as she licked his face.

Sneasler set him down and walked off like nothing happened.

“Hey, wait!” Ingo laughed, chasing after her. “What was that all about?”

“I don’t know what you’re talking about,” Sneasler huffed with a flick of her feather.

“Yeah, sure you don’t,” Ingo teased back. “You can say you missed me, you know. I missed you.”

Sneasler huffed again. “I have a reputation to uphold! I’m the suave and aloof Ride Noble of the Highlands who keeps to herself.”

“I think I have told every Pearl Clan warden that you have taken a liking to me.”

Sneasler froze, then yanked on her feather with a groan. “Why did you do that? I’m supposed to be the cool one! How am I supposed to be the cool one if everyone knows I’m friends with the weird guy with all the kits!”

“I still think you are cool, if that helps,” Ingo laughed, nudging her with his shoulder.

“It doesn’t!”

By the time they reached the Highlands, Sneasler had gotten over herself and was teasing Ingo for the new additions to the team. She went light on Magneton after he had explained their situation, but Tangela was fair game.

“I’m just saying you got another kit,” Sneasler said. “I wouldn’t be surprised if she starts calling you dad too. She’s tiny!”

“While she is young, I don’t think that will happen,” Ingo chuckled. “I heard her ask what ‘Dad’ meant to Gligar once after he had called me that again. I don’t think Tangelas and Tangrowths have the same concept of parent-child bonds as other species. Tangela said she was a propagation after all.”

“I don’t understand plant based Pokemon,” Sneasler sniffed.

Ingo shrugged. “You don’t have to. I’m the one who needs to figure out the basics so I can properly care for her.”

Sneasler poked him. “I thought you knew Pokemon?”

“Not all of them!” he laughed, batting her claws away. “I don’t think I was all that familiar with Grass-Types in general before my arrival here. At least, not outside a battling context.”

Sneasler snickered and poked him again. He nudged her back with a small smile.

Even if it was still mid-day, they found a spot to make camp for the night. It had been a couple days of travelling and Ingo wanted a break.

Clearly not as tired as he was, the rest of the team continued playing. It looked to have turned into a game of tag, which was unfortunate for Tangela being the slowest runner of the group. She was quickly tagged and unable to catch up with anyone.

Until Kadabra lifted Tangela up and chucked her at Gligar.

“Hey!” Ingo barked at them. Everyone froze. “I cannot believe I am saying this, but please do not throw each other.”

“But Gligar gets tossed all the time!” Tangela whined.

“That is because he is a Flying-Type. Do you know how to fly?”

“No…” Tangela wiggled a little. “But it’s fun to be tossed around by Kadabra! She’s good at it and doesn’t go too high and someone almost always catches me too!”

Ingo looked at Kadabra, who was looking at the ground guiltily. “You’ve done this before?”

“A couple times…” she mumbled before looking up. “But I’m careful! I promise!”

“Fine,” Ingo sighed. “Just don’t throw Tangela too hard. I don’t want anyone getting hurt.”

“Yay!” Tangela cheered, waddling back over to Kadabra and wiggling her vines up at her. “Do it again!”

They all went back to their game, which now included a little more Tangela tossing. At least it was gentler than now.

Sneasler finally let out the laugh she had been clearly holding in. “They’re as goofy as you are!”

“Why do you think they’ve coupled cars with me?” Ingo snorted.

“So, you admit you’re goofy?”

“I admit no such thing.” Ingo snapped his fingers. “Oh! I wanted to ask you something!”

Sneasler hummed a question with a head tilt in response.

“It is about being able to hear when someone calls for you,” Ingo continued. “I asked Warden Calaba and Ursaluna about it and they said to ask you.”

Sneasler back to the group of Pokemon. “For a Psychic-Type, Kadabra has a good arm.”

“Machop taught her,” Ingo said. “But you are avoiding my question.”

“What question?”

“Why can I hear your call?” Ingo asked. “I cannot hear Ursaluna’s, nor any of the other Ride Nobles most likely. But I’ve heard yours all over Hisui. I do not believe that Gligar nor the rest of the team can hear it. I assume Warden Calaba and Ursaluna cannot either, though they never confirmed it. Why is that?”

“It’s, uh, nothing,” Sneasler hummed, picking at her claws. “Don’t worry about it.”

“Really?”

Sneasler huffed, still not looking at him. Her feather twitched. “Yeah.”

There was an itch under Ingo’s skin.

“Sneasler, is it really nothing or do you not wish to tell me?” he asked. “It is okay if it the later. I will not pry if you do not want me too.”

Sneasler looked back at him with wide eyes. “Really?”

Ingo nodded.

“Oh. Then, uh, yeah…” she mumbled, looking back at the ground. “I- I don’t think I’m ready yet. For what that means. Sorry.”

“That is fine,” Ingo reassured, the itch under his skin dissipating. “Even I can agree that sometimes it is better to admit the Truth than to force a false Ideal.”

Sneasler squinted at him.

Ingo pulled his hat down a little, suddenly embarrassed. “What?”

“Nothing.” She huffed a laugh. “Just that you say some weird stuff sometimes.”

“Well, it is true,” Ingo protested, fixing his hat. “Some Ideals can change the Truth, while others can be changed by it. One cannot exist without the other. By accepting what you must and changing what your can, a balance between the two can be found.”

Sneasler laughed again. “There you go again. This all sounds like a bunch of human stuff to me.”

“Maybe it is,” Ingo hummed. There was something in the back of his mind fighting for attention. “I wouldn’t know.”

“Ah, right,” Sneasler said, tail flicking a little. “Sorry for bringing it up.”

“It’s fine…” It was human to the core.

“Ingo?”

Truth and Ideals, they were human ideas, human values. Pokemon held onto them, but not nearly as much as humans did. Only humans intertwined them as thoroughly as he felt them to be.

But humans still tried to deny how Truth and Ideals worked together, tried to force one over the other. They tried so hard to change the other, whether it could be or not.

Ingo was the same, for the most part. His Ideal to go home was to change the Truth of him being in Hisui. Whether it was possible or not, he had to keep it close. He had to hold it tight. It was the only thing he had, his Ideals.

He had to find his Truth.

“Ingo, hey,” Sneasler yipped, jolting Ingo present again, “come back, will you?”

“Hm? Oh, yes,” Ingo hummed, voice a little distant still. “I am here.”

“Can you loosen your death grip on your arms?” She nosed his hands. “I’m getting a little worried about it.”

Now that she had mentioned it, Ingo could feel a tired pain though the numbness of his hands and an ache in his forearms. He pried his hands open. Held them in his lap.

“What happened there?” Sneasler asked.

“Memory stuff,” Ingo got out, “I think.”

“Like what?” Sneasler nuzzled a little closer. “If you want to share.”

“It’s gone again. Down tracks I cannot follow.” His voice was soft and growing farther as he spoke. “There was something about Ideals. Something about Truth. I- I miss my Truth.”

Sneasler rumbled something Ingo couldn’t make out as she set her head in his lap. He started petting her head slowly.

“There is something else though,” he continued, mouth moving on its own. The last lingering thoughts connected together. “Another. A third.”

Maybe it was the balance. Maybe it was something in-between. Maybe it was something else entirely.

But there was a third to the pair. Fire and Electricity and…

And…

He couldn’t pin it down. The impressions of memories all blended together.

There was ice and warmth. Vivid lights and dull stones. Power and humanity.

Yellow.

“It is yellow,” he hummed. “The third is yellow.”

That was all he would be able to say for the rest of the day. He could tell that much with the last few threads of lucidity he still held onto. He trusted the team would watch out for him.

He hadn’t meant to end up lost in his head again. The thoughts had just pushed themselves to the front, demanding to be seen even if they would end up forgotten again.

But he held onto one thing tight. He didn’t want to lose it again.

There was a third.

He was red and black. The man who looked like him was blue and white.

And the third was yellow.

Chapter Text

Ingo did not miss the Icelands.

While there had been a bit of a chill in the Highlands, it only grew as Sneasler brought them further north. He had, thankfully, expected this and bundled up a little extra before they had set out, but he still didn’t like it.

It had also already snowed here. Somehow. Ingo thought it was rude that there was a fresh layer of snow just as he returned. Most of the team liked it though, Gligar and Tangela taking shelter in Sneasler’s basket with him, so he couldn’t complain that much.

But no, Ingo did not miss the Icelands.

He did, however, miss Gaeric.

“Hello, Sneasler!” Gaeric called, still a bit in the distance. “What are you doing out here? And with so many Pokemon… Wait, is that you, Machop?”

“Gaeric! Hi Gaeric!” Machop cried, running off as Ingo poked his head out of Sneasler’s basket.

“Hello, Gaeric!” he called over. Gligar climbed up to his shoulder, then swooped off to Gaeric with an excited cry. “We have returned and we have some more cars on the tracks.”

“I can see that!” Gaeric laughed. He crouched down to meet Machop and Gligar. “How are you two doing?”

Despite not understanding them, Machop and Gligar ran around Gaeric and rambled off different things they had done on their travels. Sneasler brought Ingo over and let him and Tangela out.

“I know you two are excited to see him again, but please give him a bit of space,” Ingo laughed. “It’s good to see you again, Gaeric.”

“It’s good to see you too!” Gaeric laughed back as he stood again. “You know, when I said travel, I didn’t mean bring back a bunch of Pokemon.”

“They wanted to come with me! What else was I supposed to do?” Ingo held Tangela up to Gaeric. “How was I supposed to say no to this face?”

“Hi!” Tangela yipped. “What are you?”

“Again, the word is ‘who’ not ‘what’,” Ingo sighed. “But this is my friend Gaeric! I told you guys about him, remember? He is a warden like Warden Deri and Warden Palina. Which reminds me, how is Lord Avalugg?”

“Nice to meet you, Tangela.” Gaeric gave her a pat. “He is good! We can go visit him if you aren’t too cold yet. You can introduce me to the rest of your team too.”

“Full steam ahead, Gaeric,” Ingo said as Gligar landed on his shoulder again. “Lead the way.”

Icepeak Arena wasn’t too far off and soon enough, they were entering the flat area of it. Lord Avalugg was asleep on the far end. Ingo’s Pokemon all took off towards him rectify that.

“Excitable bunch, aren’t they?” Gaeric chuckled as Lord Avalugg slowly woke up.

“You are correct.” With a wave, he called, “Hello again, Lord Avalugg!”

“Hello,” Lord Avalugg rumbled. “It’s good to see you again, Ingo. I take it these pebbles are yours?”

There was a chorus of protests from everyone except Probopass, who just laughed at them.

“They are my team, if that is what you are asking,” Ingo laughed. “I’m sure Machop and Gligar can introduce you.”

As the Pokemon did that, Ingo found a place to sit.

“Did all the Bergmites leave already?” Ingo asked, a little disappointed. He wanted to see them again.

“They did, but they like to visit. You’ll probably see them around sometime,” Gaeric said, sitting down. “I’m sure there will be more come spring, don’t you worry.”

Ingo sat down too, humming, “That is true.”

Kadabra appeared behind him. He could hear Gligar snickering back by Lord Avalugg.

“Hello there.” Ingo reached a hand back and gave her a scratch. “What are you doing over here?”

“Gligar scared me,” she mumbled.

Ingo looked over at the group. Gligar froze.

“Do you want me to talk to him?”

“No, it’s fine.” She nuzzled her face against his. “I’m just kinda embarrassed.”

Ingo leaned back. “You are welcome to stay here for now.”

“Nah, I’m gonna go back,” Kadabra huffed. “Can I wack Gligar?”

Ingo couldn’t help his snort of laughter. “Once.”

Kadabra had a look in her eye.

“Lightly,” he amended.

“Fiiiine,” Kadabra huffed, then Teleported away. Sure enough, she appeared next to Gligar and gave him a light wack with her spoon.

“Did you say she could do that?” Gaeric asked with a laugh.

“I did say lightly,” Ingo chuckled. “But they are Pokemon. Sometimes a warning wack is what gets through to them. Nothing that hurts and no proper moves, no worries.”

“Eh, I didn’t think you would let them do anything too bad,” Gaeric said. “Now, how did you meet the rest of your lot?”

“We ran into Probopass first when one of his Mini-Noses got lost,” Ingo said. “He hadn’t been out of the Highlands before, so he started tagging along and ended up wanting to stay. Kadabra we met in the Fieldlands.”

The day passed quickly as Ingo recounted meeting the team and the various other things they got up to during their travels. They ended up saying bye to Lord Avalugg when the sun started to set and the chill set in further. Gaeric invited them into his tent, where they had dinner.

“I’m glad you had fun,” Gaeric said once Ingo had finished talking. “I told you some travel would do you good!”

“It did! I’m glad I went.”

“I do want to make sure I got this right,” Gaeric continued. “Warden Calaba, Palina, and Deri and Lian all know about you now? Is that right?”

Ingo nodded. “It is. Warden Calaba said she knew ever since my arrival like you. The other three were from my own poor decisions and unfortunate happenstance.”

“And they all took it well?”

“Surprisingly so,” Ingo said. “I cannot be more grateful for it.”

“That’s good,” Gaeric sighed. “Are you planning on telling Lady Irida?”

Ingo chewed on his lip. “I am still unsure. While I feel it is likely that she will not react poorly if I did, there is still a part of me that is afraid she will. I mean nothing against her, it is just something I think I will always be nervous about.”

Gaeric nodded. “I understand. It’s your choice at the end of the day. Just know that you have a space here if you need it.”

“Thank you, Gaeric,” Ingo said with a smile and a small bow. “You are a great friend.”

“Don’t mention it!” Gaeric laughed, scratching the back of his head. “Speaking of, it’s getting late. Did you want to spend the night here, or do you think you can make it back to the Settlement?”

“As much as I would like to take you up on your offer, I want my own bed so badly right now,” Ingo said. “Camping was fun, but I need to not sleep on the ground anymore.”

Gaeric laughed again, standing up and holding a hand down to Ingo. “Alright then. It was nice seeing you again!”

“Likewise.” Ingo grabbed Gaeric’s hand and let himself be pulled up. “Should I expect you to start banging on my door again sometime soon?”

“Absolutely!”

With a few more goodbyes, and a promise from Gaeric to help Ingo properly prepare for winter, Ingo and the team were off. Their walk to Ingo’s tent was dark, only the light of the moon and stars lighting the way. But, even if it hadn’t been in a while, Ingo had made the trip many times and knew it well by this point.

They thankfully made it back with little issue. Then again, Probopass and Magneton were still awake and were a good deterrent to other Pokemon, the Ice-Types that frequented the Icelands in particular.

As Irida had promised, Ingo’s tent was as he had left it. The chill had gotten in with no one having been here for so long, but once Ingo got his arms free and the sleeping Pokemon settled on his bed, he was quick to start a fire.

In the light and warmth of it, he could see Probopass and Magneton looking around. The others were all curled up on Ingo’s bed. Ingo went over to hang up his hat and coat.

He took a slow breath.

Travelling had been fun. He had met so many more Pokemon. He had more cars on his tracks.

As he settled into bed, Probopass and Magneton finally coming to a rest on the floor next to it, Ingo couldn’t help but feel like this was right.

The rumble in his chest was back. He let it grow, let it cover his little family.

Maybe winter wouldn’t be as bad as he thought.

-----

Winter preparations were going well. Which was to say, the elders of the Clan had already piled Ingo up with preserves and stuff to keep him warm that he didn’t need to do much else. Part of him felt a little guilty for accepting so much, but a louder part of him was more than happy that he didn’t need to worry about it himself.

Gaeric had also made good on his promise and came banging on his door a few days later. He had scared a couple Pokemon, but they all got excited when they realized who it was.

Today’s trip was helping Gaeric make sure the trails from the Settlement were well enough to traverse. Apparently, that was usually the job of the Ride Noble’s warden, but Gaeric took it upon himself to help with the Settlement trails, seeing as it was the Pearl Clan that used them most often.

They had split up a little while ago to tackle different routes. Since Ingo now had anywhere from one to six Pokemon in his general vicinity at any given moment, he was fine on his own. He also liked the little break to be by himself. He had been feeling a bit spacey recently and, even if Gaeric was his friend, he still needed a breather.

But he and Gaeric were planning on meeting back at Gaeric’s for lunch and for Ingo to warm up before they continued into the afternoon. He’d be fine by then, or at least more up for human interaction.

Ingo’s Pokemon had gone ahead, most of them taking great pleasure in playing in the snow. Gligar and Tangela had taken residence on Probopass. Neither of them liked the snow, but still wanted to hang out.

Kadabra had been hanging around Ingo all morning, not as much of a morning Pokemon as the rest of the team. She had woken up some by now, but kept her exploring to a small radius around Ingo.

Near the end of their route they passed a hill. Kadabra tilted her head, then Teleported away. Ingo waited for a few minutes. She was good at coming back quickly even if something interested her. She liked letting him know where she was.

Sure enough, it wasn’t long before there was a pop behind him and a weight against his back.

“There’s a weird little girl over there and she scares me,” Kadabra whined, wiggling her way under Ingo’s coat.

“What-”

“Her head is full and loud and it freaks me out,” Kadabra whined some more.

“Who-”

“Where’d you go, Kadabra?” a young voice called from the other side of the hill. “Are we playing hide and seek? I’ll find you with my clairvoyance!”

Ah.

“Kadabra, I hate to break it to you, but you are also a weird little girl,” Ingo chuckled, giving her a pet.

Kadabra glared up at him. “I’m not little.”

“Of course you’re not.” Ingo gave her a small kiss on the nose and started up the hill. “Let’s go see if that kid needs our help. I’m sure Gaeric will be able to find us if we take too long.”

At the top of the hill, he saw a child at the opposite foot of it. She was alone, but at least she was properly bundled up. Judging by the tunic she wore, she was part of the Diamond Clan.

“Hello down there!” he called to the girl. She looked up at him. “What are you doing out here?”

The girl ran up the hill, yelling, “Hi there! I found you Kadabra! Is she with you?”

“She is,” Ingo said as the girl reached them. He took a step back. “Are you part of the Diamond Clan?”

The girl reached for Kadabra. “Let’s play!”

“Careful, little miss,” Ingo said, taking another step back and turning to put himself between the girl and Kadabra. “Kadabra is a bit nervous. You don’t want to scare her, do you?”

The girl stared up at him, eyes wide. They almost seemed to glow in the way the sun hit them.

“Uh, do you want to scare her?”

She shook her head.

“Okay, that’s good,” Ingo sighed. “My name is Ingo. May I ask your name?”

She went back to staring with those odd eyes of hers.

“Are you los-”

“They’re coming for you.”

Ingo blinked. “Pardon?”

“They’re coming for you,” she repeated with a smile. “Isn’t that great?”

“Uh…” Ingo was quickly starting to see why Kadabra got freaked out. “I don’t know? Who is coming?”

The girl looked just past Ingo and Kadabra. “They are! You know them.”

Ingo glanced behind him. No one was there.

“Little miss, I think we should go to a better station,” Ingo said, looking back at the girl. She was staring at him again. “I am friends with Gaeric, Lord Avalugg’s warden. He can call for Braviary and his warden for you.”

“It’s hard to see them.” The girl squinted. “They come in the dark.”

Ingo chewed on his check. “Um, right.”

The girl stared at him, still smiling. Ingo clenched his hands.

He shouldn’t be getting nervous. This girl was, what, seven? He had no reason to be scared of a seven-year-old!

“This is not a funny joke.” His voice wavered ever so slightly.

“I’m not joking,” the girl said, eyes hard. “They’re coming for you.”

Ingo swallowed, took a breath. He shouldn’t be entertaining this. Still, he whispered, “When?”

“When you match.”

“Ingo! There you are!” Gaeric called from the bottom of the hill. “Is everything okay?”

Ingo jumped what felt like a foot in the air. “Gaeric! Sorry for not reaching your station, Kadabra found this little girl and I have been trying help her. Unfortunately, she won’t tell me her name. Or, uh, anything else.”

Gaeric reached the top of the hill and sighed. “Sabi, what are you doing here? Where’s your Granny?”

Sabi finally broke her stare at Ingo to look at Gaeric with a shrug. “Off doing warden stuff with Braviary.”

“And she left you here alone?” he asked.

Sabi shook her head and pointed to the sky. “She’s over there. She can see me.”

Sure enough, Ingo could see a large Braviary where she was pointing. It looked as odd as the last Braviary he had seen. The fact that some Pokemon looked different than what he was expecting still confused him, but he could live with it.

“Right,” Gaeric sighed. “Do you know when she’s coming back?”

“My clairvoyance says soon!”

“Of course it does.” Gaeric massaged his temples. “Well, I am not leaving you here alone. I hope you don’t mind staying out a little longer, Ingo.”

“Oh, uh, of course not,” Ingo stammered. “I am more than happy to make sure our little passenger makes it to her station safely.”

“You talk funny, Zingo!” Sabi giggled.

“It is Ingo,” Ingo corrected. Something buzzed, failed to connect.

Sabi did a little hop. “Ingo Zingo!”

Hoping to distract her, and maybe prevent her from saying more unsettling stuff, Ingo asked, “Do you like Pokemon?”

Sabi nodded. “Uh-huh!”

“Well, I have five others. Would you like to meet them?”

Sabi nodded hard enough to dislodge her hat.

Ingo gave a whistle as Sabi pushed her hat up. The team all came scrambling up the hill. After a few introductions, most of them went off to play. Gligar latched onto Ingo’s shoulder, looking for some warmth, and Kadabra continued to hide under his coat.

“Hey,” Gaeric said quietly, “are you okay?”

Ingo wrung his hands. “Why do you ask?”

“You seem a little distracted,” he said. “More so than you have been today. Did Sabi say some weird shit to you?”

“Language,” Ingo said out of long forgotten habit. “But yes, she did.”

“Don’t worry about it,” Gaeric reassured. “She’s always saying weird stuff. She’s seven.”

Gligar headbutted him lightly. Ingo gave him a scratch. “Is she really clairvoyant?”

“Personally, I think she’s just playing.” Gaeric shrugged. “Like I said, she’s seven.”

“Who exactly is she?” Ingo asked. “You said her name is Sabi?”

“Yeah, her Granny is Braviary’s warden, so she’ll come visit sometimes,” Gaeric said, looking towards the Pokemon. “I just wish she’d stop leaving her alone like this. She doesn’t have a Pokemon.”

“I have a Pokemon!” Sabi cut in, skipping over with Tangela in her arms. “Rhyhorn just doesn’t like the snow all that much, so he’s back at Granny’s yurt!”

“And the Icelands aren’t the safest place without one with you,” Gaeric said, pulling out his flute from his bag. “I’m calling for your Granny.”

“Okay!” Sabi skipped in circles around them. “But I don’t need Rhyhorn. I got my clairvoyance!”

“Sure you do,” Gaeric sighed, then called for Braviary.

“I do!” Sabi pouted. “That’s how I found Zingo! And it also told me that he smells funny.”

“I- what?” Ingo squeaked out.

Sabi stared at him. “You smell funny.”

How could she-

“Hey, there!” a voice from above shouted. A large Braviary landed next to them and an older woman, who did admittedly look a lot like Sabi, hat and all, jumped off his back. Sabi dropped Tangela, with a small sound from the Pokemon, and ran over and gave her a hug. “There’s my little Wasabi. Did you get into any trouble without me?”

“I don’t get into trouble without you, Granny!” Sabi giggled as she pulled out of the hug. “Hi, Braviary!”

“Hi, Sabi!” Braviary squawked. He gently picked at Sabi’s hat. “You got stuff on your hat!”

There was a power coming from Braviary, that was expected. But there was something else coming from him, from the odd energy that flowed like flames on his face. Once he was done with Sabi’s hat, he looked over at Ingo and cocked his head.

“You’re an odd one,” he chirped.

Ah. Psychic-Type.

Tangela rolled to a stop at Ingo’s feet. She wiggled her vines up at him. “Uppies?”

Ingo scooped her up and held her close. Even if the main focus wasn’t on him, there were too many people here now.

Gaeric sighed. “Warden Rusti, I am going to ask you again not to leave Sabi unattended here.”

“Oh, it’s fine.” the woman, Rusti apparently, waved Gaeric off. “I don’t leave her where I can’t see her. Braviary’s fast. We can make it to her if I need. Besides, the girl needs to learn the Icelands if she’s going to be warden!”

Sabi scrambled onto Braviary’s back and said something into his ear. The bird cocked his head the other way, eyes darting towards her. “Really?”

There was a low growl from Gligar and a slight build up of energy from Kadabra. Ingo wanted out of here.

Gaeric took a slow breath. “She’s what?”

“I’m going to be Braviary’s warden!” Sabi cried, rocking where she sat. “Granny’s training me!”

Gaeric looked like he wanted to say something, but held back.